Skip to main content

Full text of "Coleman John The Conspirators' Hierarchy The Committee Of 300"

See other formats


THe CONSPIRATORS’ HIERARCHY: 





FOREWARD 


In my career as a professional intelligence officer, I had 
many occasions to access highly classified documents, but during 
service as a political science officer in the field in Angola, West 
Africa, I had the opportunity to view a series of top secret 
classified documents which were unusually explicit. What I saw 
filled me with anger and resentment and launched me on a course 
from which I have not deviated, namely to uncover what power it 
is that controls and manages the British and United States 
governments. 


I was thoroughly familiar with all of the well known secret 
societies such as the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RITA), 
the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergers, 
Trilaterals, the Zionists, Freemasonry, Bolshevism-Rosicrucianism 
and all of the spinoffs of these secret societies. As an intelligence 
officer, and even before that as a young student in the course of 
my studies at the British Museum in London, I had cut my eye 
teeth on all of them, plus a good number of others with whom I 
imagined Americans were familiar. 


But when I came to the United States in 1969, I found that 
names like the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, Club of Rome the 
German Marshall Fund, the Cini Foundation, the Round Table, the 
Fabianists, the Venetian Black Nobility, the Mont Pelerin Society, 
Hellfire Clubs, and many others were at best totally unknown here, 
or else their true functions were at best but poorly understood, if 
at all. 


In 1969-1970 set about remedying the situation in a series 
of monographs and cassette tapes. Much to my surprise I soon 
found plenty of people willing to quote these names as if they had 
known of them all of their writing careers, but who were not in the 
least bit knowledgeable about the subjects, yet quite unwilling to 
state the source of their lately acquired information. I consoled 
myself with the thought that imitation is the sincerest form of 
flattery. 


I pursued my investigations, pressing on in the face of 
severe risks, attacks on myself and my wife, financial losses, 


continual harassment, threats and calumny, all part of a carefully- 
crafted and orchestrated program to discredit me, run by 
government agents and informers, embedded in the so-called 
Christian rightwing, the "Identity Movement" and rightwing 
"patriotic" groups. These agents operated, and still operate, under 
cover of strong and fearless outspoken opposition to Judaism their 
main enemy, they would have us believe. These agent-informers 
are led and controlled by a group of homosexuals who are well- 
liked and well-respected by political and religious conservatives all 
across the United States. 


Their program of calumny, lies and hatred, disinformation 
about my work, even lately attributing it to other writers, 
continues unabated but it has not had the desired effect. I shall 
carry on with my task until I have finally ripped off the mask of the 
entire secret upper-level parallel government that runs Britain and 
the U.S. This book is a part of that ongoing effort. 


Dr. John Coleman, November 1991 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 
FORWARD 
AN OVERVIEW AND SOME CASE HISTORIES 


INSTITUTIONS THROUGH WHICH 
CONTROL IS EXERCISED 


PAST AND PRESENT INSTITUTIONS/ORGANIZATIONS 
AND THOSE DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF THE 
COMMITTEE OF 300 

SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST GROUPS 
BANKS 

LEGAL ASSOCIATIONS AND LAWYERS 
ACCOUNTANTS/AUDITORS 

TAVISTOCK INSTITUTIONS IN THE UNITED STATES 


BIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES 


AN OVERVIEW AND SOME CASE HISTORIES 


Certainly a fair number of us are aware that the people 
running our government are not the people who are really in 
control of political and economic matters, domestic and foreign. 
This has led many to seek the truth in the alternative press, those 
newsletter writers who, like me, have sought, but not always 
found what it is that is making the United States terminally ill. 
"Seek and ye shall find" has not always been the case with this 
group. What we did find was that the people walk in great 
darkness, mostly not caring or bothering to find out where their 
country is headed, firm in the belief that it will always be there for 
them. This is the way the largest population group has been 
manipulated to react, and their attitude plays right into the hands 
of the secret government. 


We frequently hear about "they " doing this, that or the 
other. "They" seem literally to be able to get away with murder. 
"They" increase taxes, send our sons and daughters to die in wars 
that do not benefit our country. "They" seem above our reach, out 
of sight, frustratingly nebulous when it comes to taking action 
against "them." No one seems able to clearly identify who "they" 
are. It is a situation that has pertained for decades. During the 
course of this book, we shall identify the mysterious "they" and 
then, after that, it is up to the people to remedy their situation. 


On 30th April 1981, I wrote a monograph disclosing the 
existence of the Club of Rome identifying it as a Committee of 
300 subversive body. This was the first mention of both of these 
organizations in the United States. I warned readers not to be 
fooled by the feeling that the article was far-fetched and I drew a 
parallel between my article and the warning issued by the 
Bavarian government when the secret plans of the Illuminati fell 
into its hands. We shall return to the Club of Rome and the role of 
the Committee of 300 in U.S. affairs later herein. 


Many of the predictions made in that 1981 article have 
since come to pass, such as the unknown Felipe Gonzalez 
becoming prime minister of Spain, and Mitterand being returned to 
power in France; the downfall of Giscard D' Estang and Helmut 
Schmidt, the return to power of Swedish nobleman and Committee 


of 300 member Olaf Palme, the nullifying of Reagan's presidency 
and the destruction of our steel, auto and housing industries in 
terms of the post-industrial zero-growth order handed down by 
the Committee of 300. 


The importance of Palme lies in the use made of him by the 
Club of Rome to deliver technology to the Soviet Union on the 
forbidden list of the U.S. Customs, and Palme's world-wide 
communications network employed to train the spotlight on the 
phony Iran hostage crisis, while he shuttled back and forth 
between Washington and Teheran in an effort to undermine the 
sovereign integrity of the U.S. and place the phony crisis in the 
realm of a Committee of 300 institution, viz, the World Court at 
The Hague, Holland. 


In what is in fact an open conspiracy against God and man, 
which includes enslaving the majority of humans left on this earth 
after wars, plagues and mass-murder have done with them is not 
well hidden. In the intelligence community, it is taught that the 
best way to hide something is to place it in open view. As an 
example of the foregoing, when Germany wanted to hide its prize 
new Messerschmidt fighter plane in 1938, the aircraft was put on 
display at the Paris Air Show. While secret agents and spies were 
collecting information from hollow tree trunks and from behind 
loose bricks in a wall, the information they sought was staring 
them right in the face. 


The upper-level parallel secret government does not 
operate from dank basements and secret underground chambers. 
It places itself in full view in the White House, Congress and in 
Number 10 Downing Street and the Houses of Parliament. It is 
akin to those weird and supposedly terrifying "monster" films, 
where the monster appears with distorted features, long hair and 
even longer teeth, growling and slavering all over the place. This is 
distraction, the REAL MONSTERS wear business suits and drive to 
work on Capitol Hill in limousines. 


These men are IN OPEN VIEW. These men are the servants 
of the One World Government-New World Order. Like the rapist 
who stops to offer his victim a friendly ride, he does not LOOK like 
the monster he is. If he did, his intended victim would run off 


screaming in fright. The same applies to government at all levels. 
President Bush does not LOOK like a dutiful servant of the upper- 
level parallel government, but make no mistake about it, he is as 
much a MONSTER as are those horrors found in horror-movies. 


Stop for a moment and consider how President Bush 
ordered the brutal slaying of 150,000 Iraqi troops, in a convoy of 
military vehicles carrying white flags, on their way back to Iraq 
under Geneva Convention rules of agreed disengagement and 
withdrawal. Imagine the horror of the Iraqi troops when, in spite 
of waving their white flags, they were mowed down by American 
aircraft. In another part of the front, 12,000 Iraqi soldiers were 
buried alive in trenches they occupied. Is that not MONSTROUS in 
the truest sense of the word? From where did President Bush get 
his orders to act in this MONSTROUS fashion? He got them from 
the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RITA) who received its 
mandate from the Committee of 300, also Known as the 
"Olympians." 


As we shall see, even the "Olympians" do not hide their 
faces. Often times they put on a show which could be likened to 
the Paris Air Show, even as conspiracy buffs spend their time in 
fruitless searching in the wrong places and in the wrong direction. 
Note how the Queen, Elizabeth II, performs the ceremonial 
opening of the British Parliament? There, in full view is the head of 
the Committee of 300. Have you ever witnessed the swearing-in 
ceremony of a United States President? There in full view is 
another member of the Committee of 300. The problem is only 
one of perception. 


Who are the conspirators who serve the mighty all- 
powerful Committee of 300? The better-informed of our citizens 
are aware that there is a conspiracy and that the conspiracy goes 
under various names such as the Illuminati, Freemasonry, the 
Round Table, the Milner Group. To them the CFR and the 
Trilaterals represent most of what they do not like in regard to 
domestic and foreign policy. Some even know that the Round 
Table has a big input into United States affairs through the British 
ambassador in Washington. The problem is that real hard 
information on the treasonous activities of members of the 
invisible Government is very hard to come by. 


I quote the profound statement made by the prophet 
Hosea, which is found in the Christian Bible: "My people perish for 
lack of knowledge." Some may already have heard my expose of 
the foreign aid scandal, in which work I named several 
conspiratorial organizations, whose number is legion. Their final 
objective was the overthrow of the U.S. Constitution and the 
merging of this country, chosen by God as HIS country, with a 
godless One World-New World Order Government which will return 
the world to conditions far worse than existed in the Dark Ages. 


Let us talk about actual case histories, the attempt to 
communize and deindustrialize Italy. The Committee of 300 long 
ago decreed that there shall be a smaller—much smaller—and 
better world, that is, their idea of what constitutes a better world. 
the myriads of useless eaters consuming scarce natural resources 
were to be culled. Industrial progress supports population growth. 
Therefore the command to multiply and subdue the earth found in 
Genesis had to be subverted. 


This called for an attack upon Christianity; the slow but 
sure disintegration of industrial nation states; the destruction of 
hundreds of millions of people, referred to by the Committee of 
300 as "surplus population," and the removal of any leader who 
dared to stand in the way of the Committee's global planning to 
reach the foregoing objectives. 


Two of the Committee's earliest targets were Italy and 
Pakistan. The late Aldo Moro, Prime Minister of Italy, was one 
leader who opposed "zero growth" and population reductions 
planned for his country, thereby incurring the wrath of the Club of 
Rome commissioned by the "Olympians" to carry out its policies in 
this regard. In a Rome courtroom on November 10th, 1982, a 
close friend of Moro's testified that the former prime minister was 
threatened by an agent of the Royal Institute for International 
Affairs (RIIA) who is also a Committee of 300 member while he 
was still the U.S. Secretary of State. The meteoric rise of the man 
the witness named as Kissinger will be dealt with later. 


It will be recalled that Prime Minister Moro was kidnaped by 
the Red Brigades in 1978 and subsequently brutally shot to death. 


It was at the trial of members of the Red Brigades that several of 
them testified to the fact that they knew of high-level U.S. 
involvement in the plot to kill Moro. When threatening Moro, 
Kissinger was obviously not carrying out U.S. foreign policy, but 
rather acting according to instructions received from the Club of 
Rome, the foreign-policy arm of the Committee of 300. 


The witness who delivered the bombshell in open court was 
a close associate of Moro's, Gorrado Guerzoni. His explosive 
testimony was broadcast over Italian television and radio on 
November lOth, 1982, and printed in several Italian newspapers 
yet this vital information was suppressed in the U.S. Those famous 
bastions of freedom with a compelling right to know, the 
Washington Post and the New York Times, did not think it 
important to even print a single line of Guerzoni's testimony. 


Nor was the news carried by any of the wire services or 
television stations. The fact that Italy's Aldo Moro had been a 
leading politician for decades, and who was kidnaped in broad 
daylight in the spring of 1978, all of his bodyguards butchered in 
cold blood, was not deemed newsworthy, even though Kissinger 
stood accused as an accomplice to these crimes? Or was the 
silence BECAUSE of Kissinger's involvement? 


In my 1982 expose of this heinous crime, I demonstrated 
that Aldo Moro, a loyal member of the Christian Democrat Party, 
was murdered by assassins controlled by P2 Masonry with the 
object of bringing Italy into line with Club of Rome orders to 
deindustrialize the country and considerably reduce its population. 
Moro's plans to stabilize Italy through full employment and 
industrial and political peace would have strengthened Catholic 
opposition to Communism and made the destabilization of the 
Middle East—a prime goal—that much harder. 


From the foregoing it becomes clear just how far ahead the 
conspirators plan. They do not think in terms of a Five Year Plan. 
One needs to go back to Weishaupt's statements about the early 
Catholic Church to understand what was involved in the murder of 
Aldo Moro. Moro's death removed the roadblocks to the plans to 
destabilize Italy, and as we now know, enabled conspiracy plans 
for the Middle East to be carried out in the Gulf War 14 years later. 


Italy was chosen as a test-target by the Committee of 300. 
Italy is important to the conspirators' plans because it is the 
closest European country to the Middle East linked to Middle East 
economics and politics. It is also the home of the Catholic Church, 
which Weishaupt ordered destroyed, and home for some of 
Europe's most powerful top oligarchical families of the ancient 
Black Nobility. Should Italy have been weakened by Moro's death, 
it would have had repercussions in the Middle East which would 
have weakened U.S. influence in the region. Italy is important for 
another reason; it is a gateway for drugs entering Europe from 
Iran and Lebanon, and we shall return to that subject in due 
course. 


Various groups had combined under the name of socialism 
to bring about the downfall of several Italian governments since 
the Club of Rome was established in 1968. Among these are the 
Black Nobility of Venice and Genoa, P2 Masonry and the Red 
Brigades, all working for the same goals. Police investigators in 
Rome working on the Red Brigades-Aldo Moro case came across 
the names of several very prominent Italian families working 
closely with this terrorist group. The police also discovered 
evidence that in at least a dozen cases, these powerful and 
prominent families had allowed their homes and/or property to be 
used as safe houses for Red Brigades cells. 


America's "nobility" were doing their share to destroy the 
Republic of Italy, a notable contribution having come from Richard 
Gardner even while in his official capacity as President Carter's 
ambassador to Rome. At that time Gardner was operating under 
the direct control of Bettino Craxi, an important member of the 
Club of Rome and a key man in NATO. Craxi was the leading edge 
of the conspirators' attempts to destroy the Italian Republic. As we 
shall see, Craxi was almost successful in ruining Italy, and as the 
conspirators hierarchy's leading player, was able to get divorce 
and abortion pushed through the Italian Parliament, resulting in 
the most far-reaching and destructive religious and social changes 
ever to strike at the Catholic Church, and consequently, the morals 
of the Italian nation. 


After President Ronald Reagan was elected, an important 
meeting was held in Washington D.C. in December 1980 under the 
auspices of the Club of Rome and the Socialist International. Both 
these organizations are directly responsible to the Committee of 
300. The main agenda was to formulate ways and means of how 
to neutralize the Reagan presidency. A group plan was adopted 
and, as we look back, it is perfectly clear that the plan the 
conspirators agreed to follow has been very successful. 


In order to get an idea of how vast and how all-pervasive is 
this conspiracy, it would be appropriate at this point to name the 
goals set by the Committee of 300 for the pending conquest and 
control of the world. There are at least 40 known "branch offices" 
of the Committee of 300, and we shall be listing them all, together 
with a description of their functions. Once this is studied it 
becomes easy to understand how one central conspiratorial body 
is able to operate so successfully and why it is that no power on 
earth can withstand their onslaught against the very foundations 
of a civilized, progressive world, based on freedom of the 
individual, especially as it is declared in the United States 
Constitution. 


Thanks to the sworn testimony of Guerzoni, Italy and 
Europe but not the U.S. learned that Kissinger was behind the 
death of Aldo Moro. This tragic affair demonstrates the ability of 
the Committee of 300 to impose its will upon any government 
without exception. Secure in his position as a member of the most 
powerful secret society in the world, and I am not talking about 
Freemasonry, Kissinger not only terrified Moro, but carried through 
on his threats to "eliminate" Moro if he did not give up his plan to 
bring economic and industrial progress to Italy. 


In June and July of 1982, the wife of Aldo Moro testified in 
open court that her husband's murder came about as a result of 
serious threats against his life, made by what she called "a high 
ranking United States political figure." Mrs. Eleanora Moro 
repeated the precise phrase reportedly used by Kissinger in the 
sworn testimony of Guerzoni: "Either you stop your political line or 
you will pay dearly for it." Recalled by the judge, Guerzoni was 
asked if he could identify the person Mrs. Moro was talking about. 


Guerzoni replied that it was indeed Henry Kissinger as he had 
previously intimated. 


Guerzoni went on to explain to the court that Kissinger had 
made his threats in Moro's hotel room during the Italian leaders 
Official visit to the U.S. Moro—then Prime Minister and Foreign 
Minister of Italy, a NATO member-country—was a man of high 
rank, one who should never have been subjected to Mafia-like 
pressures and threats. Moro was accompanied on his American 
visit by the President of Italy in his official capacity. Kissinger was 
then, and still is, an important agent in the service of the Royal 
Institute for International Affairs, a member of the Club of Rome 
and the Council on Foreign Relations. 


Kissinger's role in destabilizing the United States by means 
of three wars, the Middle East, Korea and Vietnam, is well known, 
as is his role in the Gulf War, in which the U.S. Army acted as 
mercenaries for the Committee of 300 in bringing Kuwait back 
under its control and at the same time making an example out of 
Iraq so that other small nations would not be tempted to work out 
their own destiny. 


Kissinger also threatened the late Ali Bhutto, President of 
the sovereign nation of Pakistan. Bhutto's "crime" was that he 
favored nuclear weapons for his country. As a Moslem state, 
Pakistan felt threatened by continued Israeli aggression in the 
Middle East. Bhutto was judicially murdered in 1979 by the Council 
on Foreign Relations representative in the country General Zia ul 
Haq. 


In his planned ascent to power, ul Haq encouraged a 
frenzied mob to set fire to the U.S. Embassy in Islamabad in an 
apparent attempt to show the CFR that he was his own man and 
to secure more foreign aid and, it was later learned, to murder 
Richard Helms. Several years later, ul Haq paid with his life for 
intervening in the war raging in Afghanistan. His C-130 Hercules 
aircraft was hit by an E.L.F. (electricallow frequency) shot shortly 
after it took off, causing the aircraft to loop into the ground. 


The Club of Rome, acting on Committee of 300 orders to 
eliminate General ul Hag, had no compunction in sacrificing the 


12 


lives of a number of U.S. servicemen on board the flight, including 
a U.S. Army Defense Intelligence Agency group headed by 
Brigadier General Herber Wassom. General ul Haq had been 
warned by the Turkish Secret Service not to travel by plane, as he 
was targeted for a mid-air bombing. With this in mind, ul Hag took 
the United States team with him as "an insurance policy," as he 
commented to his inner circle advisors. 


In my 1989 work "Terror' in the Skies," I gave the following 
account of what happened: "Shortly before ul Hag's C-130 took off 
from a Pakistan military base, a suspicious looking truck was seen 
close to the hangar that had housed the C-130. The control tower 
warned base security, but by the time action was taken, the C-130 
was already airborne and the truck had gone. A few minutes later 
the plane began looping-the-loop until it hit the ground and 
exploded in a ball of fire. There is no explanation for such behavior 
by the C-130, an aircraft with a marvelously reliable record, and a 
joint Pakistani-United States board of enquiry Found no pilot error 
or mechanical or structural failure. Looping-the-loop is a 
recognized trade mark of an aircraft hit by E.L.F. fire. 


That the Soviet Union has been able to develop high-peak 
radio frequency devices is known to the West through the work of 
Soviet scientists who work in the Kurchatov Atomic Energy 
Institute's Intensive Relatavistic Electron Beam Division. Two of its 
specialists were Y. A. Vinograov and A. A. Rukhadze. Both 
scientists worked in the Lededev Physics Institute, which 
specializes in electronic and X ray lasers. 


After receiving this information, I searched for confirmation 
from other sources and found that in England the International 
journal of Electronics had published some material which appeared 
to confirm the information given to me about the method chosen 
to shoot down General ul Hag's C-130. In addition, the information 
was confirmed by two of my intelligence sources. I received some 
useful information from a Soviet scientific paper on these subjects, 
published in England under the title "Soviet Radio Electronics and 
Communications Systems." There was no doubt in my mind that 
General ul Haq had been murdered. The truck seen near the C- 
130 hanger undoubtedly carried a mobile E.L.F. device of the type 
the Soviet Armed Forces are known to possess. 


According to written testimony by Bhutto, smuggled out of 
the country while he was in prison, Kissinger severely threatened 
him: "TI will make a horrible example if you continue with your 
nation-building policies." Bhutto had fallen afoul of Kissinger and 
the Club of Rome by calling for a nuclear energy program to bring 
Pakistan into a modern industrialized state which, in the eyes of 
the Committee of 300, was a direct contravention of its orders 
delivered by Kissinger to the Pakistani government. What Kissinger 
was doing when he threatened Bhutto was not official U.S. policy, 
but the policy of the modern-day Illuminati. 


One needs to have a clear understanding of just why it is 
that nuclear power is so hated all over the world, and why the 
fake "environmentalist" movement, established and financially 
supported by the Club of Rome, was called upon to wage war on 
nuclear energy. With nuclear energy generating electricity in cheap 
and abundant supplies, Third World countries would gradually 
become independent of U.S. foreign aid and begin to assert their 
sovereignty. Nuclear generated electricity is THE key to bringing 
Third World countries out of their backward state, a state which 
the Committee of 300 has ordered to remain in position. 


Less foreign aid means less control of a country's natural 
resources by the I.M.F. It was this idea of developing nations 
taking charge of their destiny that was an anathema to the Club of 
Rome and its ruling Committee of 300. We have seen opposition 
to nuclear power in the United States successfully used to block 
industrial development in conformity with the Club's "Post- 
Industrial Zero-Growth" plans. 


Dependence upon U.S. foreign aid actually keeps foreign 
countries in servitude to the Council on Foreign Relations. The 
people of the recipient countries receive very little of the money as 
it usually ends up in the pockets of government leaders who allow 
the natural raw material assets of the country to be savagely 
stripped by the I.M.F. Mugabe of Zimbabwe, formerly Rhodesia, is 
a good example of how raw material assets, in this case high 
grade chrome ore, is controlled through foreign aid. LONRHO, the 
giant conglomerate run by Angus Ogilvie, an important member of 
the Committee of 300, on behalf of his cousin, Queen Elizabeth II, 


14 


now has total control of this valuable resource while the people of 
the country sink ever deeper into poverty and misery, 
notwithstanding a hand-out of in excess of $300 million from the 
United States. 


LONRHO now has a monopoly of Rhodesian chrome and 
charges any price it likes, whereas, under the Smith government 
this was not allowed. A reasonable price level was maintained for 
twenty-five years prior to the Mugabe regime taking power. While 
there were problems during the 14-year rule of Ian Smith, since 
his departure unemployment has quadrupled and Zimbabwe is in a 
state of chaos and de facto bankruptcy. Mugabe received enough 
foreign aid from the U.S. (in the region of $300 million per annum) 
to enable him to build three hotels on the French Cote d'Azur, Cap 
Ferat and Monte Carlo, while his citizens grapple with disease, 
unemployment and malnutrition, not to mention an iron-fisted 
dictatorship that allows no complaints. Contrast this with the Smith 
government which never asked for nor received one red cent in 
aid from the United States. Thus it is clear that foreign aid is a 
powerful means of exercising control of countries such as 
Zimbabwe and indeed all African countries. 


It also keeps U.S. citizens in a state of involuntary servitude 
and therefore less able to mount meaningful opposition to 
government. David Rockefeller knew what he was doing when his 
foreign aid bill became law in 1946. It has, since then, become 
one of the most hated laws on the statute books following public 
exposure of what it is a racket run by government and paid for by 
we, the people. 


How can the conspirators maintain their grip upon the 
world, and more especially, their chokehold over the U.S. and 
Britain? One of the most asked questions is, "How can any single 
entity know at all times what is going on and how is control 
exercised?" This book will attempt to answer these and other 
questions. The only way we can come to grips with the reality of 
the conspirator's success is by mentioning and discussing the 
secret societies, front organizations, government agencies, banks, 
insurance companies, international businesses, the petroleum 
industry and the hundreds of thousands of entities and 
foundations whose leading lights make up the membership of the 


Committee of 300—the ULTIMATE controlling body that runs the 
world and has done so for at least a hundred years. 


Since there already are scores of books on the Council on 
Foreign Relations (CFR) and the Trilaterals, we shall go directly to 
the Club of Rome and the German Marshall Fund. When I 
introduced these organizations to the United States, few, if any, 
had heard of them. My first work, "The Club of Rome," published 
in 1983 attracted almost no attention. Many uninitiated people 
thought the Club of Rome was something to do with the Catholic 
Church and that the German Marshall Fund referred to the Marshal 
Plan. 


This is precisely why the Committee chose these names, to 
confuse and to deflect attention away from what was happening. 
Not that the U.S. government didn't know, but as it was part of 
the conspiracy, it helped to keep the lid on information rather than 
let the truth be known. A few years after I published my work, a 
few writers saw in it a wealth of hitherto untapped information and 
began writing and talking about it as though they had always had 
full Knowledge of it. 


It came as a revelation to them that the Club of Rome and 
its financiers under the title of the German Marshall Fund were two 
highly-organized conspiratorial bodies operating under cover of the 
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and that the majority of 
Club of Rome executives were drawn from NATO. The Club of 
Rome formulated all of what NATO claimed as its policies and, 
through the activities of Committee of 300 member Lord 
Carrington, was able to split NATO into two factions, a political 
(left wing) power group and its former military alliance. 


The Club of Rome is still one of the most important foreign 
policy arms of the Committee of 300—the other being the 
Bilderbergers. It was put together in 1968 from hard-core 
members of the original Morgenthau group on the basis of a 
telephone call made by the late Aurellio Peccei for a new and 
urgent drive to speed up the plans of the One World 
Government—now called the New World Order, although I prefer 
the former name. It is certainly a better job-description than the 
New World Order, which is somewhat confusing as there have 


been several "New World Orders" before, but no One World 
Government. 


Peccei's call was answered by the most subversive "future 
planners" drawn from the United States, France, Sweden, Britain, 
Switzerland and Japan that could be mustered. During the period 
1968-1972, The Club of Rome became a cohesive entity of new- 
science scientists, globalists, future planners and internationalists 
of every stripe. As one delegate put it, "We became Joseph's Coat 
of Many Colors." Peccei's book "Human Quality" formed the basis 
of the doctrine adopted by NATO's political wing. 


The following is extracted from Dr. Peccei's book, "Human 
Quality": 


"For the first time since the first millennium was 
approached in Christendom, large masses of people are really in 
suspense about the impending advent of something unknown 
which could change their collective fate entirely.... Man does not 
know how to be a truly modern man.... Man invented the story of 
the Bad Dragon, but if ever there was a bad dragon, IT IS MAN 
HIMSELF.... Here we have the human paradox: man trapped by 
his extraordinary capacity and achievements, as in a quicksand— 
the more he uses his power the more he needs it. 


"We must never tire of repeating how foolish it is to equate 
the present profound pathological state and maladjustment of the 
entire human system to any cyclic crisis or passing circumstances. 
Since man has opened Pandora's Box of new technologies, he has 
suffered uncontrolled human proliferation, the mania for growth, 
energy crises, actual or potential resource scarcities, degradation 
of environment, nuclear folly and a host of related afflictions." 


This is identical to the program adopted by the much later 
fake "environmentalist" movement spawned by the same Club of 
Rome to blunt and turn back industrial development. 


Broadly, the anticipated counter-program of the Club of 
Rome would cover inventing and disseminating "post 
industrialization" ideas in the United States, coupled with the 
spread of counterculture movements such as drugs, rock, sex, 


17 


hedonism, Satanism, witchcraft and "environmentalism." Tavistock 
Institute, Stanford Research Institute and the Institute for Social 
Relations, in fact the entire wide spectrum of research 
organizations in applied social psychiatry either had delegates on 
the board of the Club of Rome, or acted as advisors and played a 
guiding role in NATO's attempt to adopt the "Aquarian 
Conspiracy." 


The name, New World Order, is seen as something 
developed as a consequence of the Gulf War in 1991, whereas the 
One World Government is recognized as being centuries old. The 
New World Order is not new, it has been around and developing 
under one or another guise for a very long time but it is perceived 
as a DEVELOPMENT OF THE FUTURE, which is not the case; the 
New World Order is PAST AND PRESENT. That is why I said earlier 
that the term One World Government is, or ought to be, preferred. 
Aurellio Peccei once confided in his close friend Alexander Haig 
that he felt like "Adam Weishaupt reincarnated." Peccei had much 
of Weishaupt's brilliant ability to organize and control the Illuminati 
of today, and it showed through in Peccei's control of NATO and 
formulating its policies on a global scale. 


Peccei headed the Atlantic Institute's Economic Council for 
three decades while he was the Chief Executive Officer for 
Giovanni Agnellis' Fiat Motor Company. Agnelli, a member of an 
ancient Italian Black Nobility family of the same name, is one of 
the most important members of the Committee of 300. He played 
a leading role in development projects in the Soviet Union. 


The Club of Rome is a conspiratorial umbrella organization, 
a marriage between Anglo-American financiers and the old Black 
Nobility families of Europe, particularly the so-called "nobility" of 
London, Venice and Genoa. The key to the successful control of 
the world is their ability to create and manage savage economic 
recessions and eventual depressions. The Committee of 300 looks 
to social convulsions on a global scale, followed by depressions, as 
a softening-up technique for bigger things to come, as its principal 
method of creating masses of people all over the world who will 
become its "welfare" recipients of the future. 


The committee appears to base much of its important 
decisions affecting mankind on the philosophy of Polish aristocrat, 
Felix Dzerzinski, who regarded mankind as being slightly above the 
level of cattle. As a close friend of British intelligence agent Sydney 
Reilly (Reilly was actually Dzerzinski's controller during the 
Bolshevik Revolution's formative years), he often confided in Reilly 
during his drinking bouts. Dzerzinski was, of course, the beast who 
ran the Red Terror apparatus. He once told Reilly, while the two 
were on a drinking binge, that "Man is of no importance. Look at 
what happens when you starve him. He begins to eat his dead 
companions to stay alive. Man is only interested in his own survival. 
That is all that counts. All the Spinoza stuff is a lot of rubbish." 


The Club of Rome has its own private intelligence agency 
and also "borrows" from David Rockefeller's INTERPOL. Every U.S. 
intelligence agency cooperates very closely with it, as does the 
KGB and the Mossad. The only agency that remained beyond its 
reach was the East-German intelligence service. the STASSY. The 
Club of Rome also has its own highly organized political and 
economic agencies. It was they who told President Reagan to 
retain the services of Paul Volcker, yet another important 
Committee of 300 member. Volcker stayed on as Federal Reserve 
Board chairman, notwithstanding the faithful promise of candidate 
Reagan that he would dismiss him as soon as he, Reagan, was 
elected. 


The Club of Rome, after playing a key role in the Cuban 
Missile Crisis, attempted to sell its "crisis management" (the 
forerunner of FEMA) program to President Kennedy. Several 
Tavistock scientists went to see the President to explain what it 
meant, but the President rejected the advice they gave. The same 
year that Kennedy was murdered, Tavistock was back in 
Washington to talk with NASA. This time the talks were successful. 
Tavistock was given a contract by NASA to evaluate the effect of 
its coming space program on American public opinion. 


The contract was farmed to the Stanford Research Institute 
and the Rand Corporation. Much of the material produced by 
Tavistock, Stanford and Rand never saw the light of day and 
remains sealed until now. Several Senate oversight committees 
and sub-committees I approached to obtain information told me 


they had "never heard of it," nor did they have the slightest idea 
where I might find what I was seeking. Such is the power and 
prestige of the Committee of 300. 


In 1966 I was advised by my intelligence colleagues to 
approach Dr. Anatol Rappaport who had written a treatise in which 
the administration was said to be interested. It was a paper 
intended to bring an end to NASA's space program, which Rapport 
said had outlived its usefulness. Rappaport was quite happy to 
give me a copy of his paper which, without going into fine detail, 
basically claimed that NASA's space program should be scrapped. 
NASA has too many scientists who were exerting a bad influence 
on America because they were always eager to lecture schools and 
university audiences on how rocketry worked, from construction to 
propulsion. Rappaport claimed that this would produce a 
generation of adults who would decide to become space scientists, 
only to find themselves "redundant" as no one would need their 
services by the year 2000. 


No sooner had Rappaport's profiling report on NASA been 
presented to NATO by the Club of Rome, than the Committee of 
300 demanded action. NATO-Club of Rome officials charged with 
urgent anti-NASA action were Harland Cleveland, Joseph Slater, 
Claiborne K. Pell, Walter J. Levy, George McGhee, William Watts, 
Robert Strausz-Hupe (U.S. ambassador to NATO) and Donald Lesh. 
In May 1967 a meeting was organized by the Scientific and 
Technological Committee of the North Atlantic Assembly and the 
Foreign Policy Research Institute. It was called "Conference on 
Transatlantic Imbalance and Collaboration" and it was held at 
Queen Elizabeth's palatial property in Deauville, France. 


The basic purpose and intent of the conference at Deauville 
was to end U.S. technological and industrial progress. Out of the 
conference came two books, one of which is mentioned herein, 
Brzezinski's "Technotronic Era." The other was written by 
conference chairman, Aurellio Peccei, entitled "The Chasm Ahead." 
Peccei largely agreed with Brzezinski, but added that there world 
be chaos in a future world NOT RULED BY A ONE WORLD 
GOVERNMENT. In this regard, Peccei insisted that the Soviet 
Union must be offered "a convergence with NATO," such a 
convergence ending in an equal partnership in a New World Order 


20 


with the United States. Both nations would be responsible for 
future "crisis management and global planning." The first Club of 
Rome's "global planning contract" went to the Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology (MIT), one of the premier Committee of 
300's research institutes. Jay Forrestor and Dennis Meadows were 
placed in charge of the project. 


What was their report all about? It did not differ 
fundamentally from what Malthus and Von Hayek preached, 
namely the old question of not enough natural resources to go 
around. The Forrestor-Meadows Report was a complete fraud. 
What it did not say was that man's proven inventive genius would 
in all likelihood work its way around "shortages." Fusion energy, 
the DEADLY enemy of the Committee of 300, could be applied to 
CREATING natural resources. A fusion torch could produce from 
one square mile of ordinary rock enough aluminum, for example, 
to fill our needs for 4 years. 


Peccei never tired of preaching against the nation-state an 
how destructive they are for the progress of mankind. He called 
for "collective responsibility." Nationalism was a cancer on man 
was the theme of several important speeches delivered by Peccei. 
His close friend Ervin Lazlo produced a work in 1977 in a similar 
vein which was called "Goals of Mankind," a landmark study for 
the Club of Rome. The entire position paper was a vitriolic attack 
on industrial expansion and urban growth. Throughout these years, 
Kissinger, as the designated contact man, kept in close touch with 
Moscow on behalf of the RITA. "Global modeling" papers were 
regularly shared with Kissinger's friends in the Kremlin. 


With regard to the Third World, the Club of Rome's Harland 
Cleveland prepared a report which was the height of cynicism. At 
the time, Cleveland was United States Ambassador to NATO. 
Essentially, the paper said it would be up to Third World nations to 
decide among themselves which populations should be eliminated. 
As Peccei later wrote (based on the Cleveland Report): "Damaged 
by conflicting policies of three major countries and blocs, roughly 
patched up here and there, the existing international economic 
order is visibly coming apart at the seams.... The prospect of the 
necessity of the recourse to triage-deciding who must be saved—is 
a very grim one indeed. But, if lamentably, events should come to 


21 


such a pass, the right to make such decisions cannot be left to just 
a few nations because it would lend themselves to ominous power 
over life of the world's hungry." 


In this is found the committee policy of deliberately 
starving African nations to death, as evidenced in the sub-Sahara 
nations. This was cynicism at its worst, because the Committee of 
300 had already abrogated the decisions of life and death unto 
itself, and Peccei knew it. He had previously so indicated in his 
book "Limits of Growth." Peccei completely dismissed industrial 
and agricultural progress and in its place demanded that the world 
come under one coordinating council, to whit, the Club of Rome 
and its NATO institutions, in a One World Government. 


Natural resources would have to be allocated under the 
auspices of global planning. Nation states could either accept Club 
of Rome domination or else survive by the law of the jungle and 
fight to survive. In its first "test case," Meadows and Forrestor 
planned the 1973 Arab-Israeli War on behalf of the RIIA to sharply 
bring home to the world that natural resources like petroleum 
would in the future come under global planners control, meaning 
of course, under the control of the Committee of 300. 


Tavistock Institute called for a consultation with Peccei to 
which McGeorge Bundy, Homer Perlmutter and Dr. Alexander King 
were invited. From London Peccei traveled to the White House 
where he met with the President and his cabinet, Followed by a 
visit to the State Department where he conferred with the 
Secretary of State, the State Department's intelligence service and 
State's Policy Planning Council. Thus, from the very beginning, the 
United States government was fully aware of the Committee of 
300's plans for this country. That should answer the often asked 
question, "Why would our government allow the Club of Rome to 
operate in a subversive manner in the United States?" 


Volcker's economic and monetary policies were a reflection 
of those of Sir Geoffrey Howe, Chancellor of the exchequer and 
member of the Committee of 300. This serves to illustrate how 
Britain has controlled the United States, beginning from soon after 
the War of 1812, and continues to exercise control over this 
country through the policies of the Committee of 300. 


22 


What are the goals of the secret elite group, the inheritors 
of Illuminism (Moriah Conquering Wind), the Cult of Dionysius, the 
Cult of Isis, Catharism, Bogomilism? This elite group that also calls 
itself the OLYMPIANS (they truly believe they are equal in power 
and stature to the legendary gods of Olympus, who have, like 
Lucifer their god, set themselves above our true God) absolutely 
believe they have been charged with implementing the following 
by divine right: 


(1) A One World Government-New World Order with a 
unified church and monetary system under their direction. Not 
many people are aware that the One World Government began 
setting up its "church" in the 1920's/ 1930's, for they realized the 
need for a religious belief inherent in mankind to have an outlet 
and, therefore, set up a "church" body to channel that belief in the 
direction they desired. 


(2) The utter destruction of all national identity and 
national pride. 


(3) The destruction of religion and more especially the 
Christian religion, with the one exception, their own creation 
mentioned above. 


(4) Control of each and every person through means of 
mind control and what Brzezinski call "technotronics" which would 
create human-like robots and a system of terror beside which Felix 
Dzerzinski's Red Terror will look like children at play. 


(5) An end to all industrialization and the production of 
nuclear generated electric power in what they call "the post- 
industrial zero-growth society." Exempted are the computer and 
service industries. United States industries that remain will be 
exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labor 
is available. Unemployables in the wake of industrial destruction 
will either become opium-heroin and or cocaine addicts, or 
become statistics in the elimination process we know today as 
Global 2000. 


(6) Legalization of drugs and pornography. 


2 


(7) Depopulation of large cities according to the trial run 
carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting to 
note that Pol Pot's genocidal plans were drawn up here in the 
United States by one of the Club of Rome's research foundations. 
It is also interesting that the Committee is presently seeking to 
reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia. 


(8) Suppression of all scientific development except for 
those deemed beneficial by the Committee. Especially targeted is 
nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the 
fusion experiments presently being scorned and ridiculed by the 
Committee and its jackals of the press. Development of the fusion 
torch would blow the Committee's conception of "limited natural 
resources" right out of the window. A fusion torch properly used 
could create unlimited untappeed natural resources from the most 
ordinary substances. Fusion torch uses are legion and would 
benefit mankind in a manner which is as yet not even remotely 
comprehended by the public. 


(9) Cause by means of limited wars in the advanced 
countries, and by means of starvation and diseases in Third World 
countries, the death of 3 billion people by the year 2000, people 
they call "useless eaters." The Committee of 300 commissioned 
Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how best to bring 
about such genocide. The paper was produced under the title the 
"Global 2000 Report" and was accepted and approved for action 
by President Carter, for and on behalf of the U.S. Government, 
and accepted by Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State. Under the 
terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the United 
States is to be reduced by 100 million by the year 2050. 


(10) To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and to 
demoralize workers in the labor class by creating mass 
unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post industrial zero 
growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, demoralized and 
discouraged workers will resort to alcohol and drugs. The youth of 
the land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to 
rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually 
destroying the family unit. In this regard The Committee of 300 
commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how 


24 


this could be achieved. Tavistock directed Stanford Research to 
undertake the work under the direction of Professor Willis Harmon. 
This work later became known as "The Aquarian Conspiracy." 


(11) To keep people everywhere from deciding their own 
destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then 
"managing" such crises. This will confuse and demoralize the 
population to the extent where faced with too many choices, 
apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the United 
States, an agency for crisis management is already in place. It is 
called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose 
existence I first disclosed in 1980. There will be more on FEMA as 
we proceed. 


(12) To introduce new cults and continue to boost those 
already functioning which includes rock "music" gangsters such as 
the filthy, degenerate Mick Jagger's "Rolling Stones" (a gangster 
group much favored by European Black Nobility) and all of the 
Tavistockcreated "rock" groups which began with "The Beatles." 
To continue to build up the cult of Christian fundamentalism begun 
by the British East India Company's servant, Darby, which will be 
misused to strengthen the Zionist state of Israel through 
identifying with the Jews through the myth of "God's Chosen 
People" and by donating very substantial amounts of money to 
what they mistakenly believe is a religious cause in the furtherance 
of Christianity. 


(14) To press for the spread of religious cults such as the 
Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to 
carry out experiments of the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type of 
murders. It is worth noting that the late Ayatollah Khomeini was a 
creation of British Intelligence Military Intelligence Division 6, 
commonly known as M16, as I reported in my 1985 work, "What 
Really Happened In Iran." 


(15) To export "religious liberation" ideas around the world 
so as to undermine all existing religions but more especially the 
Christian religion. This began with "Jesuit Liberation Theology" 
which brought about the downfall of the Somoza family rule in 
Nicaragua and which is today destroying EI Salvador, now 25 
years into a "civil war," Costa Rica and Honduras. One very active 


2 


entity engaged in so-called liberation theology is the Communist 
oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media 
attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in EI 
Salvador a few years ago. 


The four nuns were Communist subversive agents and 
their activities were widely documented by the government of EI 
Salvador. The United States press and news media refused to give 
any space or coverage to the mass of documentation in possession 
of the Salvadorian government, documentation which proves what 
the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country. Mary Knoll 
is in service in many countries, and played a leading role in 
bringing Communism to Rhodesia, Mozambique, Angola and South 
Africa. 


(16) To cause a total collapse of the world's economies and 
engender total political chaos. 


(17) To take control of all Foreign and domestic policies of 
the United States. 


(18) To give the fullest support to supranational institutions 
such as the United Nations (UN), the International Monetary Fund 
(IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the World 
Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions of lesser 
effect by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the 
mantle of the United Nations. 


(19) Penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from 
within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of nations 
represented by them. 


(20) Organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus and negotiate 
with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. It will be 
recalled that it was Bettino Craxi who persuaded the Italian and 
U.S. governments to negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnapers of 
Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier. As an aside, General 
Dozier is under orders not to talk about what happened to him. 
Should he break that silence, he will no doubt be made "a horrible 
example of" in the manner in which Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, 
Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq. 


26 


(21) Take control of education in America with the intent and 
purpose of utterly and completely destroying it. 


Much of these goals, which I first enumerated in 1969, 
have since been achieved or are well on their way to being 
achieved. Of special interest in the Committee of 300 program is 
the core of their economic policy, which is largely based on the 
teachings of Malthus, the son of an English country parson who 
was pushed to prominence by the British East India Company 
upon which the Committee of 300 is modeled. 


Malthus maintained that man's progress is tied to the 
earth's natural ability to support a given number of people, beyond 
which point earth's limited resources would rapidly be depleted. 
Once these natural resources have been consumed, it will be 
impossible to replace them. Hence, Malthus observed, it is 
necessary to limit populations within the boundaries of decreasing 
natural resources. It goes without saying that the elite will not 
allow themselves to be threatened by a burgeoning population of 
"useless eaters," hence culling must be practiced. As I have 
previously stated, "culling" is going on today, using the methods 
mandated in the "Global 2000 Report." 


All economic plans of the Committee meet at the 
crossroads of Malthus and Frederick Von Hayek, another doom 
and gloom economist who is sponsored by the Club of Rome. The 
Austrian born Von Hayek has long been under the control of David 
Rockefeller, and Von Hayek theories are fairly widely accepted in 
the United States. According to Von Hayek, the United States 
economic platform must be based on (a) Urban Black Markets (b) 
Small Hong Kong-type industries utilizing sweat-shop labor (c) The 
Tourist Trade, (d) Free Enterprise Zones where speculators can 
operate unhindered and where the drug trade can flourish (e) End 
of all industrial activity and (f) Close down all nuclear energy 
plants. 


Von Hayek's ideas dove-tail perfectly with those of the Club 
of Rome, which is perhaps why he is so well promoted in rightwing 
circles in this country. The mantle of Von Hayek is being passed to 
a new, younger economist, Jeoffrey Sachs, who was sent to 


2d 


Poland to take up where Von Hayek left off. It will he recalled that 
the Club of Rome organized the Polish economic crisis which led to 
political destabilization of the country. The exact same economic 
planning, if one dare call it that, will be forced upon Russia, but if 
widespread opposition is encountered, the old price-support 
system will quickly be restored. 


The Committee of 300 ordered the Club of Rome to use 
Polish nationalism as a tool to destroy the Catholic Church and 
pave the way for Russian troops to reoccupy the country. The 
"Solidarity" movement was a creation of the Committee of 300's 
Zbigniew Brzezinski, who chose the name for the "trade union" 
and selected its office holders and organizers. Solidarity is no 
"labor" movement, although Gdansk shipyard workers were used 
to launch it, but rather, it was a high-profile POLITCAL 
organization, created to bring forced changes in preparation for 
the advent of the One World Government. 


Most of Solidarity's leaders were descendants of Bolshevik 
Jews from Odessa and were not noted for hating Communism. 
This helps to understand the saturation coverage provided by the 
American news media. Professor Sachs has taken the process a 
step further, ensuring economic slavery for a Poland recently freed 
from the domination of the USSR. Poland will now become the 
economic slave of the United States. All that has happened is that 
the master has changed. 


Brzezinski is the author of a book that should have been 
read by every American interested in the future of this country. 
Entitled "The Technotronic Era," it was commissioned by the Club 
of Rome. The book is an open announcement of the manner and 
methods to be used to control the United States in the future. It 
also gave notice of cloning and "robotoids," i.e. people who acted 
like people and who seemed to be people, but who were not. 
Brzezinski, speaking for the Committee of 300 said the United 
States was moving "into an era unlike any of its predecessors; we 
were moving toward a technotronic era that could easily become a 
dictatorship." I reported fully on "the Technotronic Era" in 1981 
and mentioned it in my newsletters a number of times. 


28 


Brzezinski went on to say that our society "is now in an 
information revolution based on amusement focus, spectator 
spectacles (saturation coverage by television of sporting events) 
which provide an opiate for an increasingly purposeless mass." 
Was Brzezinski another seer and a prophet? Could he see into the 
future? The answer is NO; what he wrote in his book was simply 
copied from the Committee of 300's blueprint given to the Club of 
Rome for execution. Isn't it true that by 1991 we already have a 
purposeless mass of citizens? We could say that 30 million 
unemployed and 4 million homeless people are a "purposeless 
mass," or at least the nucleus of one. 


In addition to religion, "the opiate of the masses" which 

Lenin and Marx acknowledged was needed, we now have the 
Opiates of mass spectator sport, unbridled sexual lusts, rock music 
and a whole new generation of drug addicts. Mindless sex and an 
epidemic of drug usage was created to distract people from what 
is happening all around them. In "The Technotronic Era" Brzezinski 
talks about "the masses" as if people are some inanimate object— 
which is possibly how we are viewed by the Committee of 300. He 
continually refers to the necessity of controlling us "masses." 


At one point, he lets the cat out of the bag: 


"At the same time the capacity to assert social and political 
control over the individual will vastly increase. It will soon be 
possible to assert almost continuous control over every citizen and 
to maintain up-to-date files, containing even the most personal 
details about health and personal behavior of every citizen in 
addition to the more customary data. 


"These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the 
authorities. Power will gravitate into the hands of those who 
control information. Our existing institutions will be supplanted by 
pre-crisis management institutions, the task of which will be to 
identify in advance likely social crises and to develop programs to 
cope with them. (This describes the structure of FEMA which came 
much later. ) 


"This will encourage tendencies through the next several 
decades toward a TECHNOTRONIC ERA, A DICTATORSHIP, 


29 


leaving even less room for political procedures as we know them. 
Finally, looking ahead to the end of the century, the possibility of 
BIOCHEMICAL MIND CONTROL AND GENETIC TINKERING WITH 
MAN, INCLUDING BEINGS WHICH WILL FUNCTION LIKE MEN 
AND REASON LIKE THEM AS WELL, COULD GIVE RISE TO SOME 
DIFFICULT QUESTIONS." 


Brzezinski was not writing as a private citizen but as 
Carter's National Security Advisor and a leading member of the 
Club of Rome and a member of the Committee of 300, a member 
of the CFR and as a member of the old Polish Black Nobility. His 
book explains how America must leave its industrial base behind 
and enter into what he called "a distinct new historical era." 


"What makes America unique is its willingness to 
experience the future, be it pop-art or LSD. Today, America is the 
creative society, the others, consciously or unconsciously, are 
emulative. What he should have said was that America is the 
proving ground for Committee of 300 policies which lead directly 
to a dissolution of the old order and an entry into the One World 
Government-New World Order. 


One of the chapters in "The Technotronic Era" explains 
how new technology will bring in its wake intense confrontation 
that will strain social and international peace. Oddly enough we 
are already under intense strains through surveillance. Lourdes in 
Cuba is one place where this is happening. The other is NATO 
headquarters in Brussels, Belgium, where a giant computer 
designated "666" can store data of every type mentioned by 
Brzezinski, plus possessing an expanded capacity to take in data 
for several billions more people than presently exist, if it ever 
comes to that, but which, in the light of the Global 2000 genocidal 
report, will probably never need to be utilized. 


Retrieval of data will be simple in the United States where 
social security and or driver licence numbers could simply be 
added to 666 to provide the surveillance recording announced by 
Brzezinski and his Committee of 300 colleagues. The Committee 
already in 1981 warned governments, including the government of 
the USSR, that there "will be chaos unless the Committee of 300 
takes complete control of preparations for the New World Order. 


30 


CONTROL WILL BE EXERCISED THROUGH OUR COMMITTEE AND 
THROUGH GLOBAL PLANNIG AND CRISIS MANAGEMENT." I 
reported this factual information a few months after I received it in 
1981. Another item I reported back then was that RUSSIA HAD 
BEEN INVITED TO JOIN THE PREPARATIONS FOR THE COMING 
ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT. 


When I wrote these things in 1981, the conspirators’ global 
plans were already in an advanced state of preparedness. Looking 
back over the past 10 years, it can be seen just how rapidly the 
Committee's plans have advanced. If the information provided in 
1981 was alarming, then it should be even more alarming today as 
we near the final stages of the demise of the United States as we 
know it. With unlimited funding, with several hundred think tanks 
and 5000 social engineers, the media banking and control of most 
governments a reality, we can see that we are tracing a problem 
of immense proportions, one that cannot he opposed by any 
nation at this time. 


As I have so often stated, we have been misled into 
believing that the problem I am talking about has its origin in 
Moscow We have been brainwashed into believing that 
Communism is the greatest danger we Americans are facing. This 
is simply not so. The greatest danger arises from the mass of 
traitors in our midst. Our Constitution warns us to be watchful of 
the enemy within our gates. These enemies are the servants of 
the Committee of 300 who occupy high positions within our 
governmental structure. The UNITED STATES is where we MUST 
begin our fight to turn back the tide threatening to engulf us, and 
where we must meet, and defeat these internal conspirators. 


The Club of Rome also had a direct hand in creating the 
25year old war in EI Salvador, as an integral part of the wider plan 
drawn up by Elliot Abrams of the U.S. State Department. It was 
Committee of 300 member Willy Brandt, leader of the Socialist 
International and a former chancellor of West Germany, who paid 
for the "final offensive" by the Salvadorian guerrillas which, 
fortunately, was not successful. EI Salvador was chosen by the 
committee to turn Central America into a zone for a new Thirty- 
Year War, which task was allocated to Kissinger to carry out under 
the innocuous title of "The Andes Plan." 


31 


Just to demonstrate how the conspirators operate across all 
national boundaries, the "final offensive" action planned by Willy 
Brandt came about as a result of a visit to Felipe Gonzalez, who at 
the time was preparing himself for his Club of Rome-ordained role 
as Spain's future prime minister. Apart from myself and one or two 
of my intelligence colleagues and former colleagues, no one 
appeared to have heard of Gonzalez before he surfaced in Cuba. 
Gonzalez was the Club of Rome's case officer for EI Salvador, and 
the first Socialist to be elevated to political power in Spain since 
the death of General Franco. 


Gonzalez was on his way to Washington to attend the Club 
of Rome Socialist "get Reagan" meeting which took place in 
December 1980. Present at the Gonzalez-Castro meeting was the 
left-wing guerrilla, Guillermo Ungo, run by the Institute for Policy 
Studies (IPS), the Committee of 300's most notorious Washington- 
based leftwing think tank. Ungo was run by an IPS fellow who died 
in a mysterious plane crash while enroute from Washington to 
Havana to visit Castro. 


As most of us know, both the left and the right of the 
political spectrum is controlled by the same people, which will help 
to explain the fact that Ungo was a life-long friend of the late 
Napoleon Duarte, leader of the rightwing in EI Salvador. It was 
after the Cuban meeting that the "final offensive" by the 
Salvadorian guerrillas was carried out. 


The polarizing of South America and the U.S was a special 
assignment given to Kissinger by the Committee of 300. The 
Malvinas War (also known as the Falklands War) and the 
subsequent overthrow of the Argentine government, followed by 
economic chaos and political upheavals, were planned by Kissinger 
Associates acting in concert with Lord Carrington, a top-ranking 
member of the Committee of 300. 


One of the principal Committee of 300 assets in the U.S., 
the Aspen Institute of Colorado, also helped plan events in 
Argentina even as it did in the case of the fall of the Shah of Iran. 
Latin America is important to the United States, not only because 
we have so many mutual defense treaties with countries there, but 


32 


also because it has the potential of providing a huge market for 
American exports of technology, heavy industrial equipment which 
world have galvanized many of our faltering companies and 
provided thousands of new jobs. This was to be prevented all 
costs, even if it meant 30 years of war. 


Instead of seeing this huge potential in a positive light, the 
Committee of 300 saw it as a dangerous threat to its postindustrial 
zero-growth U.S. plans and immediately acted to make an 
example of Argentina as a warning to other Latin American nations 
to forget any ideas they may have had to promote nationalism, 
independence and sovereign integrity. This is the reason why so 
many Latin American countries turned to drugs as their sole means 
of support, which may very well have been the intention of the 
conspirators in the first place. 


Americans in general look down on Mexico, which is 
precisely the attitude with which the Committee wants the people 
of the United States to regard Mexico. What we need to do is 
change our thinking about Mexico and South America in general. 
Mexico represents a potentially huge market for all types of U.S. 
goods which could mean thousands of jobs for Americans and 
Mexicans alike. Transferring our industries "south of the border" 
and paying the maquiladores slave wages is not in the interests of 
either country. It benefits nobody but the "Olympians." 


Mexico received most of its nuclear power technology from 
Argentina, but the Malvinas War put an end to that. The Club of 
Rome decreed back in 1986 that it would stop exports of nuclear 
technology to developing countries. With nuclear power stations 
generating abundant cheap electricity, Mexico would have become 
the "Germany of Latin America." Such a state of affairs would have 
been a disaster for the conspirators who have, by 1991, stopped 
all exports of nuclear technology except that destined for Israel. 


What the Committee of 300 has in mind for Mexico is a 
feudal peasantry, a condition that allows for easy management 
and looting of Mexican oil. A stable and prosperous Mexico can 
only be a plus for the United States. This is what the conspirators 
wish to prevent, so they have engaged in decades of innuendo, 
Slander and direct economic war on Mexico. Before former 


eh) 


President Lopes Portillo took office and nationalized the banks 
Mexico was losing $200 million a day to capital flight, organized 
and orchestrated by the Committee of 300's representatives in 
banks and brokerage houses on Wall Street. 


If only we in the United States had statesmen and not 
politicians running the country, we could act together and set back 
the One World Government-New World Order plans to return 
Mexico to a state of helplessness. If we were able to defeat the 
Club of Rome's plans for Mexico, it would come as a shock to the 
Committee of 300, a shock from which they would take a long 
time to recover. The inheritors of the Illuminati pose as great a 
threat to the United States as they do to Mexico. By seeking 
common ground with Mexican patriotic movements we in the 
United States could forge a formidable force to be reckoned with. 
But such action requires leadership, and we are more lacking in 
leadership than in any other area of endeavor. 


The Committee of 300 through its many affiliated 
organizations was able to nullify the Reagan presidency. Here is 
what Stuart Butler of the Heritage Foundation had to say on the 
subject "The right thought it had won in 1980 but in fact it have 
lost." What Butler was referring to was the situation in which the 
Right found itself when it realized that every single position of 
importance in the Reagan administration was filled by Fabianist 
appointees recommended by the Heritage Foundation. Butler went 
on to say that Heritage would use rightwing ideas to impose 
leftwing radical principles upon the United States, the same radical 
ideas which Sir Peter Vickers Hall, top Fabianist in the U.S. and the 
number one man at Heritage, had been openly discussing during 
the election year. 


Sir Peter Vickers Hall remained an active Fabianist even 
though he was running a conservative "think tank." As a member 
of the British oligarchical Vickers armament manufacturing family, 
he had position and power. The Vickers family supplied both sides 
in the First World War and again during Hitler's rise to power. 
Vickers’ official cover was the University of California's Urban and 
Regional Development Institute. He was a longtime confidant of 
British Labour leader and Committee of 300 member Anthony 
Wedgewood Benn. 


34 


Both Vickers and Benn are integrated with the Tavistock 
Institute for Human Relations, the premiere brainwashing 
institution in the world. Vickers uses his Tavistock training to very 
good effect when speech-making. Consider the following example: 


"There are two Americas. One is the nineteenth century 
heavy-industry based society. The other is the growing post 
industrial society, in some cases built on the shards of the old 
America. It is the crisis between these two worlds which will 
produce the economic and social catastrophe of the next decade. 
The two worlds are in fundamental opposition, they cannot coexist. 
In the end the post industrial world must crush and obliterate the 
other one." Remember, this speech was made in 1981 and we can 
see from the state of our economy and our industries just how 
accurate was Sir Peter's prediction. When concerned people ask 
me how long the 1991 recession will last, I refer them to Sir 
Peter's statements and add my own opinion that it will not end 
until 1995/1996, and even then what emerges will not be the 
America we knew in the 1960's and 1970's. That America has 
already been destroyed. 


I reported Sir Peter's speech in my newsletter soon after it 
was delivered. How prophetic it was, but then it was easy to 
predict a future already written for America by the Committee of 
300 and its executive Club of Rome. What was Sir Peter saying in 
a euphemistic manner? Translated into ordinary everyday English, 
he was saying that the old American way of life, our true and 
trusted republican form of government based upon our 
Constitution, was going to be crushed by the New World Order. 
America as we knew it was going to have to go, or be crushed to 
pieces. 


As I said, Committee of 300 members often make 
themselves highly visible. Sir Peter was no exception. To make it 
clearly understood where he was coming from, Sir Peter rounded 
off his speech by declaring: 


"I am perfectly happy working with the Heritage 
Foundation and groups like that. True Fabians look to the New 
Right to push through some of their more radical ideas. For more 


35 


than a decade the British population has been subject to a 
constant propaganda barrage of how it was on the industrial skids. 
All of this is true, but the net effect of the propaganda was to 
demoralize the population. (Exactly as intended by the new- 
science scientist at Tavistock. ) 


"This will happen in the United States as the economy 
worsens. This (demoralizing process) is necessary to make people 
accept difficult choices. If there is no planning for the future or if 
constituencies block progress there will be social chaos on a scale 
which is currently hard to imagine. The outlook for urban America 
is bleak. There is a possibility of doing something with the inner 
cities, but basically the cities will shrink and the manufacturing 
base will decline. This will produce social convulsions." 


Was Sir Peter a psychic, a magician of great report or 
merely a charlatan fortune teller with a great deal of luck? The 
answer is "none of these." All Sir Peter was doing was reading off 
the blueprint of the Committee of 300-Club of Rome for slow 
death of the United States as a former industrial giant. Looking 
back over the ten years of Sir Peter's predictions, can anybody 
doubt that the Committee of 300's plans for the demise of an 
industrialized United States has become a fait accompli? 


Haven't Sir Peter's predictions proved to be remarkably 
accurate? Indeed they have, almost down to the last word. It is 
worth noting that Sir Peter Vickers (Sir Peter Vickers-Hall's father- 
in-law) worked on the Stanford Research paper, "Changing Images 
of Man," from which much of the 3000 pages of material advice 
sent to the Reagan Administration was taken. Moreover, as a 
senior MJ6 British intelligence officer, Sir Peter Vickers was in a 
position to give Heritage a great deal of advance information. 


As a member of the Committee of 300 and NATO, Sir Peter 
Vickers was around when NATO directed the Club of Rome to 
develop a social program which would utterly change the direction 
in which America wanted to go. The Club of Rome, under 
Tavistock direction, ordered Stanford Research Institute (SRI) to 
develop such a program, not only for America, but for every nation 
in the Atlantic Alliance and the OECD nations. 


36 


It was Sir Peter's protege, Stuart Butler, who gave 
President Reagan 3000 pages of "recommendations," which no 
doubt contained some opinions expressed by Anthony Wedgewood 
Benn, a member of parliament and a ranking member of the 
Committee of 300. Benn told members of the Socialist Internaional 
who met in Washington on December 8, 1980: "You can thrive 
under Volcker's credit collapse if you profile Reagan to intensify 
the credit collapse." 


That Butler's advice was taken and applied to the Reagan 
administration can be seen in the collapse of the Savings and loan 
and banking industries which accelerated under Reagan economic 
policies. While Benn called it "profiling," he really meant that 
Reagan should be brainwashed. It is worth noting that Von Hayek- 
who is a founder member of Heritage-used his student, Milton 
Friedman, to preside over the Club of Rome's plans to 
deindustrialise America using the Reagan presidency to accelerate 
the collapse of first the steel industry, and then the auto and 
housing industries, for example. 


In this regard a French Black Nobility member, Etienne 
D'Avignon, as a member of the Committee of 300, was assigned 
the task of collapsing the steel industry in this country. It is 
doubtful that any of the hundreds of thousands of steel workers 
and shipyard workers who have been without jobs for the past 
decade have ever heard of D'Avignon. I fully reported the 
D'Avignon Plan in April 1981 Economic Review. Attending that 
fateful December lOth Club of Rome meeting in Washington D.C. 
was a mystery man from Iran who turned out to be Bani Sadr, the 
Ayatollah Khomeini's special envoy. 


One speech in particular at the December 10th, 1980 
conclave caught my attention, mainly because it came from 
Francois Mitterand, a man the French establishment had discarded 
and thought to be washed up. But my intelligence source had 
previously told me that Mitterand was in the process of being 
picked up, dusted off and returned to power, so what he said 
carried a good deal of weight for me: 


"Industrial capitalist development is the opposite of 
freedom We must put an end to it. The economic systems of the 


ai 


20th and 21st century will use machines to crush man, first in the 
domain of nuclear energy which is already producing formidable 
results. Mitterand's return to the Elysee Palace was a great 
triumph for socialism. It proved that the Committee of 300 was 
powerful enough to predict happenings and then make them 
happen, by force, or by whatever means it took to make its point 
that it could crush any and all opposition even if, as in the case of 
Mitterand, he had been totally rejected a few short days before by 
a discerning political power group in Paris. 


Another group representative at the December 1980 
Washington meetings with "observer status" was John Graham, 
also known as "Irwin Suall," head of the fact-finding committee of 
the Anti-Defamation League (ADL). The ADL is an outright British 
intelligence operation run by all three branches of British 
intelligence, that is, M16 and the JIO. Suall's extensive bag of dirty 
tricks was garnered from the sewers of the East End of London. 
Suall is still a member of the super-secret SIS, an elite James Bond 
type of operation. Let nobody underestimate the power of the ADL, 
nor its long reach. 


Suall works closely with Hall and other Fabianists. He was 
singled out as useful to British intelligence while at Ruskir Labour 
College at Oxford University in England, the same communist 
education center that gave us Milner, Rhodes, Burgess, McLean 
and Kim Philby. Oxford and Cambridge Universities have long been 
the province of the sons and daughters of the elite, those whose 
parents belong to the "upper crust" of British high society. While at 
Oxford, Suall joined the Young People's Socialist League, and was 
recruited by British intelligence shortly thereafter. 


Suall was posted to the United States where he came 
under the protection and sponsorship of one of the most insidious 
leftists in the country, Walter Lippmann. Lippmann founded and 
ran the League for Industrial Democracy, and Students for 
Democratic Society, both leftist spoiler operations to set industrial 
workers at variance with what it called "the Capitalist class" and 
management. Both of Lippmann's projects were an integral part of 
the Committee of 300 apparatus that stretched right across 
America, of which Lippmann was a most important member. 


38 


Suall has strong connections with the Justice Department 
and can secure FBI profiles of any person he targets. The Justice 
Department has orders to give Suall everything he wants when he 
wants it. Most of Suall's activities center around "keeping an eye 
on rightwing groups and individuals." The ADL has an open door 
to the State Department and makes good use of State's impressive 
intelligence agency. 


The State Department has a layer of agents in the right 
wing, posing as "fearless anti-Semitic fighters." There are four 
leaders in this group of informers, three of whom are discreet 
Jewish homosexuals. This spy group has been in operation for the 
past two decades. They publish virulently anti-Jewish 
"newspapers" and sell a wide variety of anti-Semitic books. One of 
the principal operators works out of Louisiana. A member of this 
group is a writer who is dearly beloved in Christian rightwing 
circles. The group and the individuals who go to make it up are 
under the protection of the ADL. Suall was deeply involved in 
ABSCAM and is often called upon by law enforcement agencies to 
assist them in investigations and sting operations. 


Suall was assigned to "dog Reagan," in terms of the course 
laid out for the newly-elected President by the Heritage 
Foundation, and to figuratively fire a few warning shots if Reagan 
looked like deviating or taking off his blinders at any time. Suall 
helped to get rid of any troublesome rightwing advisor not 
beholden to Heritage for his or her job with the Reagan 
administration. Such a person was Ray Donovan, Reagan's 
Secretary of Labor, who was eventually removed from his post 
thanks to the Dirty Tricks department of the ADL. James Baker III, 
one of those on the list of 3000 recommendations made by the 
Heritage Foundation, was the go-between who carried Suall's 
messages of hate about Donovan to the President. 


Another important conspirator was Philip Agee, the socalled 
CIA "defector." Although not a member of the Committee, he was 
nevertheless its case officer for Mexico, and run by the Royal 
Institute for International Affairs (RITA) and the Council on Foreign 
Relations. For the record, nothing that happens in the U.S. 
happens without the sanction of the RIIA. It is a continuing and 
ongoing agreement first OPENLY entered into (there were many 


39 


such secret agreements before that) by Churchill and Roosevelt in 
1938, under the terms of which U.S. intelligence services are 
obliged to share intelligence secrets with British intelligence. 


This is the basis of the so-called "special relationship" 
between the two countries about which Churchill and Lord Halifax 
boasted and which "special relationship" was responsible for the 
U.S. fighting the Gulf War against Iraq for and on behalf of British 
interests, more especially British Petroleum, one of the most 
important companies in the Committee of 300 in which Queen 
Elizabeth's immediate family has a big stake. 


No intelligence activity has taken place since 1938 except 
through this special joint command structure. Philip Agee joined 
the CIA after graduating from Notre Dame where he was inducted 
into its Jesuit Freemason ring. Agee first came to my attention in 
1968 as the intelligence officer behind the riots at the University of 
Mexico. One of the most important things about the Mexican 
student riots was that they occurred at the same time as student 
rioting in New York, Bonn, Prague and West Berlin. 


With the coordination expertise and its special intelligence 
network of which INTERPOL is an integral part, it is not as difficult 
as it might seem at first sight for the Committee to set in motion 
carefully timed global actions, whether they be student rioting or 
deposing leaders of supposedly sovereign nations. It is all in a 
day's work for the "Olympians." From Mexico, Agee moved on to 
align himself with Puerto Rican terrorist groups. During this time 
he became a trusted confidant of the Cuban dictator, Fidel Castro. 


It should not be imagined that while Agee was carrying out 
these operations, he was doing so as a "rogue" agent. On the 
contrary, he was working for the CIA all during these assignments. 
Trouble came when Castro's DGI (Cuban intelligence service) was 
able to "turn" him. Agee continued to work in his capacity as a 
member of the CIA until his double role was uncovered. This 
involved the biggest Soviet listening post in the West located at 
Lourdes, Cuba. Staffed by 3000 Soviet specialists in signals 
monitoring and deciphering, Lourdes has the capability of 
monitoring thousands of electronic signals simultaneously. Many a 


40 


private phone conversation between a member of Congress and 
his mistress was picked up at Lourdes and used to telling effect. 


Although we are told today in 1991 that "Communism is 
dead," the United States has done nothing to close down the vast 
spy operation which sits on our doorstep. Incidentally Lourdes has 
the capability of picking up even the weakest "tempest" signal, 
which is the type given off by a fax machine or an electric 
typewriter which, when deciphered, will give the contents of 
whatever is being typed or faxed. Lourdes remains dagger in the 
heart of the United States. There is absolutely no reason for its 
continued existence. If the U.S. and USSR are truly at peace with 
each other, why the continued need for so massive a spy 
operation? The simple truth is that, rather than retrenching 
personnel as we are led to believe, the KGB has taken on 
additional recruits during 1990 and 1991. 


Bernard Levin is probably not a name that is well-known in 
the United States. Unlike decadent "pop stars" or Hollywood's 
latest miserable "discovery," academics seldom if ever come 
before the public eye. Of the hundreds of academics in the United 
States working under the Control of the Club of Rome, Levin is 
worthy of special mention, if for no reason other than his role in 
undermining Iran, the Philippines, South Africa, Nicaragua and 
South Korea. The demise of the Shah of Iran was run to a plan 
devised by Bernard Levin and Richard Falk, and supervised by 
Robert Anderson's Aspen Institute. 


Levin was the author of a work entitled "Time Perspective 
and Morale" which is a Club of Rome publication concerning how 
to break down the morale of nations and individual leaders. Here 
is an extract of the document: 


"One of the main techniques for breaking morale through a 
strategy of terror consists in exactly this tactic: keep the person 
hazy as to where he stands and just what he may expect. In 
addition, if frequent vacillations between severe disciplinary 
measures and promise of good treatment together with the 
spreading of contradictory news make the structure of the 
situation unclear, then the individual may cease to know whether a 
particular plan would lead toward or away from his goal. Under 


Al 


these conditions, even those individuals who have definite goals 
and are ready to take risks are paralyzed by the severe inner 
conflict in regard to what to do." 


This Club of Rome blueprint applies to COUNTRIES as well 
as to individuals, particularly the government leaders of those 
countries. We in the U.S. need not think that "Oh well, this is 
America, and those kinds of things just do not happen here." Let 
me assure you that they ARE happening in the U.S., and perhaps 
more so than in any other country. 


The Levin-Club of Rome plan is designed to demoralize us 
all so that in the end we feel we should follow whatever it is that is 
planned for us. We WILL follow Club of Rome orders like sheep. 
Any seemingly strong leader who SUDDENLY APPEARS to "rescue" 
the nation must be regarded with the utmost suspicion. Remember 
that Khomeini was groomed for years by British intelligence, 
especially during his time in Paris, before he suddenly appeared as 
the savior of Iran. Boris Yeltsin is from the same M16-SIS stable. 


The Club of Rome feels confident that it has carried out it 
Committee of 300 mandate to "soften up" the United States. After 
45 years of waging war on the people of this nation, who will 
doubt that it has indeed accomplished its task? Look around and 
see how we have been demoralized. Drugs, pornography rock and 
roll "music," free sex, the family unit all but totally undermined, 
lesbianism, homosexuality and finally the ghastly murder of 
millions of innocent babies by their own mothers. Has there ever 
been a crime so vile as mass abortion? 


With the U.S. spiritually, morally bankrupted, with our 
industrial base destroyed throwing 30 million people out of work 
with our big cities ghastly cesspools of every imaginable crime with 
a murder rate almost three times higher than any other country, 
with 4 million homeless, with corruption in government reaching 
endemic proportions, who will gainsay that the United States is 
ready to collapse from within, into the waiting arms of the New 
Dark Age One World Government? 


The Club of Rome has succeeded in splitting the Christian 
churches; it has succeeded in building up an army of charismatics 


42 


fundamentalists and evangelicals who will fight for the Zionist 
State of Israel. During the Gulf War of genocide I received scores 
of letters asking me how I could oppose "a just Christian war 
against Iraq." How could I doubt that Christian fundamentalist 
support for the (Committee of 300's) war against Iraq was not 
Biblical—after all didn't Billy Graham pray with President Bush just 
before the shooting started? Doesn't the Bible speak of "wars and 
rumors of wars" ? 


These letters give an insight into just how well the 
Tavistock Institute has done its work. The Christian 
fundamentalists will be a formidable force behind the state of 
Israel, exactly as planned. How sad that these fine people do not 
realize that they have been GROSSLY MISUSED by the Club of 
Rome and that their opinions and beliefs are NOT THEIR OWN, 
but those created for them by the hundreds of Committee of 300 
"think tanks" that dot the American landscape. In other words, like 
any other segment of the United States population, the Christian 
fundamentalists and evangelicals have been thoroughly 
brainwashed. 


We as a nation are ready to accept the demise of the 
United States of America and the American way of life, once the 
envy of the entire world. Do not think this has happened on its 
own-the old "times are changing" syndrome. Time does not 
change anything, PEOPLE do. It is a mistake to think of the 
Committee of 300 and the Club of Rome as European institutions. 
The Club of Rome exercises great influence and power in the 
United States, and has its own chapter based in Washington D.C. 


Senator Claiborne Pell is its leader, and one of its members 
is Frank M. Potter, a one-time staff director of the House Sub- 
committee on Energy. It is not difficult to see how the Club of 
Rome has maintained its grip on U.S. energy policies and where 
"environmentalist" opposition to nuclear energy is coming from. 
Perhaps the Club's greatest success story is its hold over Congress 
in regard to nuclear energy which has had the effect of preventing 
the U.S. from entering the 21st century as a strong industrial 
nation. The effect of the anti-nuclear policy of the Club of Rome 
can be measured in terms of silent blast furnaces. derelict railroad 
yards, rusting steel mills, shipyards long since closed down and a 


43 


valuable trained work force scattered across the United States, 
which may never again be assembled. 


Other Club of Rome members in the U.S. are Walter A. 
Hahn of the Congressional Research Service, Ann Cheatham and 
Douglas Ross, both senior economists. Ross's task, in his own 
words, was to "translate Club of Rome perspectives into legislation 
to help the country get away from the illusion of plenty. " Ann 
Cheatham was the director of an organization called 
"Congressional Clearing House For The Future." 


Her task was to profile members of Congress who would be 
susceptible to astrology and New Age mumbo-jumbo. At one stage 
she had in excess of 100 Congressmen in her classes. Daily 
sessions were held in which a variety of astrological "forecasts" 
were made based on her "occult perceptions." Besides 
Congressmen, other prominent people who attended her sessions 
were Michael Walsh, Thornton Bradshaw—A LEADING MEMBER OF 
THE COMMITTEE OF 300—and David Sternlight, a senior vice- 
president of Allstate Insurance Company. 


Some of the more important members of the Committee of 
300 are also members of NATO, a fact which we ought to 
remember. These Committee of 300 members often hold several 
offices. Among the NATO-Club of Rome membership are found 
Harland Cleveland, a former U.S. ambassador to NATO, Joseph 
Slater, a director of the Aspen Institute, Donald Lesh, a former 
staffer in the U.S. National Security Agency, George McGhee and 
Claiborne Pell, to name a few examples. 


It is important that we remember these names, make a list 
of them if you wish, so as to recall who they are and what they 
stand for when their names come up in television programs and 
news services. Following intelligence modus vivendi, leaders of the 
Committee often appear on television, usually in the most innocent 
of guises. We ought to be aware that nothing they do is innocent. 


The Committee of 300 has planted its agents in the muscle 
and sinew of the United States, in its government, in Congress, in 
advisory posts around the President, as ambassadors and as 
Secretaries of State. From time to time the Club of Rome holds 


44 


gatherings and conferences which, although they appear under 
innocuous titles, break up into action committees, each of which is 
assigned a specific task and a specific target date by which time 
their assignments must be completed. If it does nothing else, the 
Committee of 300 is working to a very specific time-table. 


The first Club of Rome conference in the United States was 
called by the Committee of 300 in 1969 under the title: "The 
Association of the Club of Rome." The next meeting was held in 
1970 under the title "Riverdale Center of Religious Research" and 
was directed by Thomas Burney. Then followed the Woodlands 
Conference held in Houston, Texas, starting in 1971 Thereafter, 
regular conferences have been held at Woodlands every year. 


Also in 1971, at a later date, the Mitchell Energy and 
Development Corporation held its energy strategy meeting for the 
Club of Rome: The recurring theme: LIMIT THE GROWTH OF THE 
U.S.A. Then to crown it all, the First Global Conference on the 
Future was held in July of 1980, attended by 4000 social engineers 
and members of think tanks, all of whom were menbers of or 
affiliated with various institutions operating under Club of Rome 
umbrella organizations. 


The First Global Conference on the Future had the blessing 
of the White House which held its own conference based on the 
transcripts of the First Global Conference forum. It was called the 
"White House Commission on the 1980's" and OFFICIALLY 
recommended the policies of the Club of Rome "as a guide to 
future U.S. policies" and even went so far as to say that the United 
States economy is moving out of the industrial phase This echoed 
the theme of Sir Peter Vickers Hall and Zbibniew Brzezinsky and 
provides further proof of the control exercised by the Committee 
of 300 over U.S. affairs, both domestic and foreign. 


As I said in 1981, we are set up, politically, socially and 
economically so that we remain locked into the Club of Rome's 
plans. Everything is RIGGED against us. If we are to survive then 
we must break the stranglehold the Committee of 300 has on our 
government. In every election since Calvin Coolidge ran for the 
White House, the Committee of 300 has been able to plant its 
agents in key positions in government so that it matters not who 


45 


gets the White House post. For example, every one of the 
candidates who ran for the Presidency, from the time of Franklin D. 
Roosevelt, were selected, some like to call it "hand picked," by the 
Council on Foreign Relations acting on the instructions of the RITA. 


Especially in the 1980 election, every candidate for the 
highest office in the United States was run by the CFR. Therefore 
it was of no consequence to the conspirators who won the 
presidential race. Through such Trojan Horses as the Heritage 
Foundation and the CFR, ALL key policy making positions in the 
new administrations were filled by the Council on Foreign Relations 
nominees, and before that, since the 1960's, by NATOClub of 
Rome yes-men, thereby ensuring that key policy decisions bore 
the indelible stamp of the Club of Rome and the CFR, acting as the 
executive arms of the Committee of 300. 


Both the 1984 and 1988 elections followed this 
longestablished pattern. Secretary of State George Schultz was the 
perfect choice of the Committee of 300 for the office of Secretary 
of State. Schultz was always a creature of Henry Kissinger, the 
ruling order-giver for the CFR. Moreover, his position with Bechtel, 
a key Committee of 300 company of global dimensions, gave him 
access to countries that might otherwise have been suspicious of 
his Kissinger connection. The Carter Administration accelerated the 
process of key pro-conspiracy personnel in key positions. Before 
Carter was elected, his key campaign strategist, Hamilton Jordan, 
said that if Cyrus Vance or Brzezinski received appointments in the 
Carter cabinet, he, Jordan, would resign. They did. Jordan did not 
resign. 


Carter's choice of Paul Volcker (in fact he was told to 
appoint Volcker by David Rockefeller) started the collapse of the 
U.S. economy according to the plan laid down by the Club of 
Rome. We are up against powerful forces who are dedicated to 
the goal of a One World Government. We have been engaged in a 
devastatingly crippling war for the past 45 years, only it is not 
perceived as such. We are brainwashed, methodically and 
systematically, without ever being aware of it. The Tavistock 
Institute provided the system for this to take place, and then set 
its operations in motion. 


46 


The only way we can fight back is by exposing the 
conspirators and their multiplicity of front organizations. We need 
men with experience who can formulate strategy to defend our 
priceless heritage which, once lost, will never again reappear. We 
need to learn the methods the conspirators use; learn them and 
adopt counter-measures. Only a crash program will stop the rot 
which is consuming our nation. 


Some may have difficulty in accepting the idea of a global 
conspiracy because so many writers have made financial gain from 
it. Others doubt that activity on a global scale can be successfully 
advanced. They see the huge bureaucracy of our government and 
then say, "Well, how are we supposed to believe that private 
people can do more than the government does? This overlooks the 
fact that government is part of the conspiracy. Hard evidence is 
what they want and hard evidence is difficult to come by. 


Others say, "So what. What do I care about a conspiracy, I 
don't even bother to vote." That is exactly the way the general 
population of America was profiled to react. Our people have 
become discouraged and confused, the results of 45 years of 
warfare conducted against us. How this is done is explained in 
Bernard Lewin's book, but how many people would bother to read 
an academic's non-fiction book? We are reacting exactly as we 
were profiled to act. Demoralized and confused people will be far 
more ready to welcome the sudden appearance of a great man 
who promises to solve every problem and guarantee a wellordered 
society in which people are fully employed and domestic strife is 
minimal. Their dictator, for that is who it will be, will be welcomed 
with open arms. 


Knowing WHO the enemy is a vital necessity. No one can 
fight and against an unidentified enemy. This book could be used 
as a military field manual. Study its content and memorize all 
names. I have mentioned profiling techniques quite frequently in 
this chapter. A full explanation of "profiling" is contained in the 
next chapter. One of the most profound pieces of information to 
come out of the science of profiling is the relative ease in which 
this can be accomplished in individuals, party groups, political 
entities and so on right on down the line. Once we wake up as to 
how easy this is to do, the conspiracy will no longer be more than 


47 


we can comprehend. The assassination of President Kennedy and 
the attempt on the life of President Reagan become easy to 
understand. 


48 


INSTITUTIONS THROUGH WHICH CONTROL IS EXERCISED 


Profiling is a technique developed in 1922 on command of 
the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RITA). Major John 
Rawlings Reese, a British Army technician, was instructed to set up 
the largest brainwashing facility in the world at the Tavistock 
Institute for Human Relations as a part of Sussex University. This 
became the core of Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau. When I 
first introduced the names of Reese and Tavistock into the United 
States in 1970, very little interest was shown. But over the years, 
as I revealed more and more about Tavistock and its vital role in 
the conspiracy, it has become popular to imitate my earlier 
research. 


Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau made extensive use 
of the work done by Reese on his 80,000 British Army guinea pigs, 
captive soldiers who underwent many forms of testing. It was 
Tavistock-designed methods that got the United States into the 
Second World War and which, under the guidance of Dr. Kurt 
Lewin, established the OSS, the forerunner of the CIA. Lewin 
became the director of the Strategic Bombing Survey, which was a 
plan for the Royal Air Force to concentrate on bombing German 
worker housing while leaving military targets, such as munition 
plants, alone. The munition plants on both sides belonged to the 
international bankers who had no wish to see their assets 
destroyed. 


Later, after the war was over, NATO ordered Sussex 
University to establish a very special brainwashing center which 
became part of Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau, only now, 
its research was directed toward civilian rather than military 
applications. We shall return to that super secret unit which was 
called Science Policy Research Institute (SPRI) under our chapters 
on drugs. 


The idea behind saturation bombing of civilian worker 
housing was to break the morale of the German worker. It was not 
designed to affect the war effort against the German military 
machine. Lewin and his team of actuaries reached a target figure, 
that if 65% of German worker housing was destroyed by nightly 
RAF bombing, the morale of the civilian population would collapse. 


49 


The actual document was prepared by the Prudential Assurance 
Company. 


The RAF, under the command of "Bomber" Harris, carried 
out Lewin's plans, culminating in the terror firestorm bombing of 
Dresden, in which over 125,000, mainly old men, women and 
children, were killed. The truth of "Bomber" Harris's horror raids 
on German civilians was a well kept secret until long after the end 
of WW II. 


Tavistock provided most of the detailed programs that led 
to the establishing of the Office of Naval Intelligence, (ONI) the 
number one intelligence service in the United States, one which 
dwarfs the CIA in size and scope. Contracts worth billions of 
dollars were given to Tavistock by the United States Government 
and Tavistock's strategic planners provide most of what the 
Pentagon uses for our defense establishment, even today. Here 
again is illustrated the grip the Committee of 300 has on the 
United States, and the majority of our institutions. Tavistock runs 
over 30 research institutions in the United States, all of which we 
will name in our charts at the end of the book. 


These Tavistock-U.S. institutions have in many cases grown 
into gargantuan monsters, penetrating every aspect of our 
government agencies and taking command of all policy making. 
One of Tavistock's chief wreckers of our way of life was Dr. 
Alexander King, a founder member of NATO and a favorite with 
the Committee of 300, as well as an outstanding member of the 
Club of Rome. Dr. King was assigned by the Club of Rome to 
destroy America's education by taking control of the National 
Teachers Association and working in close conjunction with certain 
law makers and judges. If it was not generally known how all- 
pervading is the influence of the Committee of 300, this book 
should dispel every vestige of that doubt. 


The trial run for the Federal Emergency Management 
Agency (FEMA) a Club of Rome creation came in a test run 
against the nuclear power station at Three Mile Island, Harrisburg, 
Pennsylvania. Termed "an accident" by the hysterical media, this 
was not an accident but a deliberately designed crisis test for 
FEMA. An additional benefit was the fear and hysteria created by 


50 


the news media which had people fleeing the area when in fact 
they were never in any danger. 


It was considered a success by FEMA and it scored a lot of 
points for the anti-nuclear forces. TMI became the rallying point 
for the so-called "environmentalists," a highly financed and 
controlled group run out of Aspen Institute on behalf of the Club 
of Rome. Coverage was provided free of charge by William Paley 
of CBS television, a former British intelligence agent. 


FEMA is a natural successor to the Strategic Bombing 
Survey of WW II. Dr. Kurt Lewin, theoretician for what the 
Tavistock conspirators called crisis management, was deeply 
involved in the study. There is an unbroken chain between Lewin 
and Tavistock that stretches back for thirty-seven years. Lewin 
incorporated the Strategic Bombing Survey into FEMA, with only a 
few small adjustments proving necessary, one of the changes 
being the target, WHICH WAS NO LONGER GERMANY BUT THE 
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Forty-five years after the end of 
WW II it is still Tavistock that has its hands on the trigger, and the 
weapon is pointed at the United States. 


The late Margaret Mead conducted an intensive study of 
the German and Japanese population, under the aegis of Tavistock, 
on how they reacted to stress caused by aerial bombardment. 
Irving Janus was an associate professor on the project which was 
supervised by Dr. John Rawlings Reese, promoted to Brigadier- 
General in the British Army. The test results were given to FEMA. 
The Irving Janus report was of great value in formulating FEMA 
policies. Janus used it in a book which he later wrote entitled AIR 
WAR AND STRESS. The ideas in his book were followed TO THE 
LETTER BY FEMA DURING THE THREE MILE ISLAND "CRISIS." 
Janus had a really simple idea: Simulate a succession of crises and 
manipulate the population following the Lewin terror tactics and 
they will do exactly as required. 


In carrying out this exercise, Lewin discovered something 
new, that social control on a wide scale can be achieved by using 
the news media to bring home the horrors of a nuclear war via the 
television media. It was discovered that women's magazines were 
very effective in dramatizing the terrors of a nuclear war. A trial 


Sl 


run conducted by Janus had Betty Bumpers, wife of Senator Dale 
Bumpers of Arkansas, "writing" for McCalls magazine on that 
subject. 


The article appeared in McCalls January 1983 issue. 
Actually, Mrs. Bumpers did not write the article, it was created for 
her by a group of writers at Tavistock whose speciality such 
subject matters are. It was a collection of untruths, non-facts, 
innuendoes and conjectures based entirely upon false premises. 
The Bumpers article was typical of the kind of psychological 
manipulation at which Tavistock is so very good. Not one of the 
ladies who read McCalls could have failed to be impressed by the 
terror-horror story of what a nuclear war looks like. 


The Committee of 300 has a major bureaucracy at its 
disposal made up of hundreds of think tanks and front 
organizations that run the whole gamut of private business and 
government leaders. I will mention as many as I can fit in, starting 
with the German Marshall Fund. Its members, and remember they 
are also members of NATO and the Club of Rome, consist of David 
Rockefeller of Chase Manhattan Bank, Gabriel Hague of the 
prestigious Manufactures Hanover Trust and Finance Corporation, 
Milton Katz of the Ford Foundation, Willy Brandt, leader of Socialist 
International, KGB agent and member of the Committee of 300, 
Irving Bluestone, chairman of the United Auto Workers Executive 
Board, Russell Train, U.S. president of the Club of Rome and 
Prince Philip's World Wildlife Fund, Elizabeth Midgely, CBS 
programs producer, B. R. Gifford, director of the Russell Sage 
Foundation, Guido Goldman of the Aspen Institute the late Averill 
Harriman, Committee of 300 extraordinary member, Thomas 

L. Hughes of the Carnegie Endowment Fund, Dennis 
Meadows and Jay Forrestor of MIT "world dynamics." 


The Committee of 300, although in existence for over 150 
years, did not take on its present form until around 1897. It was 
always given to issuing orders through other fronts, such as the 
Royal Institute for International Affairs. When it was decided that 
a super-body would control European affairs, the RIIA founded the 
Tavistock Institute, which in turn created NATO. For Five years 
NATO was financed by the German Marshall Fund. Perhaps the 
most important member of the Bilderbergers, a foreign policy body 


a2 


of the Committee, was Joseph Rettinger, said to have been its 
founder and organizer, whose annual meetings have delighted 
conspiracy hunters for several decades. 


Rettinger was a well-trained Jesuit priest and a 33rd 
Degree Freemason. Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham who is 
suspected of having murdered her husband in order to get control 
of the Washington Post, was another ranking member of the Club 
of Rome, as was Paul G. Hoffman of the New York Life Insurance 
Company, one of the largest insurance companies in the United 
States and a leading Rank company, with ties directly to Queen 
Elizabeth of England's immediate family. John J. McCloy, the man 
who attempted to wipe post-World War II Germany off the map 
and last but not least, James A. Perkins of the Carnegie 
Corporation, were also founding members of the Bilderbergers and 
the Club of Rome. 


What a star-studded cast! Yet strangely enough, few if any 
outside of genuine intelligence agencies had ever heard of this 
organization until recent times. The power exercised by these 
important personages and the corporations, television stations 
newspapers, insurance companies and banks they represent 
matches the power and prestige of at least two European 
countries, and still this is only the tip of The Committee of 300's 
enormous cross-gridding and interfaced interests. 


Not mentioned in the foregoing line-up is Richard Gardner 
who, although an early member of the Committee of 300, was 
sent to Rome on a special assignment. Gardner married into one 
of the oldest Black Nobility families of Venice, thus providing the 
Venetian aristocracy a direct line to the White House. The late 
Averill Harriman was another of the committee's direct links with 
the Kremlin and the White House, a position which Kissinger 
inherited after the death of Harriman. 


The Club of Rome is indeed a formidable agency of the 
Committee of 300. Although ostensibly working on American 
affairs, the group overlaps other Committee of 300 agencies and 
its United States members are often found working with 
"problems" in Japan and Germany. Some of the front organizations 


53 


operated by the above committee include the following, although 
not limited to them: 


LEAGUE OF INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY 


Officials: Michael Novak, Jeane Kirkpatrick, Eugene Rostow, 
IRWIN SUALL, Lane Kirkland, Albert Schenker. 

Purpose: To disrupt and disturb normal labor relations 
between workers and employees by brain washing labor unions to 
make impossible demands with special attention to steel, 
automobile and housing industries. 


FREEDOM HOUSE 


Officials: Leo Churn and Carl Gershman. 

Purpose: To spread socialist disinformation among 
American blue collar workers, spread dissension and dissatisfaction. 
Now that these objectives have been largely realized, Gershman 
has been drafted by Lawrence Eagleburger to CEDC, a newly 
created body to stop a united Germany from expanding its trade 
into the Danube Basin. 


COMMITTEE FOR A DEMOCRATIC MAJORITY 


Officials: Ben Wattenburg, Jean Kirkpatrick, Elmo Zumwa 
and Midge Dector. 

Purpose: To provide a connecting link between the 
educated socialist class and minority groups with the intent of 
setting up a solid block of voters who can be counted on to vote 
for leftwing candidates at election time. It was really a Fabianist 
operation from start to finish. 


FOREIGN POLICY RESEARCH INSTITUTE 
Officials: Robert Strausz Hupe. 
Purpose: To undermine and eventually end NASA space 


program. 


SOCIAL DEMOCRATS U.S.A. 


54 


Officials: Bayard Rustin, Lane Kirkland, Jay Lovestone, Carl 
Gershman, Howard Samuel, Sidney Hook. 

Purpose: To spread radical socialism, especially among 
minority groups, and forge links between similar organizations in 
socialist countries. Lovestone was for decades the leading advisor 
to U.S. presidents on Soviet affairs and a strong direct link with 
Moscow. 


INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RELATIONS 


Officials: Harland Cleveland, Willis Harmon. 
Purpose: Change the way America thinks. 


THE CITIZENS LEAGUE 


Officials: Barry Commoner. 
Purpose: To bring "common cause" legal suits against 
various government agencies, especially in the defense industries. 


WAR RESISTERS LEAGUE 


Officials: Noam Chomsky and David McReynolds. 
Purpose: To organize resistance to the Vietnam War among 
leftwing groups, students and the Hollywood "in crowd." 


THE DEMOCRATIC SOCIALIST ORGANIZING COMMITTEE OF 
THE INSTITUTE FOR DEMOCRATIC SOCIALISM 


Officials: Frank Zeider, Arthur Redier and David McReynolds. 
Purpose: A clearing house for leftwing socialist ideas and 
activities in the U.S and Europe. 


ANTI-DEFAMATION LEAGUE FACT FINDING DIVISION 
Officials: IRWIN SUALL, also known as John Graham. 
Purpose: A joint FBI-British intelligence operation designed 

to single out rightwing groups and their leaders and put them out 
of business before they grow too large and too influential. 


INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MACHINISTS 


55 


Purpose: A labor oriented front for the Socialist 
International and a hot-bed of organized labor unrest polarizing 
workers and management. 


AMALGAMATED CLOTHING WORKERS 


Officials: Murray Findley, IRWIN SUALL and Jacob 
Scheinkman. 

Purpose: Much the same as the Machinists Union, to 
socialize and polarize workers in the garment trade. 


A. PHILIP RANDOLPH INSTITUTE 


Officials: Bayard Rustin. 

Purpose: To provide a means of coordinating organizations 
with a common purpose, an example of which would be the 
spread of socialist ideas among college students and workers. 


CAMBRIDGE POLICY STUDIES INSTITUTE 


Officials: Gar Apelrovitz. 

Purpose: To expand on the work being done at the 
Institute for Policy Studies. Founded in February 1969 by 
international socialist, Gar Apelrovitz, former assistant to Senator 
Gaylord Nelson. Apelrovitz wrote the controversial book ATOMIC 
DIPLOMACY for the Club of Rome which work was financed by the 
German Marshall Fund. It concentrates on research and action 
projects, with a stated goal of fundamentally changing American 
society, i.e., to create a Fabianist United States in preparation of 
the coming One World Government. 


ECONOMIC COMMITTEE OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC 
INSTITUTE 


Officials: Dr. Aurellio Peccei. 
Purpose: NATO think-tank on global economic issues. 


CENTER FOR THE STUDY OF DEMOCRATIC INSTITUTIONS 


Officials: Founder Robert Hutchins of the Committee of 300, 
Harry Ashmore, Frank Kelly and a large group of "Fellows." 


56 


Purpose: To spread ideas that will bring on social reforms 
of the liberal kind with democracy as an ideology. One of its 
activities is to draft a new constitution for the U.S. which will be 
strongly monarchical and socialistic as found in Denmark. 


The Center is an "Olympian" stronghold. Located in Santa 
Barbara, it is housed in what is affectionately called "the 
Parthenon." Former Representative John Rarick called it "an outfit 
loaded with Communists." By 1973 work on a new United States 
Constitution was in its thirty-fifth draft which proposes an 
amendment guaranteeing "environmental right," the thrust of 
which is to reduce the industrial base of the U.S. to a mere 
whisper of what it was in 1969. In other words, this institution is 
carrying out Club of Rome zero-growth post-industrial policies laid 
down by the Committee of 300. 


Some of its other aims are control of economic cycles, 
welfare, regulation of business and national public works, control 
of pollution. Speaking on behalf of the Committee of 300, Ashmore 
says the function of the CSDI is to find ways and means of making 
our political system work more effectively. "We must change 
education and we must consider a new U.S Constitution and a 
Constitution for the world," Ashmore says. 


Further goals enunciated by Ashmore are as follows: 

(1) Membership of the U.N. must be made universal. 

(2) The U.N. must be strengthened. 

(3) South East Asia must be neutralized. (For neutralized, 
read "Communized.") 

(4) Cold War must be ended. 

(5) Racial discrimination must be abolished. 

(6) Developing nations must be assisted. (Meaning assisted 
to destruct.) 

(7) No military solutions to problems. (Pity they didn't tell 
George Bush that before the Gulf War.) 

(8) National solutions are not adequate. 

(9) Coexistence is necessary. 


HARVARD PSYCHOLOGICAL CLINIC 


a 


Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin and staff of 15 new-science 
scientists. 

Purpose: To create a climate where the Committee of 300 
can take unlimited power over the U.S. 


INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH 


Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin and staff of 20 new-science 
scientists. 

Purpose: To devise a whole new set of social programs to 
steer America away from industry. 


SCIENCE POLICY RESEARCH UNIT 


Officials: Leland Bradford, Kenneth Dam, Ronald Lippert. 
Purpose: A "Future Shocks" research institution at Sussex 
University in England and part of the Tavistock network. 


SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 


Officials: Sheldon Arenberg and a staff of hundreds, too 
numerous to mention here. 

Purpose: To coordinate all elements of the intelligence 
communities of the U.S.A. and Britain. It analyzes what "players" 
have to be assigned the role of a national entity; for example, 
Spain would come under a supine watered-down Catholic Church, 
the U.N. under the Secretary General and so forth. It developed 
the system of "X RAY 2" where think tank personnel, military 
installations and law enforcement centers are all linked to the 
Pentagon through a nation-wide network of Teletypes and 
computers: To apply surveillance techniques on a nation-wide 
scale. Arenberg says his ideas are non-military, but his techniques 
are mainly those he learned from the military. He was responsible 
for the New York State Identification and Intelligence System, a 
typical George Orwell "1984" project, which is completely illegal 
under our Constitution. The NYSIIS system is in the process of 
being adopted nationwide. It is what Brzezinsk referred to as the 
ability to almost instantaneously retrieve data about any person. 


NYSIIS shares data with all law enforcement and 
government agencies in the state. It provides storage and rapid 


58 


retrieval of individual records, criminal and social. It is a TYPICAL 
Committee of 300 project. There is a crying need for a full 
investigation to be conducted into just what it is that Systems 
Development Corporation is doing, but that is beyond the scope of 
this book. One thing is sure, SDC is not there to preserve freedom 
and liberty guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution. How convenient 
that it should be located in Santa Barbara in easy reach of Robert 
Hutchins "Parthenon." Some publications put out by these Club of 
Rome institutions are as follows: 


"Center Magazine" 

"Counterspy" 

"Coventry" 

"Covert Action Information Bulletin" 
"Dissent" 

"Human Relations" 

"Industrial Research" 

"Inquiry" 

"Mother Jones" 

"One" 

"Progressive" 

"Raconteur" 

"The New Republic" 

"Working Papers for a New Society" 


These are by no means all of the publications issued under 
the auspices of the Club of Rome. There are many hundreds more, 
in fact each of the foundations puts out its own publication. Given 
the number of foundations run by the Tavistock Institute and the 
Club of Rome, a partial listing is all we can include here. Some of 
the more important foundations and think tanks are in the 
following list, which includes Army think tanks. 


The American public would be astounded if it only knew 
how deeply the Army is involved in "new war tactics" research with 
Committee of 300 "think tanks." Americans are not aware that in 
1946 the Club of Rome was ordered by the Committee of 300 to 
further the progress of think tanks which it said offered a new 
means of spreading the Committee's philosophy. The impact of 
these think tanks upon our military, just since 1959 when they 
suddenly proliferated, is truly astounding. There is no doubt that 


59 


they will play an even greater role in the daily affairs of this nation 
as we come to the close of the 20th century. 


THE MONT PELERIN SOCIETY 


Mont Pelerin is an economic foundation devoted to issuing 
misleading economic theories and influencing economists in the 
Western world to follow models it lays out from time to time. Its 
leading practitioners are Von Hayek and Milton Friedman. 


THE HOOVER INSTITUTION 


Founded originally to fight Communism, the institution has 
slowly but surely turned toward Socialism. It has an annual budget 
of $2 million, funded by companies under the umbrella of the 
Committee of 300. It now concentrates on "peaceful changes" with 
emphasis on arms control and domestic U.S. problems. It is 
Frequently used by the news media as a "conservative" 
organization whose views they seek when a conservative 
viewpoint is needed. The Hoover Institution is far from that, and 
following the 1953 take-over of the Institution by a group allied to 
the Club of Rome, it has become a One World-New World Order 
outlet for "desirable" policies. 


HERITAGE FOUNDATION 


Founded by brewery magnate Joseph Coors to act as a 
conservative think tank, Heritage was soon taken over by 
Fabianists Sir Peter Vickers Hall, Stuart Butler, Steven Ayzlei, 
Robert Moss and Frederich Von Hayek under the direction of the 
Club of Rome. This institute played a major role in carrying out 
British Labour leader Anthony Wedgewood Benn's order to 
"Thatcherize Reagan." Heritage is certainly not a conservative 
operation although at times it may look and sound like one. 


HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH OFFICE. 


This is an Army research establishment dealing in 
"psychotechnology." Most of its personnel are Tavistock-trained. 
"Psychotechnology" covers GI motivation, morale and music used 
by the enemy. In fact a lot of what George Orwell wrote about in 


60 


his book "1984" appears to be remarkably similar to what is taught 
at HUMRRO. In 1969, the Committee of 300 took over this 
important institution and turned it into a private non-profit 
organization run under the auspices of the Club of Rome. It is the 
largest behavioral research group in the U.S. 


One of its specialities is the study of small groups under 
stress and HUMRRO teaches the Army that a soldier is merely an 
extension of his equipment and has brought great influence to 
bear on the "man/weapon" system and its "human quality 
control," so widely accepted by the United States Army. HUMRRO 
has had a very pronounced effect on how the Army conducts itself. 
Its mind-bending techniques are straight out of Tavistock. 
HUMRRO'S applied psychology courses are supposed to teach 
Army brass how to make the human weapon work. A good 
example of this is the manner in which soldiers in the war against 
Iraq were willing to disobey their field manual standing orders and 
bury 12,000 Iraqi soldiers alive. 


This type of brainwashing is terribly dangerous because 
today, it is applied to the Army, the Army applies it to brutally 
destroy thousands of "enemy" soldiers, and tomorrow the Army 
could be told that civilian population groups opposed to 
government policies are "the enemy." We are already a mindless 
brainwashed flock of sheep, yet it seems that HUMRRO can take 
mind bending and mind control a step further. HUMRRO is a 
valuable adjunct to Tavistock and many of the lessons taught at 
HUMRRO were applied in the Gulf War, which makes it a little 
easier to understand how it came to be that American soldiers 
behaved as ruthless and heartless killers, a far cry from the 
concept of the traditional American fighting man. 


RESEARCH ANALYSIS CORPORATION. 


This is HUMRRO'S sister "1984" organization situated in 
McLean, Virginia. Established in 1948, it was taken over by the 
Committee of 300 in 1961 when it became part of the Johns 
Hopkins bloc. It has worked on over 600 projects, including 
integrating Negroes into the Army, the tactical use of nuclear 
weapons, psychological warfare programs and mass population 
control. 


61 


Obviously there are many more major think tanks, and we 
shall come to most of them in this book. One of the most 
important areas of cooperation between what think tanks turn out 
and what becomes government and public policy are the 
"pollsters." It is the job of the polling companies to mold and 
shape public opinion in the way that suits the conspirators. Polls 
are constantly being taken by CBS-NBC-ABC, the New York Times, 
the Washington Post. Most of these efforts are coordinated at the 
National Opinion Research Center where, as much as it will amaze 
most of us, a psychological profile was developed for the entire 
nation. 


Findings are fed into the computers of Gallup Poll and 
Yankelovich, Skelley and White for comparative evaluation. Much 
of what we read in our newspapers or see on television has first 
been cleared by the polling companies. WHAT WE SEE IS WHAT 
THE POLLSTERS THINK WE SHOULD SEE. This is called "public 
opinion making." The whole idea behind this bit of social 
conditioning is to find out how responsive the public is to POLICY 
DIRECTIVES handed down by the Committee of 300. We are 
called "targeted population groups" and what is measured by the 
pollsters is how much resistance is generated to what appears in 
the "Nightly News." Later, we shall learn exactly how this 
deceptive practice got started and who is responsible for it. 


It is all part of the elaborate opinion-making process 
created at, Tavistock. Today our people believe they are well- 
informed but what they do not realize is that the opinions they 
believe are their own were in fact created in the research 
institutions and think tanks of America and that none of us are 
free to form our own opinions because of the information we are 
provided with by the media and the pollsters. 


Polling was brought to a fine art just before the United 
States entered the Second World War. Americans, unbeknown to 
themselves, were conditioned to look upon Germany and Japan as 
dangerous enemies who had to be stopped. In a sense, this was 
true, and that makes conditioned thinking all the more dangerous, 
because based on the INFORMATION fed to them, the enemy did 
indeed appear to be Germany and Japan. Just recently we saw 


62 


how well Tavistock's conditioning process works when Americans 
were conditioned to perceive Iraq as a threat and Saddam Hussein 
as a personal enemy of the United States. 


Such a conditioning process is technically described as "the 
message reaching the sense organs of persons to be influenced." 
One of the most respected of all pollsters is Committee of 300 
member Daniel Yankelovich, of the company, Yankelovich, Skelley 
and White. Yankelovich is proud to tell his students that polling is 
a tool to change public opinion, although this is not original, 
Yankelovich having drawn his inspiration from David Naisbett's 
book "TREND REPORT" which was commissioned by the Club of 
Rome. 


In his book Naisbett describes all of the techniques used by 
public opinion makers to bring about the public opinion desired by 
the Committee of 300. Public opinion making is the jewel in the 
crown of the OLYMPIANS, for with their thousands of newscience 
social scientists at their beck and call, and with the news media 
firmly in their hands, NEW public opinions on almost any subject 
can be created and disseminated around the world in a matter of 
two weeks. 


This is precisely what happened when their servant George 
Bush was ordered to make war on Iraq. Within two weeks, not 
only the U.S. but almost the entire world public opinion was turned 
against Iraq and its President Saddam Hussein. These media 
change artists and news manipulators report directly to the Club of 
Rome which in turn reports to the Committee of 300 at whose 
head sits the Queen of England ruling over a vast network of 
closely-linked corporations who never pay taxes and are 
answerable to no one, who fund their research institutions through 
foundations whose joint activities have almost total control over 
our daily lives. 


Together with their interlocking companies, insurance 
business, banks, finance corporations, oil companies, newspapers, 
magazines, radio and television, this vast apparatus sits astride the 
United States and the world. There is not a politician in 
Washington D.C. who is not, somehow, beholden to it. The Left 
rails against it, calling it "imperialism" which indeed it is, but the 


63 


left is run by the same people, the very same ones who control the 
right, so that the left is no more free than we are! 


Scientists engaged in the process of conditioning are called 
"social engineers" or "new-science social scientists" and they play 
an integral part in what we see, hear and read. The "old school" 
social engineers were Kurt K. Lewin, Professor Hadley Cantril, 
Margaret Meade, Professor Derwin Cartwright and Professor 
Lipssitt who, together with John Rawlings Reese, made up the 
backbone of new-science scientists at Tavistock Institute. 


During the Second World War, there were over 100 
researchers at work under the direction of Kurt Lewin, copying 
slavishly the methods adopted by Reinhard Heydrich of the S.S. 
The OSS was based on Heydrich's methodology and, as we know, 
the OSS was the forerunner of the Central Intelligence Agency. 
The point of all this is that the governments of Britain and the 
United States already have the machinery in place to bring us into 
line in a New World Order with only a slight modicum of resistance 
materializing, and this machinery has been in place since 1946. 
Each passing year has added new refinements. 


It is this Committee of 300 which has established control 
networks and mechanisms far more binding than anything ever 
seen in this world. Chains and ropes are not needed to restrain us. 
Our fear of what is to come does that job far more efficiently than 
any physical means of restraint. We have been brainwashed to 
give up our Constitutional right to bear arms; to give up our 
Constitution itself; to allow the United Nations to exercise control 
over our foreign policies and the IMF to take control of our fiscal 
and monetary policies; to permit the President to break United 
States law with impunity and to invade a foreign country and 
kidnap its head-of-state. In short we have been brainwashed to 
the extent where we, as a nation, will accept each and every 
lawless act carried out by our government almost without question. 


I for one know that we will soon have to fight to reclaim 
our country from the Committee, or lose it forever. BUT when it 
comes right down to it, how many will actually take up arms? In 
1776 only 3% of the populace took up arms against King George 
III. This time around, 3% will be woefully inadequate. We should 


64 


not allow ourselves to be led down dead-end roads, for that is 
what our mind controllers have planned for us by confronting us 
with such a complexity of issues that we simply succumb to long 
range penetration and make no decisions at all on many vital 
issues. 


We shall be looking at the names of those who make up 
the Committee of 300 but, before we do that, we should examine 
the massive interfacing of all important institutions, companies and 
banks under the Committee's control. We must mark them well 
because these are the people who are deciding who shall live and 
who shall be eliminated as "useless eaters"; where we will worship 
God, what we must wear and even what we shall eat. According to 
Brzezinski, we shall be under endless surveillance around the clock 
for 365 days a year ad infinitum. 


That we have been betrayed from within is being accepted 
by more and more people each year, and that is good, because it 
is through knowledge, a word translated from the word BELIEF, 
that we shall be able to defeat the enemies of all mankind. While 
we were being distracted by the bogeymen in the Kremlin, the 
Trojan Horse was moved into position in Washington D.C. The 
greatest danger free people face today is not from Moscow but 
from Washington D.C. We need first to conquer the DOMESTIC 
ENEMY, and after that we will be strong enough to mount an 
offensive to remove Communism from the earth together with all 
of its attendant "isms." 


The Carter Administration accelerated the collapse of our 
economy and our military strength, the latter begun by Club of 
Rome and Lucis Trust member Robert Strange McNamara. In spite 
of his promises, Reagan continued to undermine our industrial 
base, starting where Carter left off. While we need to keep our 
defenses strong, we cannot do that from a weak industrial base 
for, without a well-run military-industrial complex, we cannot have 
a viable defense system. The Committee of 300 recognizes this 
and planned from 1953 its zero-growth post-industrial policies now 
in full flower. 


Thanks to the Club of Rome our technology potential has 
dropped below that of Japan and Germany, nations we are 


65 


supposed to have defeated in the Second World War. How has this 
come about? Because of men like Dr. Alexander King and our 
blindfolded state of mind, we have failed to recognize the 
destruction of our educational institutions and systems of teaching. 
As a result of our blindness, we are no longer training engineers 
and scientist in sufficient numbers to keep us among the 
industrialized nations of the world. Thanks to Dr. King, a man very 
few people in America know about, education in the U.S. is at its 
lowest level since 1786. Statistics produced by the Institute for 
Higher Learning show that the reading and writing capabilities of 
high school children the United States are LOWER than they were 
among high school children in 1786. 


What we face today is not only the loss of our freedom and 
the very fabric of our nation, but far worse, the possibility of the 
loss of our souls. The steady chipping away at the foundation 
upon which this republic rests has left an empty void, which 
satanists and cultists are rushing to fill with their synthetic soul 
material. This truth is difficult to accept and appreciate because 
there was nothing SUDDEN about these events. If a sudden shock 
were to hit us, a cultural and religious shock, we would be shaken 
out of our apathy. 


But gradualism—which is what Fabianism is, does nothing 
to raise the alarm. Because the vast majority of Americans can see 
no MOTIVATION for the things I have described, they cannot 
accept it, and so the conspiracy is scorned and often mocked. By 
creating chaos through presenting hundreds of daily choices our 
people have to make, we have come down to a position where, 
unless motivation can be clearly shown, all information is rejected. 


This is both the weak and the strong link in the 
conspiratorial chain. Most thrust aside anything that has no motive, 
so the conspirators feel safe behind the ridicule poured upon those 
who point to the coming crisis in our nation and our individual lives. 
However, if we can get enough people to see the truth, the 
motivation block gets weaker until it will eventually be forced aside 
as more and more people become enlightened and the notion that 
"this cannot happen in America" is dispensed with. 


66 


The Committee of 300 is counting on our maladaptive 
responses to govern our reaction to created events, and it will not 
be disappointed as long as we as a nation continue in the present 
way we respond. We must turn responses to created crises into 
ADAPTIVE responses by identifying the conspirators and exposing 
their plans for us, so that these things become public knowledge. 
The Club of Rome has already made THE TRANSITION TO 
BARBARISM. Instead of waiting to be "raptured," we must stop 
the Committee of 300 before it can accomplish its goal of making 
us prisoners of the" New Dark Age" planned for us. It is not up to 
God, IT IS UP TO US. We have to take the necessary action. 


All information that I provide in this book comes from years 
of research backed up by impeccable intelligence sources. Nothing 
is exaggerated. It is factual and precise so do not fall into the trap 
set by the enemy that this material is "disinformation." For the 
past two decades I have provided information which has proved to 
be highly accurate and which has explained a lot of puzzling 
events. My hope is that through this book, a better, clearer and 
wider understanding of the conspiratorial forces ranged against 
this nation will come about. That hope is being realized as more 
and more young people are beginning to ask questions and seek 
information about what is REALLY going on. 


It is difficult for people to comprehend that these 
conspirators are real and that they have the power I and many 
others have attributed to them. Many have written to ask how it is 
that our government does nothing about the terrible threat to 
civilization? The problem is that our government is PART of the 
problem, part of the conspiracy, and nowhere and at no time has 
this become more clearly evident than during the Bush Presidency. 
Of course President Bush knows precisely what the Committee of 
300 is doing to us. HE WORKS FOR THEM. Others have written to 
say, "We thought we were fighting the government." Of course we 
are, but behind government stands a force so powerful and all- 
encompassing that intelligence agencies are even afraid to 
mention the name "Olympians." 


Proof of the Committee of 300 is found in the vast number 
of powerful institutions owned and controlled by it. Listed here are 
some of the more important ones, all of which come under the 


67 


MOTHER OF ALL THINK TANKS AND RESEARCH INSTITUTIONS, 
THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE OF HUMAN RELATIONS with its far- 
flung network of hundreds of "branches." STANFORD RESEARCH 
CENTER 


Stanford Research Center (SRC) was founded in 1946 by 
the Tavistock Institute For Human Relations. Stanford was created 
to help Robert 0. Anderson and his ARCO oil company, who had 
secured for the Committee of 300 the oil rights on the North Slope 
of Alaska. Basically, the job was too large for Anderson's Aspen 
Institute to handle, so a new center had to be founded and funded. 
That new center was Stanford Research Center. Alaska sold its 
rights on a downpayment of $900 million, a relatively small 
amount for the Committee of 300. The governor of Alaska was 
steered to SRI for help and advice. This was no accident but the 
result of judicious planning and a process of long-range 
conditioning. 


Following the governor's call for help, three SRI scientists 
set up shop in Alaska where they met with the Alaskan Secretary 
of State and the State Planning Office. Francis Greehan, who 
headed the SRI team, assured the Governor that his problem of 
how to handle the rich oil find would be safe in the hands of SRI. 
Naturally Greehan did not mention the Committee of 300 or the 
Club of Rome. In less than a month Greehan assembled a team of 
economists, petroleum scientists and new-science scientists 
numbering in the hundreds. The report SRI gave to the Governor 
ran to eighty-eight pages. 


The proposal was adopted virtually without change by the 
Alaska legislature in 1970. Greehan had indeed done a remarkable 
job for the Committee of 300. From this beginning SRI developed 
into an institution employing 4000 people with an annual budget 
of $160 million plus. Its President, Charles A. Anderson, has seen 
much of this growth during his tenure, as has Professor Willis 
Harmon, director of the SRI Center for the Study of Social Policies, 
employing hundreds of new-science scientists, many of the top 
staffers having been transferred from Tavistock's London base. 
One of those was RCA board chairman and former British 
intelligence agent, David Sarnoff, who was closely involved with 


68 


Harmon and his team for twenty-five years. Sarnoff was 
something of a "watchdog" for the mother institute in Sussex. 


Stanford claims to make no moral judgments on projects it 
accepts, working for Israel and the Arabs, South Africa and Libya 
but, as one would imagine, by adopting this attitude it ensures an 
"inside edge" with foreign governments that the CIA has found 
most useful. In Jim Ridgeway's book, "THE CLOSED 
CORPORATION," SRI spokesman Gibson brags about SRI's non- 
discriminatory stance. Although not on the Federal Contract 
Research Center lists, SRI is today the largest military think tank, 
dwarfing Hudson and Rand. Among SRI's speciality departments 
are chemical and biological warfare experimental centers. 


One of Stanford's more dangerous activities is counter- 
insurgency operations aimed at civilian populations—just the sort 
of "1984" things government is already using against its own 
people. The U.S. government pays SRI millions of dollars each 
year for this kind of highly controversial "research." Following 
student protests against chemical warfare experiments conducted 
at Stanford, SRI "sold" itself to a private group for just $25 million. 
Of course nothing really changed, SRI was still a Tavistock project 
and the Committee of 300 still owned it, but the gullible appeared 
to be satisfied by this meaningless cosmetic change. 


In 1958 a startling new development arose. Advanced 
Research Products Agency (ARPA), a contracting agency for the 
Defense Department, approached SRI with a top secret proposal. 
John Foster at the Pentagon told SRI that what was needed was a 
program to insure the United States against "technological 
surprise." Foster wanted to perfect a condition where the 
environment became a weapon; special bombs to trigger volcanos 
and/or earthquakes, behavioral research on potential enemies and 
minerals and metals with potential for new weapons. The project 
was accepted by SRI and code-named "SHAKY." 


The massive electronic brain in SHAKY was capable of 
carrying out many commands, its computers having been 
constructed by IBM for SRI. Twenty-eight scientists worked on 
what is called "Human Augmentation." The IBM computer even 
has the capability to solve problems by analogy and recognizes 


69 


and identifies scientists who work with it. The "special 
applications" of this tool can be better imagined than described. 
Brzezinski Knew what he was talking about when he wrote "THE 
TECHNOTRONIC ERA." 


Stanford Research Institute works closely with scores of 
civilian consulting firms, trying to apply military technology to 
domestic situations. This has not always been a success, but as 
techniques improve, the prospects for massive all-pervading 
surveillance, as described by Brzezinski, daily becomes more real. 
IT ALREADY EXISTS AND IS IN USE, EVEN THOUGH SLIGHT 
MALFUNCTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME HAVE TO BE IRONED OUT. 
One such civilian consulting firm was Schriever McKee Associates 
of McLean, Virginia, run by retired General Bernard A. Schriever, a 
former chief of the Air Force Systems Command, who developed 
the Titan, Thor, Atlas and Minuteman rockets. 


Schriever put together a consortium of Lockheed, 
Emmerson Electric, Northrop, Control Data, Raytheon and TRW 
under the name of URBAN SYSTEMS ASSOCIATES, INC. The 
purpose of the consortium? To solve social and psychological 
"urban problems" by means of military techniques using advanced 
electronic systems. It is interesting to note that TRW became the 
largest credit information collecting company in the credit- 
reporting business as a result and an outcome of its work with 
Urban Systems Associates, Inc. 


This should tell us a great deal about just how far this 
nation is already under TOTAL SURVEILLANCE, which is the first 
requirement of the Committee of 300. No dictatorship, especially 
not one on a global scale, can function without total control over 
each and every individual. SRI was well on its way to becoming a 
key Committee of 300 research organization. 


By the 1980's, 60% of SRI's contracts were devoted to 
"Futurism" with both military and civilian applications. Its major 
clients were the U.S. Department of Defense-Directorate of 
Defense Research and Engineering, Office of Aerospace Research 
which dealt with "Applications of the Behavioral Sciences to 
Research Management," Executive Office of the President, Office 
of Science and Technology, U.S. Department of Health. On behalf 


70 


of the Department of Health, SRI ran a program called "Patterns 

in ESDEA Title I Reading Achievement Tests." Other clients were 
the U.S. Department of Energy, the U.S. Department of Labor, U.S. 
Department of Transportation and the National Science Foundation 
(NSF). Of significance was the paper developed for NSF, entitled 
"Assessment of Future and International Problems." 


Stanford Research, under the tutelage of Tavistock 
Institute in London, put together a far reaching and chilling system 
it called "Business Intelligence Program." In excess of 600 
companies in the U.S. and abroad became subscribers. The 
program covered research in Japanese Foreign Business Relations, 
Consumer Marketing in a Period of Change, The Mounting 
Challenge of International Terrorism, Sensory Evaluation in 
Consumer Products, Electronic Funds Transfer System, Opto- 
Electric Sensing, Exploratory Planning Methods, the U.S. Defense 
Industry and Capital Availability. Among the TOP Committee of 
300 companies who became clients of this program were Bechtel 
Corporation (George Schultz was on its board), Hewlett Packard, 
TRW, Bank of America, Shell Company, RCA, Blyth, Eastman Dillon, 
Saga Foods Corporation, McDonnell Douglas, Crown Zellerbach, 
Wells Fargo Bank and Kaiser Industries. 


But one of the most sinister of all SRI programs with the 
possibilities of doing tremendous damage in altering the direction 
in which the United States will go, socially, morally and religiously, 
was Stanford's Charles F. Kettering Foundation's "CHANGING 
IMAGES OF MAN" under Stanford official reference "Contract 
Number URH (489)-2150 Policy Research Report Number 4/4/74, 
Prepared by the SRI Center for the Study of Social Policy, Director 
Willis Harmon." This is probably one of the most far-reaching 
investigations into how man might be changed that has ever been 
conducted. 


The report, covering 319 pages, was written by 14 new 
science scientists under the supervision of Tavistock and 23 top 
controllers including B. F. Skinner, Margaret Meade, Ervin Lazlo 
and Sir Geoffrey Vickers, a high-level British intelligence officer in 
M16. It will be recalled that his son-in-law, Sir Peter Vickers Hall, 
was a founding member of the so-called conservative "Heritage 
Foundation." Much of the 3000 pages of "recommendations" given 


71 


to the Reagan administration in January 1981 were based upon 
material taken from Willis Harmon's "CHANGING IMAGES OF 
MAN." 


I was privileged to receive a copy of "THE CHANGING 
IMAGES OF MAN" from my intelligence colleagues five days after it 
was accepted by the United States government. What I read 
shocked me, as I realized I was looking at a blueprint for a future 
America, unlike anything I had ever seen before. The nation was 
to be programmed to change and become so accustomed to such 
planned changes that it would hardly be noticeable when profound 
changes did occur. We have gone downhill so fast since "THE 
AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY" (the book title of Willis Harmon's 
technical paper) was written, that today, divorce draws no stigma, 
suicide is at an all time high and raises few eyebrows, social 
deviations from the norm and sexual aberrations, once 
unmentionable in decent circles, are now commonplace and excite 
no special protest. 


As a nation we have not noticed how "CHANGING IMAGES 
OF MANKIND" has radically altered our American way of life 
forever. Somehow we were overcome by the "Watergate 
Syndrome." For a while we were shocked and dismayed to learn 
that Nixon was nothing but a cheap crook who hobnobbed with 
Earl Warren's Mafia friends at the beautiful home they built for him 
adjoining the Nixon estate. When too many "future shocks" and 
news headlines demanded our attention, we lost our way, or 
rather, the huge number of choices with which we were and still 
are daily confronted, confused us to such a degree that we were 
no longer able to make the necessary choices. 


Worse yet, having been subjected to a barrage of crimes in 
high places, plus the trauma of the Vietnam War, our nation 
seemed no longer to want truths. Such reaction is carefully 
explained in Willis Harmon's technical paper, in short, the 
American nation was reacting exactly as profiled. Worse yet, in not 
wishing to accept truth, we took matters a step further: We looked 
to government to shield us from the truth. 


The corrupt stench of the Reagan-Bush Administrations we 
wanted covered with six feet of earth. The crimes committed 


72 


under the title of Iran/Contra affair (or scandals), we didn't want 
uncovered. We let our President lie to us regarding his where 
abouts in the period October 20-23rd, 1980. Yet these crimes far 
exceed in quantity and scope anything Nixon did while he was in 
office. Do we as a nation recognize it as going downhill with our 
brakes off? 


No, we do not. When those whose business it is to bring 
the truth to the American people that a private, well-organized 
little government inside the White House was busy committing one 
crime after another, crimes which attacked the very soul of this 
nation and the republican institutions upon which it rested, we 
were told not to bother the public with such things. "We really 
don't want to know about all this speculation," became a standard 
response. 


When the highest elected official of the land blatantly put 
U.N. law above the Constitution of the United States—an 
impeachible offense, the majority accepted it as "normal." When 
the highest elected official of the land went to war without a 
Congressional declaration of war, the fact was censored out by the 
news media and, again, we accepted it rather than face the truth. 


When the Gulf War, which our President plotted and 
planned, began, not only were we happy with censorship of the 
most blatant kind, we even took it to our hearts, believing that it 
was "good tor the war effort." Our President lied, April Glaspie lied, 
the State Department lied. They said the war was justified because 
President Hussein had been warned to leave Kuwait alone. When 
Glaspie's cables to the State Department were finally made public, 
one United States Senator after another went charging to defend 
Glaspie, the harlot. It mattered not that they came from both the 
Democrats and the Republicans. We, the people, let them get 
away with their vile lies. 


In this public attitude of the American people, the wildest 
dreams of Willis Harmon and his teams of scientists became a 
reality. The Tavistock Institute was elated at its success in 
destroying the self respect and self esteem of this once great 
nation. We are told that we won the Gulf War. What is not yet 
perceived by the vast majority of Americans is that, in winning the 


aD 


war, it cost the self respect and honor of our nation. That lies 
rotting in the desert sands of Kuwait and Iraq, alongside the 
corpses of the Iraqi soldiers we butchered in the agreed retreat 
from Kuwait and Basra—we could not keep our word that we 
would abide by the Geneva Conventions and not attack them. 
"What do you want," our controllers asked us, "victory or self 
respect? You can't have both." 


One hundred years ago, this could not have happened, but 
now it has happened and excites no comment. We have 
succumbed to the long range penetration warfare waged against 
this nation by Tavistock. Like the German nation, defeated by the 
Prudential Bombing Survey, enough of us have succumbed to 
make this nation the kind that totalitarian regimes of the past 
would have only envisaged in their dreams. "Here," they would say, 
"is a nation, one of the largest in the world, that doesn't want the 
truth. All of our propaganda agencies can be dispensed with. We 
don't have to struggle to keep the truth from this nation, they 
have willingly rejected it of their own volition. This nation is a 
pushover." 


Our once proud Republic of the United States of America 
became no more than a series of criminal front organizations, 
which history shows is always the start of totalitarianism. This is 
the stage of permanent alteration we are at in America as 1991 
drew to a close. We live in a throw-away society, programmed not 
to last. We do not even flinch at the 4 million homeless nor the 30 
million jobless, nor the 15 million babies murdered thus far. They 
are "throw-aways" of the Age of Aquarius, a conspiracy so 
damnable that, when first confronted with it, the majority will 
disavow its existence, rationalizing these events as "times have 
changed." 


This is how the Tavistock Institute and Willis Harmon 
programmed us to react. Dismantling of our ideals goes on without 
protest. The spiritual and intellectual drive of our people has been 
destroyed! On May 27th, 1991, President Bush made a very 
profound statement, the thrust of which appears to have been 
totally misused by most political commentators: 


74 


"The moral dimension of American policy requires us to 
chart a moral course through a world of lesser evils. That is the 
real world, not black and white. Very few moral absolutes." 


What else could we expect from a President who is most 
probably the most evil man ever to occupy the White House? 
Consider this in the light of his order to the military to bury alive 
12,000 Iraqi soldiers. Consider this in the light of his ongoing war 
of genocide against the Iraqi people. President Bush was delighted 
to characterize President Saddam Hussein as the "Hitler of our 
times." He never bothered to offer a single scrap of proof. It was 
not needed. Because President Bush made the statement, we 
accepted it without question. Consider this in the bright light of 
truth, that he did all of these things in the name of the American 
people while secretly taking his orders from the Committee of 300. 
But, more than anything else, consider this: President Bush and 
his controllers feel so secure that they no longer deem it necessary 
to hide their evil control of the American people, or to lie about it. 
This is self-evident in the statement that he, as our leader, will 
make all manner of compromises with truth, honesty and decency 
if his controllers (and ours) deem it necessary. On May 27th, 1991, 
the President of the United States abandoned each and every 
principle embodied in our Constitution and boldly proclaimed that 
he was no longer bound by it. This is a great victory for the 
Tavistock Institute and the Prudential Bombing Survey, whose 
target changed from German worker housing in 1945 to the soul 
of the American people in a war that began in 1946 and runs 
through to 1992. 


Increased pressure on this nation for change was applied 
by Stanford Research Institute in the early 1960's. SRI's offensive 
gathered power and momentum. Switch on your television set and 
you will see Stanford's victory in front of your very eyes: talk 
shows featuring heavy sexual details, special video channels where 
perversion, rock and roll and drugs reign supreme. Where once 
John Wayne ruled, we now have a made-over apology for a man 
(or is he?) called Michael Jackson, a parody of a human being who 
is held up as a hero, as he gyrates, shuffles, mumbles and 
screams his way across television screens in millions of American 
homes. 


75 


A woman who has been through a series of marriages gets 
national coverage. One filthy, half-washed drug-ridden decalent 
rock band after another has hours of air time devoted to its inane 
sounds and mad gyrations, clothes fashions and language 
aberrations. Soap operas showing as near as "dammit" is to 
wearing pornographic scenes draw no comment. Whereas in early 
1960 this would never have been tolerated, today it is accepted as 
normal. We have been subjected and we have succumbed to what 
Tavistock Institute calls "future shocks" whose future is NOW and 
we are so numbed by one cultural shock after another that to 
protest seems like a futile gesture and, therefore, logically we 
think, it does no good to protest. 


In 1986 the Committee of 300 ordered the pressure turned 
up. The U.S. was not going down fast enough. The United States 
began the process of "recognizing" the butchers of Cambodia, the 
criminal Pol Pot regime, self confessors to the murder of 2 million 
Cambodian citizens. In 1991, the wheel turned the full circle. The 
United States went to war against a friendly nation that had been 
programmed to trust the Washington traitors. We accused 
President Hussein of the small nation of Iraq of all manner of evil, 
NONE OF WHICH WAS EVEN REMOTELY TRUE. We killed and 
maimed its children, we left them to starve and to die of all 
manner of diseases. 


In the same breath we sent the Bush emissaries of the 
Committee of 300 to Cambodia to RECOGNIZE THE EVIL MASS 
MURDERERS OF 2 MILLION CAMBODIANS, who were sacrificed by 
the Committee of 300's depopulation of cities experiment, which 
the big cities of the United States will experience in the not too 
distant future. Now, President Bush and his Committee of 300- 
ridden administration say, in effect, "Look people, what do you 
want from me? I told you that I will compromise where I see fit, 
even when that means sleeping with the Pol Pot murderers. SO 
WHAT—KISS MY HIPS." 


The level of pressure for change will reach its peak in 1993 
and we shall witness scenes such as we would never have thought 
possible. Punch drunk America will react, but ever so slightly. Not 
even the latest threat to our freedom, the personal computer card 
disturbs us. Willis Harman's "CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN" would 


76 


have been too technical for most so the service of Marilyn 
Ferguson was obtained to make it more easily understood. "THE 
AGE OF AQUARIUS" heralded nude stage shows and a song which 
made the top of the charts: "The Dawning of the Age of the 
Aquarius" swept the globe. 


The personal computer card which, when fully distributed, 
will deprive us of our familiar environment and, as we shall see, 
environment means a lot more than the usually accepted meaning 
of the word. The United States has gone through a period of 
intense trauma such as has never been visited on any other nation 
in the history of the world, and the worst is yet to come. 


Everything is going according to what Tavistock ordered 
and what the social scientists at Stanford mapped out. Times do 
not change; they are made to change. All changes are preplanned 
and come as the result of careful action. We have been changed 
gradually at first, but now the pace of change is picking up. The 
United States is being transformed from One Nation Under God to 
a polyglot of nations under several gods. The U.S. is no longer 
One nation under God. The framers of the Constitution have lost 
the battle. 


Our forebears spoke a common language and believed in a 
common religion Christianity, and held common ideals. There were 
no aliens in our midst; that came later in a deliberately planned 
attempt to break up the United States into a series of fragmented 
nationalities, cultures and beliefs. If you doubt this, go down to 
the East Side of New York, or the West Side of Los Angeles on any 
given Saturday and look around you. The United States has 
become several nations struggling to coexist under a common 
system of government. When the floodgates of immigration were 
opened wide by Franklin D. Roosevelt, a cousin of the head of the 
Committee of 300, the cultural shock caused great confusion and 
dislocation and made "One Nation" an unworkable concept. The 
Club of Rome and NATO have exacerbated the situation. "Love thy 
neighbor" is an ideal that will not work unless your neighbor "is as 
yourself." 


To the framers of our Constitution, the truths they laid out 
For future generations were "self evident"—to themselves Being 


77 


unsure that future generations would also find the truths to which 
they bound this nation self evident, THEY SET ABOUT SPELLING 
THEM OUT. IT SEEMS THAT THEY WERE AFRAID OF A TIME 
THAT MIGHT COME WHEN THE TRUTHS THEY ESPOUSED WOULD 
NO LONGER BE SELF-EVIDENT. The Tavistock Institute for Human 
Relations has made sure that what the framers feared might come 
to pass has indeed come to pass. That time has arrived with Bush 
and his "no absolutes" and his New World Order under the 
Committee of 300. 


This is part of the concept of social changes forced upon 
Americans which Harmon and the Club of Rome said would make 
for severe trauma and a great building up of pressure. The social 
upheavals that have taken place since the advent of Tavistock, the 
Club of Rome and NATO will continue in the U.S. for as long as the 
limit of absorption is ignored. Nations are made up of individuals 
and, like individuals, there is a limit to their ability to absorb 
changes, no matter how robust they may be. 


This psychological truth was well proven by the Strategic 
Bombing Survey which called for saturation bombing of German 
worker housing. As mentioned earlier, the project was the work of 
the Prudential Insurance Company and no one doubts today that 
Germany suffered its defeat because of this operation. Many of the 
scientists who worked on that project are working on saturation 
bombing of America, or else they have passed on, leaving their 
skilled techniques in the hands of others who followed behind 
them. 


The legacy they left behind them can be found in the fact 
that we have not so much lost our way as a nation, but that we 
have been steered in a direction opposite to that which the 
framers of the Declaration guided us for over 200 years. We have, 
in short, lost contact with our historical genes, our faith, which 
inspired countless generations of Americans to move forward as a 
nation, benefiting from the patrimony left to us by the framers of 
the Declaration of Independence and the United States 
Constitution. That we are lost is clear to all who seek the truth, as 
unpleasant as it may be. 


78 


With President Bush and his "no absolute morals" guiding 
us, we blunder ahead as lost nations and individuals tend to do. 
We are collaborating with the Committee of 300 for our own 
downfall and our own enslavement. Some sense it—and feel a 
strong sense of unease. The various conspiracy theories they are 
familiar with do not seem to cover it all. This is because they know 
nothing of the Conspirators'Hierarchy, The Committee of 300. 


These souls who feel a deep sense of unease and that 
something is radically wrong, yet cannot put their collective fingers 
on the problem, walk in darkness. They look to a future they see 
slipping away from them. The American dream has become a 
mirage. They place their faith in religion but take no steps to help 
that faith along by ACTION. Americans will never experience a 
retracing of steps such as the Europeans experienced when at the 
height of the Dark Ages. By determined ACTION, they awoke in 
themselves a spirit of renewal which resulted in the glorious 
Renaissance. 


The enemy that has directed them to this point decided to 
make a strong move against the United States in 1980, so that 
Renaissance of America would be impossible. Who is the enemy? 
The enemy is no faceless "they." The enemy is clearly identifiable 
as the Committee of 300, the Club of Rome, NATO and all of its 
affiliated organizations, the think tanks and research institutions 
controlled by Tavistock. There is no need to use "they" or "the 
enemy" except as shorthand. WE KNOW WHO "THEY," THE 
ENEMY, IS. The Committee of 300 with its Eastern Liberal 
Establishment "aristocracy," its banks, insurance companies, giant 
corporations, foundations, communications networks, presided 
over by a HIERARCHY OF CONSPIRATORS—THIS IS THE ENEMY. 


This is the power that brought to life the reign of terror in 
Russia, the Bolshevik Revolution, World Wars I and II, Korea, 
Vietnam, the fall of Rhodesia, South Africa, Nicaragua, and the 
Philippines. This is the secret upper-level government that brought 
into existence the controlled disintegration of the U.S. economy 
and deindustrialized what was once the greatest indusrial power, 
for good, that the world had ever known. 


79 


America today can be compared with a soldier who falls 
asleep in the thick of battle. We Americans have fallen asleep, 
given way to apathy caused by being confronted with a multplicity 
of choices which has confused us. These are the changes that 
alter our environment, break down our resistance to change so 
that we become dazed, apathetic and eventually fall asleep in the 
thick of battle. 


There is a technical term for this condition. It is called "long 
range penetration strain." The art of subjecting a very large group 
of people to continued long range penetration strain was 
developed by scientists working out of the Tavistock Institute of 
Human Relations and their U. S. subsidiaries, Stanford Research 
and Rand Corporation, and at least another 150 research 
institutions here in the U.S. 


Dr. Kurt Lewin, the scientist who developed this fiendish 
warfare, has caused the average American patriot to fret over 
various conspiracy theories, leaving him or her with a feeling of 
uncertainty and insecurity, isolated and perhaps even afraid, as he 
searches, but fails to understand the decay and rot caused by 
"THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MANKIND," unable to identify or 
combat the social, moral, economic and political changes he 
deems undesirable and does not want, yet which increase in 
intensity on every hand. 


Dr. Lewin's name will not be found in any of our 
establishment history books which, in any event, are a record of 
events mostly from the side of the ruling class or the victors of 
wars. Therefore, it is with pride that I introduce his name to you. 
As mentioned before, Dr. Lewin organized the Harvard 
Psychological Clinic and the Institute for Social Research under the 
auspices of the Tavistock Institute. The names do not give much 
indication of the purpose of the two organizations. 


This reminds me of the infamous bill to reform coinage and 
mint laws passed in 1827. The title of the bill was harmless 
enough or sounded harmless, which was the intention of its 
backers. Through this Act, Senator John Sherman betrayed the 
nation into the hands of the international bankers. Sherman 
allegedly sponsored the bill "without reading it." As we know, the 


80 


bill's true purpose was to demonetize silver and give the thieving 
bankers unlimited power over the credit of our nation; powers to 
which the bankers were clearly not entitled under the clear and 
unmistakable terms of the U.S. Constitution. 


Kurt Lewin gave the Tavistock Institute, the Club of Rome 
and NATO unlimited power over America, to which no organization, 
entity or society is entitled. These institutions have used the 
usurped powers to destroy the will of the nation to resist the plans 
and intentions of the conspirators to rob us of the fruits of the 
American Revolution and steer us on a course leading directly to a 
New Dark Ages under a One World Government. 


Lewin's colleagues in this long range penetration objective 
were Richard Crossman, Eric Trist, H. V. Dicks, Willis Harmon, 
Charles Anderson, Garner Lindsay, Richard Price and W. R. Bion. 
Again, these names never appear in the evening news; in fact, 
they only appear in scientific journals—so very few Americans are 
aware of them and not at all aware of what the men behind the 
names have done and are doing to the United States. 


President Jefferson once said he pitied those who thought 
they knew what was taking place through reading the newspaper. 
Disraeli, the British prime minister, said much the same thing. 
Indeed, down through the ages, rulers have delighted in running 
things from behind the scenes. Man has always felt the need to 
dominate and nowhere and at no time is the desire more prevalent 
than in this modern era. 


If it were not so, why all the need for secret societies? If 
we are ruled by an open system run by democratically elected 
officials, why the need for a secret Masonic order in every village, 
town and city across the United States? How is it that 
Freemasonry can operate so openly and yet keep its secrets so 
well hidden? We can't ask the Nine Unknown Men of the Nine 
Sisters Lodge in Paris that question, nor can we ask it of their nine 
fellows in the Quatuar Coronati Lodge in London. Yet these 
eighteen men form part of an even more secret government, the 
RITA, and beyond that, the Committee of 300. 


81 


How is it that the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry could 
brainwash John Hinckley to shoot President Reagan? Why do we 
have such secret orders as the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, 
the Round Table, the Milner Group and so on down line upon line 
of secret societies? They form part of a world-wide chain of 
command and control running through the Club of Rome, NATO, 
the RIJA and finally right up to the Conspirators' Hierarchy, The 
Committee of 300. Men need these secret societies because their 
deeds are evil and must be hidden. Evil cannot stand in the light of 
truth. 


In this book we shall find an almost complete list of the 
conspirators, their institutions, fronts and publications. In 1980 the 
Aquarian Conspiracy was in full swing and its success can be seen 
in every facet of our private and national life. The overwhelming 
rise in mindless violence, serial killers, teenage suicides, the 
unmistakable signs of lethargy—"long range penetration" is a part 
of our new environment, as dangerous, if not more so, than the 
polluted air that we breathe. 


The coming of the Age of Aquarius caught America totally 
unprepared. We as a nation were not prepared for the changes 
about to be forced upon us. Who ever had heard of Tavistock, 
Kurt Lewin, Willis Harmon and John Rawlings Reese? They were 
not even on the American political scene. What we would have 
noticed, if we bothered to look at all, was a falling off of our ability 
to withstand futuristic shock as we became more fatigued, 
distressed and eventually entered a period of psychological shock 
followed by widespread apathy as an outward manifestation of 
long range penetration warfare. 


The Age of Aquarius was best described by Tavistock 
Institute as the vehicle for delivering turbulence: "There are three 
distinct phases in the response and reaction to stress displayed by 
large social groups. First, there is superficiality; the population 
under attack will defend itself with slogans; this does not identify 
the source of the crisis and therefore does nothing to address it, 
hence the crisis will persist. The second is fragmentation. This 
occurs as the crisis continues and social order breaks down. Then, 
there is the third phase where the population group goes into 'self 
realization’ and turns away from the induced crisis and there 


82 


follows a maladaptive response, accompanied with active synoptic 
idealism and disassociation." 


Who can deny that with the huge increase in drug usage- 
"crack" making thousands of instant new addicts each day—the 
shocking rise in the murder of infants each day (aborticide), which 
by now far exceeds casualties suffered by our armed forces in 
both World Wars, Korea and Vietnam, the open acceptance of 
homosexuality and lesbianism whose "rights" are protected by 
more and more laws each year, the terrible plague we call "AIDS" 
washing over our towns and cities, total failure of our education 
system, the stunning increase in the divorce rate, a murder rate 
that shocks the rest of the world into disbelief, satanic serial 
killings, the disappearance of thousands of young children, 
snatched off our streets by perverts, a virtual tidal wave of 
pornography accompanied by "permissiveness" on our television 
screens—who can deny that this nation is in crisis, which we are 
not addressing and from which we are turning away. 


Well-meaning people who specialize in these things blame 
a lot of the problem on education, or what passes for it in the 
United States. Criminals now abound in the age groups 9-15. 
Rapists are quite commonly as young as 10. Our social specialists, 
our teacher's unions, our churches say it is all due to a faulty 
education system. Witness how test scores keep dropping. The 
specialists bewail the fact that the United States now ranks around 
39th in the level of education in the world. 


Why do we bemoan what is so obvious? OUR EDUCATION 
SYSTEM WAS PROGRAMMED TO SELF-DESTRUCT. THAT WAS 
WHAT DR. ALEXANDER KING WAS SENT HERE BY NATO TO 
ARRANGE. THAT IS WHAT JUSTICE HUGO BLACK WAS ORDERED 
TO ARRANGE. THE FACT IS, THE COMMITTEE OF 300, WITH THE 
APPROVAL OF OUR GOVERNMENT, DOES NOT WANT OUR YOUTH 
TO BE PROPERLY EDUCATED. The education that Freemason 
Justice Hugo Black, Alexander King, Gunnar Myrdal and his wife 
came to give the children of the United States is that CRIME PAYS, 
EXPEDIENCY IS WHAT COUNTS. 


They taught our children that United States law is 
unequally applied, and that is perfectly in order. Our children were 


83 


properly educated by a decade of corrupt examples; Ronald 
Reagan and George Bush were ruled by greed and became totally 
corrupted by it. Our education system hasn't failed. Under the 
guidance of King, Black and the Myrdals it is actually a great 
success, but it all depends from whose point of view we look at it. 
The Committee of 300 is DELIGHTED with our education system, 
and will not allow one comma of it to be changed. 


According to Stanford and Willis Harmon, the induced 
trauma of long range penetration of which our education is a part, 
has been going on for 45 years, yet how many are aware of the 
insidious pressures being applied to our society and the constant 
exposure to brainwashing that goes on every day? The mysterious 
gang wars that broke out in New York in the 1950's is an example 
of how the conspirators can create and stage-manage any type of 
disruptive elements they like. Where those gang wars came from 
nobody knew until the 1980's when researchers uncovered the 
hidden controllers who directed the so-called "social phenomena." 


Gang wars were carefully planned at Stanford, deliberately 
designed to shock society and cause ripples of disturbances. By 
1958 there were in excess of 200 of these gangs. They were made 
popular by a musical and a Hollywood movie, "West Side Story." 
After making the news for a decade, suddenly, in 1966, they 
disappeared off the streets of New York, Los Angeles New York, 
New Jersey, Philadelphia and Chicago. 


Throughout the near decade of gang violence, the public 
reacted according to the profiled response Stanford expected; 
society as a whole could not comprehend gang warfare and the 
public responded in a maladaptive manner. Had there been those 
wise enough to recognize in gang wars a Stanford experiment in 
social engineering and brainwashing, the conspirator's plot would 
have been exposed. Either we did not have trained specialists who 
could see what was going on—which is highly unlikely—or else 
they were threatened and remained silent. The cooperation with 
Stanford by the news media brought to light a "new age" attack 
on our environment just as predicted by the social engineers and 
new-science scientists at Tavistock. 


84 


In 1989 gang warfare, as a social conditioning to change, 
was reintroduced to the streets of Los Angeles. Within a few short 
months of the first incidents, gangs began to proliferate-first in the 
scores, then in the hundreds on the streets of the East Side of Los 
Angeles. Crack houses and rampant prostitution proliferated; drug 
dealers dominated the streets. Anybody who got in their way was 
gunned down. The outcry in the press was loud and long. 
Stanford's targeted large population group began defending itself 
with slogans. This is what Tavistock called the first phase, with the 
targeted group failing to identify the source of the crisis. 


The second phase of the gang war crisis was 
"fragmentation." People not living in the areas frequented by 
gangs said, "Thank God they are not in our neighborhood." This 
ignored the fact that the crisis continued with or without 
recognition and that social order in Los Angeles had begun to 
break down. As profiled by Tavistock, those groups not affected by 
gang war "broke away to defend themselves" because the source 
of the crisis was not identified, the so called "maladaptation" 
process the period of disassociation. 


Apart from the proliferation of drug sales, what is the 
purpose of gang wars? First, it is to show the targeted group that 
they are not safe, i.e., insecurity is generated. Secondly, it is to 
show that organized society is helpless in the face of such violence 
and thirdly to bring about a recognition of the fact that our social 
order is collapsing. The present wave of gang violence will go 
away just as quickly as it started, once the three phases of the 
Stanford program are completed. 


An outstanding example of social conditioning to accept 
change, even when it is recognized as unwelcome change by the 
large population group in the sights of Stanford Research Institute, 
was the "advent" of the BEATLES. The Beatles were brought to the 
United States as part of a social experiment which would subject 
large population groups to brainwashing of which they were not 
even aware. 


When Tavistock brought the Beatles to the United States 
nobody could have imagined the cultural disaster that was to 
follow in their wake. The Beatles were an integral part of "THE 


85 


AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY," a living organism which sprang From 
"THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN," URH (489)2150-Policy 
Research Report No. 4/4/74. Policy Report prepared by SRI Center 
for the study of Social Policy, Director, Professor Willis Harmon. 


The phenomenon of the Beatles was not a spontaneous 
rebellion by youth against the old social system. Instead it was a 
carefully crafted plot to introduce by a conspiratorial body which 
could not be identified, a highly destructive and divisive element 
into a large population group targeted for change against its will. 
New words and new phrases—prepared by Tavistock-were 
introduced to America along with the Beatles. Words such as 
"rock" in relation to music sounds, "teenager," "cool," "discovered" 
and "pop music" were a lexicon of disguised code words signifying 
the acceptance of drugs and arrived with and accompanied the 
Beatles wherever they went, to be "discovered" by "teenagers." 
Incidentally, the word "teenagers" was never used until just before 
the Beatles arrived on the scene, courtesy of the Tavistock 
Institute for Human Relations. 


As in the case of gang wars, nothing could or would have 
been accomplished without the cooperation of the media, 
especially the electronic media and, in particular, the scurrilous Ed 
Sullivan who had been coached by the conspirators as to the role 
he was to play. Nobody would have paid much attention to the 
motley crew from Liverpool and the 12-atonal system of "music" 
that was to follow had it not been for an overabundance of press 
exposure. The 12-atonal system consisted of heavy, repetitive 
sounds, taken from the music of the cult of Dionysus and the Baal 
priesthood by Adorno and given a "modern" flavor by this special 
friend of the Queen of England and hence the Committee of 300. 


Tavistock and its Stanford Research Center created trigger 
words which then came into general usage around "rock music" 
and its fans. Trigger words created a distinct new break-away 
largely young population group which was persuaded by social 
engineering and conditioning to believe that the Beatles really 
were their favorite group. All trigger words devised in the context 
of "rock music" were designed for mass control of the new 
targeted group, the youth of America. 


86 


The Beatles did a perfect job, or perhaps it would be more 
correct to say that Tavistock and Stanford did a perfect job, the 
Beatles merely reacting like trained robots "with a little help from 
their friends"—code words for using drugs and making it "cool." 
The Beatles became a highly visible "new type"—more Tavistock 
jargon—and as such it was not long before the group made new 
styles (fads in clothing, hairstyles and language usage) which 
upset the older generation, as was intended. This was part of the 
"fragmentation-maladaptation" process worked out by Willis 
Harmon and his team of social scientists and genetic engineering 
tinkerers and put into action. 


The role of the print and electronic media in our society is 
crucial to the success of brainwashing large population groups. 
Gang wars ended in Los Angeles in 1966 as the media withdrew its 
coverage. The same thing will happen with the current wave of 
gang wars in Los Angeles. Street gangs will wither on the vine 
once media saturation coverage is toned down and then 
completely withdrawn. As in 1966, the issue would become 
"burned out." Street gangs will have served their purpose of 
creating turbulence and insecurity. Exactly the same pattern will 
be followed in the case of "rock" music. Deprived of media 
attention, it will eventually take its place in history. 


Following the Beatles, who incidentally were put together 
by the Tavistock Institute, came other "Made in England" rock 
groups, who, like the Beatles, had Theo Adorno write their cult 
lyrics and compose all the "music." I hate to use these beautiful 
words in the context of "Beatlemania"; it reminds me of how 
wrongly the word "lover" is used when referring to the filthy 
interaction between two homosexuals writhing in pigswill. To call 
"rock" music, is an insult, likewise the language used in "rock 
lyrics." 


Tavistock and Stanford Research then embarked on the 
second phase of the work commissioned by the Committee of 300. 
This new phase turned up the heat for social change in America. 
As quickly as the Beatles had appeared on the American scene, so 
too did the "beat generation," trigger words designed to separate 
and fragment society. The media now focused its attention on the 
"beat generation." Other Tavistock-coined words came seemingly 


87 


out of nowhere: "beatniks," "hippies," "flower children" became 
part of the vocabulary of America. It became popular to "drop out" 
and wear dirty jeans, go about with long unwashed hair. The "beat 
generation" cut itself off from mainstream America. They became 
just as infamous as the cleaner Beatles before them. 


The newly-created group and its "lifestyle" swept millions 
of young Americans into the cult. American youth underwent a 
radical revolution without ever being aware of it, while the older 
generation stood by helplessly, unable to identify the source of the 
crisis, and thus reacting in a maladaptive manner against its 
manifestation, which were drugs of all types, marijuana, and later 
Lysergic acid, "LSD," so conveniently provided for them by the 
Swiss pharmaceutical company, SANDOZ, following the discovery 
by one of its chemists, Albert Hoffman, how to make synthetic 
ergotamine, a powerful mind-altering drug. The Committee of 300 
financed the project through one of their banks, S. C. Warburg, 
and the drug was carried to America by the philosopher, Aldous 
Huxley. 


The new "wonder drug" was promptly distributed in 
"sample" size packages, handed out free of charge on college 
campuses across the United States and at "rock" concerts, which 
became the leading vehicle for proliferating the use of drugs. The 
question that cries out for an answer is, what was the Drug 
Enforcement Agency (DEA) doing at the time? There is compelling 
circumstantial evidence that would appear to indicate that the DEA 
knew what was going on but was ordered not to take any action. 


With very substantial numbers of new British "rock" bands 
arriving in the U.S., rock concerts began to become a fixture on 
the social calender of American youth. In tandem with these 
"concerts," the use of drugs among the youth rose in proportion. 
The devilish bedlam of discordant heavy beat sounds numbed the 
minds of listeners so that they were easily persuaded to try the 
new drug on the basis that "everybody is doing it." Peer pressure 
is a very strong weapon. The "new culture" received maximum 
coverage from the jackal media, which cost the conspirators not 
one single thin dime. 


88 


Great anger was felt by a number of civic leaders and 
churchmen over the new cult but their energies were misdirected 
against the RESULT of what was going on and not against the 
CAUSE. Critics of the rock cult made the same mistakes that had 
been made in the prohibition era, they criticized law enforcement 
agencies, teachers, parents anybody but the conspirators. 


Because of the anger and resentment I feel toward the 
great drug plague, I make no apology for using language which is 
not customary for me to use. One of the worst drug slobs ever to 
walk the streets of America was Alan Ginsberg. This Ginsberg 
pushed the use of LSD through advertising which cost him nothing, 
although under normal circumstances it would have cost millions 
of dollars in TV advertising revenues. This free advertising for 
drugs, and LSD in particular, reached a new high in the late 1960's, 
thanks to the ever-willing cooperation of the media. The effect of 
Ginsberg's mass advertising campaign was devastating; the 
American public was subjected to one cultural future shock after 
another in rapid succession. 


We became over-exposed and over stimulated and, again, 
may I remind you that this is Tavistock jargon, lifted from the 
Tavistock training manual, overwhelmed by its new development 
and, when we reached that point, our minds began to lapse into 
apathy; it was just too much to cope with, that is to say, "long 
range penetration had taken hold of us." Ginsberg claimed to be a 
poet but no greater rubbish was ever written by anyone who ever 
aspired to becoming a poet. Ginsberg's designated task had little 
to do with poetry; his main function was to push the new 
subculture and force acceptance of it upon the large targeted 
population group. 


To assist him in his task, Ginsberg coopted the services of 
Norman Mailer, a writer of sorts who had spent some time in a 
mental institution. Mailer was a favorite of the leftwing Hollywood 
crowd and so had no problem with getting maximum television 
time for Ginsberg. Naturally Mailer had to have a pretext—not 
even he could blatantly come out with the true nature of 
Ginsberg's television appearances. So a charade was adopted: 
Mailer would talk "seriously" on camera with Ginsberg about 
poetry and literature. 


89 


This method of getting wide television coverage at no cost 
to themselves was followed by every rock group and concert 
promoter who followed the example set by Ginsberg. The 
electronic media moguls had big hearts when it came to giving 
free time to these dirty verminous creatures and their even dirtier 
products and filthy ideas. Their promotion of horrible garbage 
spoke volumes and, without abundant help from the print and 
electronic media, the drug trade could not have spread as rapidly 
as it did in the late 1960's-early 1970's, and probably would have 
been confined to a few small local areas. 


Ginsberg was able to give several nationally televised 
performances extolling the virtues of LSD and marijuana, under 
the guise of "new ideas" and "new cultures" developing in the art 
and music world. Not to be outdone by the electronic media, 
Ginsberg's admirers wrote glowing articles about "this colorful 
man" in the art and social columns of all of America,s largest 
newspapers and magazines. There had never been such an 
acrossthe-media-board free advertising campaign in the history of 
newspaper, radio and television and it cost the promoters of the 
Aquarian conspiracy, NATO and the Club of Rome not one red cent. 
It was all absolutely free advertising for LSD, only thinly disguised 
as "art" and "culture." 


One of Ginsberg's closest friends, Kenny Love, published a 
Five-page report in the New York Times. This is in accordance with 
the methodology used by Tavistock and Stanford Research: If 
something is to be promoted which the public has not yet been 
fully brainwashed to accept, then have someone write an article, 
covering all sides of the subject matter. The other method is to 
have live television talk shows in which a panel of experts 
promotes the product and or idea under the pretext of 
"discussing", it. There are point and counter-point, both pro and 
con participants airing their support or opposition. When it is all 
over, the subject to be promoted has been dinned into the public 
mind. While this was new in the early 1970's, today it is standard 
practice on which talk shows thrive. 


Love's Five-page pro LSD pro Ginsberg article was duly 
printed by the New York Times. Had Ginsberg tried to buy the 


90 


same amount of space in an advertisement, it would have cost him 
at least $50,000. But Ginsberg didn't have to worry; thanks to his 
Friend Kenny Love, Ginsberg got the massive advertising all for 
free. With newspapers like the New York Times and the 
Washington Post under the control of the Committee of 300, this 
kind of free advertising is given to any subject matter, and more 
especially to those promoting decadent life styles—drugs- 
hedonism—anything that will confuse the American people. After 
the trial run with Ginsberg and LSD, it became standard Club of 
Rome practice to call upon major newspapers in America to give 
free advertising on demand to people and ideas they were 
promoting. 


Worse yet—or better yet, depending upon the viewpoint- 
United Press (UP) picked up Kenny Love's free advertising for 
Ginsberg and LSD and telexed it to HUNDREDS of newspapers and 
magazines around the country under the guise of a "news" story. 
Even such highly respectable establishment magazines as "Harpers 
Bazaar" and "TIME" made Mr. Ginsberg respectable. If a nation- 
wide campaign of this magnitude were presented to Ginsberg and 
the promoters of LSD by an advertising agency, the price tag 
would have run into at least $1 million in terms of 1970 dollars. 
Today the price tag would be nothing less than $15-$16 million 
dollars. It is no wonder that I refer to the news media as "jackals." 


I suggest that we try to find any media outlet to do an 
expose on the Federal Reserve Board, which is what I did. I took 
my article, which was a good expose of the greatest swindle on 
earth, to every major newspaper, radio and television station, 
magazine house and several talk-show hosts. A few made 
promises that sounded good—they would definitely air the article 
and have me discuss it—give them about a week and they would 
get back to me. Not one of them ever did, nor did my article ever 
appear in the pages of their newspapers and journals. It was as if 
a blanket of silence had been thrown over me and the subject I 
was endeavoring to promote, and indeed that was precisely what 
had happened. 


Without massive media hype, and without almost around 
the clock coverage, the hippy-beatnik rock, drug cult would never 
have gotten off the ground; it would have remained a localized 


91 


oddity. The Beatles, with their twanging guitars, silly expressions, 
drug language and weird clothes, would not have amounted to a 
hill of beans. Instead, because the Beatles were given saturation 
coverage by the media, the United States has suffered one cultural 
shock after another. 


The men buried in the think tanks and research institutions, 
whose names and faces are still not known to but a few people, 
made sure that the press played its part. Conversely, the media's 
important role in not exposing the power behind the future cultural 
shocks made certain that the source of the crisis was never 
identified. Thus was our society driven mad through psychological 
shocks and stress. "Driven mad" is taken from Tavistock's training 
manual. From its modest beginnings in 1921, Tavistock was ready 
in 1966 to launch a major irreversible cultural revolution in 
America, which has not yet ended. The Aquarian Conspiracy is part 
of it. 


Thus softened up, our nation was now deemed ripe for the 
introduction of drugs which was to rival the prohibition era in 
scope and the huge amounts of money to be made. This too was 
an integral part of the Aquarian Conspiracy. The proliferation of 
drug usage was one of the subjects under study at the Science 
Policy Research Unit (SPRU) at Tavistock's Sussex University 
facility. It was known as the "future shocks" center, a title given to 
so-called future oriented psychology designed to manipulate whole 
population groups to induce "future shocks." It was the first of 
several such institutions set up by Tavistock. 


"Future shocks" is described as a series of events which 
come so fast that the human brain cannot absorb the information. 
As I said earlier, science has shown that there are clearly marked 
limits to the amount of changes and the nature of them that the 
mind can deal with. After continuous shocks, the large targeted 
population group discovers that it does not want to make choices 
any more. Apathy takes over, often preceded by mindless violence 
such as is characteristic of the Los Angeles street gangs, serial 
killers, rapists and child kidnapers. 


Such a group becomes easy to control and will docilely 
follow orders without rebelling, which is the object of the exercise. 


92 


"Future shocks," says SPRU, "is defined as physical and 
psychological distress arising from the excess load on the decision- 
making mechanism of the human mind." That is Tavistock jargon 
lifted straight from Tavistock manuals—which they don't know I 
have. 


Just as an overloaded electrical circuit will activate a trip 
switch, so do humans "trip out," which is a syndrome that medical 
science is only now beginning to understand, although John 
Rawlings Reese conducted experiments in this field as far back as 
the 1920's. As can be appreciated, such a targeted group is ready 
to "trip out" and take to drugs as a means of escape from the 
pressures of so many choices having to be made. This is how Drug 
uSage was spread so rapidly through America's "beat generation." 
What started with the Beatles and sample packages of LSD has 
grown into a flood-tide of drug usage which is swamping America. 


The drug trade is controlled by the Committee of 300 from 
the Top down. The drug trade started with the British East India 
Company and was closely followed by the Dutch East India 
Company. Both were controlled by a "Council of 300." The list of 
names of members and stockholders of the BEIC read like 
something out of Debretts Peerage. BEIC established the "China 
Inland Mission," whose job it was to get The Chinese peasants, or 
coolies, as they were called, addicted to opium. This created the 
market for opium which the BEIC then filled. 


In much the same way the Committee of 300 used "The 
"Beatles" to popularize "social drugs" with the youth of America 
and The Hollywood "in-crowd." Ed Sullivan was sent to England To 
become acquainted with The first Tavistock Institute "rock group" 
to hit the shores of the United States. Sullivan then returned to the 
United States to draft the strategy for the electronic media on how 
to package and sell the group. Without the full cooperation of the 
electronic media and Ed Sullivan, in particular, "The Beatles" and 
their "music" would have died on the vine. Instead, our national 
life and the character of the United States was forever changed. 


Now that we know, it is all too clear how successful the 
"Beatles" campaign to proliferate the use of drugs became. The 
fact that "The Beatles" had their music and lyrics written for them 


93 


by Theo Adorno was concealed from public view. The prime 
function to "The Beatles" was to be discovered by teenagers, who 
where then subjected to a non-stop barrage of "Beatle music," 
until they became convinced that they liked the sound and 
adopted it, along with all that accompanied it. The Liverpool group 
performed up to expectations, and with "a little help from their 
friends," i.e., illegal substances we call drugs created a whole new 
class to young Americans in the precise mold ordained by the 
Tavistock Institute. 


Tavistock had created a highly visible "new type" to act as 
their drug-runners. The China Inland Mission "Christian 
missionaries" would not have fitted in with the 1960's. "New type" 
is social-science scientist jargon; what it meant was that the 
Beatles created new social patterns, first and foremost being to 
normalize and popularize the use of drugs, new tastes in clothes 
and hair styles which really distinguished them from the older 
generation as was intended by Tavistock. 


It is important to note the deliberate fragmentation- 
inducing language used by Tavistock. The "teenagers" never once 
dreamed that all the "different" things they aspired to were the 
product of older scientists working in think tanks in England and 
Stanford Research. How mortified they would have been if they 
had discovered that most of their "cool" habits and expressions 
were deliberately created for their use by a group of older social 
science scientists! 


The role of the media was, and remains, very important in 
promoting the use of drugs on a nation-wide scale. When 
coverage of the street warfare gangs was abruptly terminated by 
the media, they became "burned out" as a social phenomena; the 
"new age" of drugs followed. The media has always served as a 
catalyst and has always pushed "new causes" and now media 
attention was focused on drug usage and its supporters, the "beat 
generation," yet another phrase fashioned at Tavistock, in its 
determined efforts to bring about social changes in The United 
States. 


Drug usage now became an accepted part of everyday life 
in America. This Tavistock-designed program took in millions of 


94 


American youth, and the older generation began to believe that 
America was undergoing a natural social revolution, failing all the 
while to realize that what was happening to their children was not 
a spontaneous movement, but a highly artificial creation designed 
to force changes in America's social and political life. 


The descendants of the British East India Company were 
delighted with the success of their drug pushing program. Their 
disciples became adept in the use of lysergic acid (LSD) so 
conveniently made available by patrons of the drug trade like 
Aldous Huxley, courtesy of the highly respected Sandoz company 
of Switzerland and financed by the great Warburg banking dynasty. 
The new "wonder drug" was promptly distributed at all rock 
concerts and on college campuses in free sample packages. The 
question that begs to be asked is, "What was the FBI doing while 
all this was going on?" 


The purpose of the Beatles had become abundantly clear. 
The British East India Company's descendants in the upperclass 
society in London must have felt very good about the billions of 
dollars that began rolling in. With the coming of "rock" which shall 
henceforth be used as shorthand to describe Adorno's fiendish 
satanic music, a tremendous increase in the use of social drugs, 
especially marijuana, was observed. The entire dope business was 
expanded under the control and direction of the Science Policy 
Research Unit (SPRU). 


SPRU was run by Leland Bradford, Kenneth Damm and 
Ronald Lippert, under whose expert guidance a large number of 
new-science scientists were trained to promote "future shocks," 
one of the chief being the dramatic increase in the use of drugs by 
America's teenagers. SPRU's policy papers, planted in various 
government agencies, including the Drug Enforcement Agency 
(DEA), dictated the course of the disastrous "drug war" allegedly 
waged by the Reagan and Bush Administrations. 


This was the forerunner of how the United States is run 
today, by one committee and/or council after another, by an inner- 
government fed on Tavistock papers which they firmly believe are 
their own opinions. These virtual unknowns are making decisions 
that will forever change our form of government and the quality of 


95 


life here in the United States. Through "crisis adaptation" we have 
already been changed so much as to barely compare with what we 
were in the 1950's. Also, our environment has been changed. 


There is much talk about environment these days and, 
while it mostly refers to green surroundings, pure rivers and fresh 
air, there is another, equally important environment, namely, the 
drug environment. The environment of our life style has become 
polluted; our thinking has become polluted. Our ability to control 
our destiny has become polluted. We are confronted by changes 
that pollute our thinking to the extent that we do not know what 
to make of it all. The "Environment of Change" is crippling the 
nation; we appear to have so little control that it has produced 
anxiety and confusion. 


We now look to group solutions instead of individual 
solutions to our problems. We do not make use of our own 
resources to solve problems. In this the prolific rise in drug usage 
is playing a leading role. The strategy is a deliberate one, devised 
by the new-science scientists, the social engineers and tinkerers, 
aimed at the most vulnerable of all areas, our self-image, or how 
we perceive ourselves, which leads us eventually to become like 
sheep being led to the slaughter. We have become confused by 
the many choices we have to make, and we have become 
apathetic. 


We are manipulated by unscrupulous men without ever 
being aware of it. This is particularly true of the drug trade and we 
are now in the transition stage where we can be set up for a 
change from the present constitutional form of government, which 
has taken a giant step forward under the Bush administration. 
While there are those who still persist, in the face of all of the 
evidence to the contrary in saying, "It can't happen in America," 
the fact is: IT HAS ALREADY HAPPENED. Our will to resist events 
not to our liking has been steadily eroded and undermined. We will 
resist, some of us say, but not so many of us will do that, and we 
will be in the minority. 


The drug trade has insidiously changed our environment. 
The alleged "war on drugs" is a farce; it does not exist in 
qualitative measure to make the slightest difference to the 


96 


descendants of the British East India Company. Combined with 
computerization, we are almost fully brainwashed, robbed of our 
ability to resist forced changes. Which brings us to another 
environment, PEOPLE CONTROL, also known as personal 
information control, without which governments cannot play their 
numbers game. 


As matters stand, we the people have absolutely no way of 
knowing just what government does or does not know about us. 
Government computer files are not subject to scrutiny by the 
public at large. Do we foolishly believe that personal information 
sacrosanct? Remember, in every society there are rich and 
powerful families who control law enforcement agencies. I have 
proved the existence of such families. Do not think that if these 
families wanted to find out about us, they could not do so. These 
are the families who often have a member in the Committee of 
300. 


Take Kissinger, for instance, who has his own private 
dossiers on hundreds of thousands of people, not only in the U.S. 
but all over the world. Are we on Kissinger's enemy list? Is this far 
fetched? Not at all. Take P2 Masonic and Committee Monte Carlo 
who have such lists which run into tens of thousands of names. 
Incidentally, Kissinger is one of them. There are other "private" 
intelligence agencies, such as INTEL, whom we shall meet later. 


One of the ways heroin is moved into Europe is through the 
Principality of Monaco. The heroin comes from Corsica carried in 
ferries that ply a busy trade between Corsica and Monte Carlo 
during the summer. There is no check of what goes on or comes 
off these ferries. As there is no border between France and 
Monaco, drugs, and more especially heroin (partly processed 
opium), flows through the open border of Monaco into laboratories 
in France, or else if it has already been processed into heroin, it 
goes directly to the distributors. 


The Grimaldi family has been in the drug smuggling 
business for centuries. Because Prince Ranier got greedy and 
began skimming heavily and would not desist after three warnings, 
his wife, Princess Grace, was murdered in a car "accident." Ranier 
underestimated the power of the Committee of which he is a 


97 


member. The Rover car in which she was traveling had the brake 
fluid chambers tampered with in such a way that each time the 
brakes were depressed, fluid was released in measured amount, 
until by the time the car reached the most dangerous of several 
hairpin bends, there was no stopping power, and it sailed over a 
stone wall, hitting the ground fifty feet below in a sickening smash. 


Everything possible was done by the Committee of 300 
operatives to conceal the truth about the murder of Princess Grace. 
To this day the Rover car remains in the custody of French police, 
shrouded under a cover on a trailer which no one is allowed to 
approach, let alone examine. The signal for the execution of 
Princess Grace was picked up by the British Army listening post in 
Cyprus and it is believed by well placed source that the Committee 
Monte Carlo and P2 gave the order. 


The drug trade, controlled by the Committee of 300, is a 
crime against humanity, but having been conditioned and softened 
up by years of incessant bombardment by Tavistock Institute, we 
have more or less accepted our changed environment, regarding 
the drug trade as a problem that is "too big" to handle. This is not 
the case. If we could marshal an entire nation, equip and send 
millions of American soldiers to fight in a war in Europe in which 
he had no business intervening, if we could defeat a major power, 
then we can smash the drug trade, using the same WW II tactics. 


The logistical problems that had to be solved when we 
entered the Second World War are even today still mind-boggling. 
Yet we successfully overcame all problems. Why then is it 
impossible to defeat a well-defined enemy, far smaller and weaker 
than Germany, given the immensely improved weapons and 
surveillance equipment we have today? The real reason that the 
drug problem is not eradicated is because it is being run by the 
highest families in the entire world as part of a coordinated 
gigantic money-making machine. 


In 1930, British capital invested in South America greatly 
exceeded capital investment in British "dominions." Graham, an 
authority on British investments abroad, stated that British 
investment in South America "exceeded one trillion pounds." 
Remember, this was 1930, and one trillion pounds was a 


98 


staggering sum of money in those days. What was the reason for 
such heavy investment in South America? In a word it was drugs. 


The plutocracy controlling British banks held the purse 
strings and then, as now, put up a most respectable facade to 
cover their true business. No one ever caught them with dirtied 
hands. They always had front men, even as they do today, willing 
to take the blame if things went awry. Then as now the 
connections with the drug trade were tenuous at best. No one was 
ever able to lay a finger on the respectable and "noble" banking 
families of Britain, whose members are on the Committee of 300. 


There is great significance in that only 15 members of 
Parliament were the controllers of that vast empire, of which the 
most prominent were Sir Charles Barry and the Chamberlain family. 
These overlords of finance were busy in places like Argentina, 
Jamaica and Trinidad, which became big moneyspinners for them 
through the drug trade. In these countries, British plutocrats kept 
"the locals" as they were contemptuously called, at bare 
subsistence levels, hardly above slavery. The fortunes extracted 
from the drug trade in the Caribbean were vast. 


The plutocrats hid behind faces like Trinidad Leaseholds 
Limited, but the REAL MEAT, then as now, was drugs. This is true 
of today where we find that Jamaica's Gross National Product 
(GNP) is made up almost entirely of sales of ganja, a very potent 
form of marijuana. The mechanism for handling the ganja trade 
was set up by David Rockefeller and Henry Kissinger under the 
title "Caribbean Basin Initiative." 


Up until a relatively short time ago, the true history of the 
China opium trade was quite unknown, having been as well 
covered up as it is possible to do. Many of my former students in 
the days when I was lecturing, would come and ask me why the 
Chinese were so fond of smoking opium? They were puzzled as 
are many still today, over contradictory accounts of what had 
actually taken place in China. Most thought it was merely a case of 
the Chinese workers buying opium on an open market and 
smoking it, or going to some of the thousands of opium dens and 
forgetting their terrible existence for a while. 


99 


The truth is that the supply of opium to China was a British 
monopoly, an OFFICIAL monopoly of the British government and 
official British policy. The Indo-British opium trade in China was 
one of the best kept secrets, around which many misleading 
legends grew up, such as "Clive of India" and the tales of derring- 
do by the British Army in India for the glory of "the Empire," so 
well written by Rudyard Kipling, and tales of "Tea Clippers" racing 
across the oceans with their cargoes of China tea for the high 
society drawing rooms of Victorian England. In reality, the history 
of British occupation of India and Britain's Opium Wars are some 
of the most dastardly blots on Western civilization. 


Almost 13% of the income of India under British rule was 
derived from the sale of good quality Bengal opium to the British- 
run opium distributors in China. "The Beatles" of the day, the 
China Inland Mission, had done a great job in proliferating the use 
of opium among the poor Chinese laborers (coolies, as they were 
called). These addicts did not suddenly materialize out of thin air, 
any more than did teenager addicts in the U.S. THE POINT TO 
REMEMBER IS THAT BOTH WERE CREATED. In China a market for 
opium was first created and then filled by opium for Bengal. In the 
same way, a market for marijuana and LSD was first created in the 
United States by methods already described, and then filled by 
British plutocrats and their American cousins with the help of the 
overlords of the British banking establishment. 


The lucrative drug trade is one of the worst examples of 
making money out of human misery; the other being the legal 
drug trade run by the pharmaceutical drug houses under 
Rockefeller ownership, in the U.S. for the most part, but with 
substantial companies operating in Switzerland, France and Britain 
and fully backed by the American Medical Association (AMA). The 
dirty dope transactions and the money it generates flows through 
the City of London, together with Hong Kong, Dubai and latterly, 
Lebanon, thanks to the invasion of that country by Israel. 


There will be those who doubt this statement. "Look at this 
business columns of the Financial Times," they will tell us. "Don't 
tell me that this is all related to drug money"? OF COURSE IT IS, 
but don't imagine for one minute that the noble lords and ladies of 


100 


England are going to advertise the fact. Remember the British East 
India Company? Officially, its business was trading in tea! 


The London "Times" never dared tell the British public the 
it was impossible to make VAST PROFITS from tea, nor did the 
illustrious paper even hint at a trade in opium being plied by those 
who spent their time in London's fashionable clubs or playing a 
chukka of polo at the Royal Windsor Club, or that the gentlemen 
officers who went out to India in the service of the Empire were 
financed SOLELY by the enormous income derived from the misery 
of the millions of Chinese coolies addicted to opium. 


The trade was conducted by the illustrious British East 
India Company, whose meddling in political, religious and 
economic affairs of the United States has cost us very dearly for 
over 200 years. The 300 members of the British East India 
Company's board were a cut above the common herd. They were 
so mighty, as Lord Bertrand Russell once observed, "They could 
even give God advice when he had trouble in Heaven." Nor should 
we imagine that anything has changed in the intervening years. 
EXACTLY the same attitude prevails today among members of the 
Committee of 300, which is why they often refer to themselves as 
the "Olympians." 


Later the British Crown, i.e., the Royal Family, joined the 
British East India Company's trade, and used it as a vehicle to 
produce opium in Bengal, and elsewhere in India, controlling 
exports through what was called "transit duties," that is, the 
Crown levied a tax on all producers of opium duly registered with 
the state authority, who were sending their opium to China. 


Prior to 1896, when the trade was still "illegal"—a word 
used to extract greater tribute from the producers of opium-there 
never having been the slightest attempt to stop the trade, colossal 
amounts of opium were shipped out of India on board "China Tea 
Clippers," those sailing ships around which legend and lore were 
built, which supposedly carried chests of tea from India and China 
to the London exchanges. 


So audacious did the British East India Company lords and 
ladies become that they tried to sell this lethal substance to the 


101 


Union and Confederate Armies in pill form as a pain killer. Is it 
difficult to imagine just what would have happened had their plan 
succeeded? All those hundreds of thousands of soldiers would 
have left the battlefields totally hooked on opium. "The Beatles" 
were much more successful in turning out millions of teenage 
addicts in later years. 


The Bengal merchants and their British controllers and 
bankers grew fat and intolerant on the enormous amounts of 
money that poured into the coffers of the British East India 
Company from the wretched Chinese coolies opium trade. BEIC 
profits, even in those years, far exceeded the combined profits 
made in a single year by General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in 
their heydays. The trend in making huge profits out of drugs was 
carried over into the 1960's by such "legal" drug death merchants 
as Sandoz, the makers of LSD and Hoffman la Roche, 
manufacturers of Valium. The cost of the raw material and 
manufacturing of Valium to Hoffman la Roche is $3 per kilo (2.2 
pounds). It is sold to their distributors for $20,000 per kilo. By the 
time it reaches the consumer, the price of Valium has risen to 
$50,000 per kilo. Valium is used in huge quantities in Europe and 
the United States. It is possibly the most used drug of its kind in 
the world. 


Hoffman la Roche does the same thing with Vitamin C, 
which costs them less than 1 cent a kilo to produce. It is sold for a 
profit of 10,000 percent. When a friend of mine blew the whistle 
on this criminal company, which had entered into a monopoly 
agreement with other producers, in contravention of European 
Economic Community laws, he was arrested on the Swiss-Italian 
border and hustled into prison; his wife was threatened by the 
Swiss police until she committed suicide. As a British national he 
was rescued by the British consul in Berne as soon as word of his 
plight was received, removed from prison and flown out of the 
country. He lost his wife, his job and his pension because he dared 
to disclose Hoffman La Roche secrets. The Swiss take their 
Industrial Espionage law very seriously. 


Remember this the next time you see those lovely 
advertisements of Swiss ski slopes, beautiful watches, pristine 
mountains and cuckoo clocks. That is not what Switzerland is 


102 


about. It is about dirty multi-billion dollar money laundering which 
is carried out by major Swiss banking houses. It is about the 
Committee of 300 "legal" drug manufacturers. Switzerland is the 
Committee's ultimate "safe haven" for money and protection of 
their bodies in time of global calamity. 


Now mind you, one could get into serious trouble with the 
Swiss authorities for giving out any information on these nefarious 
activities. The Swiss regard it as "industrial espionage" which 
usually carries a 5-year term in prison. It is safer to pretend that 
Switzerland is a nice clean country rather than look under the 
covers or inside its garbage can banks. 


In 1931 the managing directors of the so-called "big Five" 
British companies were rewarded by being made Peers of the 
Realm for their activities in drug money laundering. Who decided 
such matters and bestows such honors? It is the Queen of England 
who bestows honors upon the men in the top positions in the drug 
trade. British banks engaged in this terrible trade are too 
numerous to mention, but a few of the top ones are: The British 
Bank of the Middle East. Midland Bank. National and Westminster 
Bank. Barclays Bank. Royal Bank of Canada. Hong Kong and 
Shanghai Bank. Baring Brothers Bank. 


Many of the merchant banks are up to their hocks in 
pigswill drug trade profits, banks such as Hambros for example, 
run by Sir Jocelyn Hambro. For a really interesting major study of 
the Chinese opium trade, one would need access to India Office in 
London. I was able to get in there because of my intelligence 
service and received great assistance from the trustee of the 
papers of the late Professor Frederick Wells Williamson, which 
provided much information on the opium trade carried on by the 
British East India Company in India and China in the 18th and 19th 
centuries. If only those papers could be made public, what a storm 
would burst over the heads of the crowned vipers of Europe. 


Today the trade has shifted somewhat in that less 
expensive cocaine has taken over a good part of the North 
American market. In the 1960's the flood of heroin coming from 
Hong Kong, Lebanon and Dubai threatened to engulf the United 
States and Western Europe. When demand outpaced supply there 


103 


was a switch to cocaine. But now, at the end of 1991, that trend 
has been reversed; today it is heroin that is back in favor, 
although it is true that cocaine still enjoys great favor among the 
poorer classes. 


Heroin, we are told, is more satisfying to addicts; the 
effects are far more intense and last longer than the effects of 
cocaine and there is less international attention on heroin 
producers than there is on Colombian cocaine shippers. Besides 
which, it is hardly likely that the U.S. would make any real effort to 
stop the production of opium in the Golden Triangle which is under 
the control of the Chinese military, a serious war would erupt if 
any country tried to interdict the trade. A serious attack on the 
opium trade would bring Chinese military intervention. 


The British know this; they have no quarrel with China, 
except for an occasional squabble over who gets the larger share 
of the pie. Britain has been involved in the China opium trade for 
over two centuries. No one is going to be so foolish as to rock the 
boat when millions upon millions of dollars flow into the bank 
accounts of the British oligarchists and more gold is traded on the 
Hong Kong gold market than the combined total traded in London 
and New York. 


Those individuals who fondly imagine they can do some 
kind of a deal with a minor Chinese or Burmese overlord in the 
hills of the Golden Triangle apparently have no idea of what is 
involved. If they had known, they would never have talked about 
stopping the opium trade. Such talk reveals little knowledge of the 
immensity and complexity of China's opium trade, 


British plutocrats, the Russian KGB, the CIA, and U.S. 
bankers are all in league with China. Could one man stop or even 
make a small dent in the trade? It would be absurd to imagine it. 
What is heroin and why is it favored over cocaine these days? 
According to the noted authority on the subject Professor Galen, 
heroin is a derivative of opium, a drug that stupefies the senses 
and induces long periods of sleep. This is what most addicts like, it 
is called "being in the arms of Morpheus." Opium is the most 
habit-forming drug known to man. Many pharmaceutical drugs 
contain opium in various degrees, and it is believed that paper 


104 


used in the manufacture of cigarettes is first impregnated with 
opium, which is why smokers become so addicted to their habit. 


The poppy seed from which it is derived was long known to 
the Moguls of India, who used the seeds mixed in tea offered to a 
difficult opponent. It is also used as a pain-killing drug which 
largely replaced chloroform and other older anesthetics of a 
bygone era. Opium was popular in all of the fashionable clubs of 
Victorian London and it was no secret that men like the Huxley 
brothers used it extensively. Members of the Orphic-Dionysus cults 
of Hellenic Greece and the Osiris-Horus cults of Ptolemaic Egypt 
which Victorian society embraced, all smoked opium; it was the 
"in" thing to do. 


So did some of those who met at St. Ermins Hotel in 1903 
to decide what sort of a world we would have. The descendants of 
the St. Ermins crowd are found today in the Committee of 300. It 
is these so-called world leaders who brought about such a change 
in our environment that enabled drug usage to proliferate to the 
point where it can no longer be stopped by regular law 
enforcement tactics and policies. This is especially true in big cities 
where big populations can conceal a great deal of what transpires. 


Many in the circles of royalty were regular opium users. 
One of their favorites was the writer Coudenhove-Kalergi who 
wrote a book in 1932 entitled "REVOLUTION THROUGH 
TECHNOLOGY which was a blueprint for the return of the world to 
a medieval society. The book, in fact, became a working paper for 
the Committee of 300's plan to deindustrialize the world, starting 
with the United States. Claiming that pressures of over-population 
are a serious problem, Kalergi advised a return to what he called 
"open spaces." Does this sound like the Khmer Rouge and Pol Pot? 
Here are some extracts from the book: 


"In its facilities, the city of the future will resemble the 
city of the Middle Ages...and he who is not condemned to live in a 
city because of his occupation, will go to the countryside. Our 
civilization is a culture of the major cities; therefore it is a marsh 
plant, born by degenerated, sickly and decadent people, who have 
voluntarily, or involuntarily, ended up in this dead-end street of 


105 


life." Isn't that very close to what "AnkarWat" gave as "his" 
reasons for depopulating Phnom Penh? 


The first opium shipments reached England from Bengal in 
1683, carried in British East India Company "Tea Clippers." Opium 
was brought to England as a test, an experiment, to see whether 
the common folk of England, the yeomen and the lower classes, 
could be induced into taking the drug. It was what we could call 
today "test marketing" of a new product. But the sturdy yeomen 
and the much derided "lower classes" were made of stern stuff, 
and the test marketing experiment was a total flop. The "lower 
classes" of British society firmly rejected opium smoking. 


The plutocrats and oligarchists in high society in London 
began casting about for a market that would not be so resistant, 
so unbending. They found such a market in China. In the papers I 
studied at the India Office under the heading "Miscellaneous Old 
Records," I found all the confirmation I could have wished for in 
proving that the opium trade in China really took off following the 
founding of the British East India Companyfunded "China Inland 
Mission," ostensibly a Christian missionary society but in reality the 
"promotion" men and women for the new product being 
introduced into the market, that new product being OPIUM. 


This was later confirmed when I was given access to the 
papers of Sir George Birdwood in India Office records. Soon after 
the China Inland Mission missionaries set out to give away their 
sample packages and show the coolies how to smoke opium, vast 
quantities of opium began to arrive in China. "The Beatles" could 
not have done a better job. (In both cases the trade was 
sanctioned by the British royal family, who openly supported the 
Beatles.) Where the British East India Company had failed in 
England, it now succeeded beyond its wildest expectations in 
China, whose teeming millions of poor looked upon smoking opium 
as an escape from their life of misery. 


Opium dens began proliferating all across China, and in the 
big cities like Shanghai and Canton, hundreds of thousands of 
miserable Chinese found that a pipe of opium seemingly made life 
bearable. The British East India Company had a clear run for over 
a 100 years before the Chinese government woke up to what was 


106 


happening. It was only in 1729 that the first laws against opium 
smoking were passed. The 300 board members of BEIC did not 
like it one bit and, never one to back down, the company was 

soon engaged in a running battle with the Chinese government. 


The BEIC had developed poppy seeds that brought the 
finest quality opium from the poppy fields of Benares and Bihar in 
the Ganges Basin in India, a country they fully controlled this 
fetched top price, while the lower grades of opium from other 
areas of India were sold for less. Not about to lose their lucrative 
market, the British Crown engaged in running battles with Chinese 
forces, and defeated them. In the same manner, the U.S. 
government is supposedly fighting a running battle against today's 
drug barons and, like the Chinese, are losing heavily. There is 
however one big difference: The Chinese government fought to 
win whereas the United States government is under no 
compunction to win the battle which explains why staff turnover n 
the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) is so high. 


Latterly, high grade quality opium has come out of Pakistan 
via Makra on the desolate coastline of the country from whence 
ships take the cargo to Dubai where it is exchanged for gold. This 
is said to account in part for heroin being favored over cocaine 
today. The heroin trade is more discreet, there is no murder of 
prominent officials such as became an almost daily occurrence in 
Colombia. Pakistani opium does not sell for as much as Golden 
Triangle or Golden Crescent (Iranian ) opium. This has greatly 
spurred heroin production and sales which threaten to overtake 
cocaine as the number one seller. 


The vile opium trade was talked about in the upper-crust 
circles of English society for many years as "the spoils of the 
Empire." The tall tales of valor in the Khyber Pass covered a vast 
trade in opium. The British Army was stationed in the Khyber Pass 
to protect caravans carrying raw opium from being pillaged by hill 
tribesmen. Did the British royal family know this? They must have, 
what else would induce the Crown to keep an army in this region 
where there was nothing of much worth other than the lucrative 
opium trade? It was very expensive to keep men under arms in a 
far away country. Her Majesty must have asked why these military 


107 


units were there? Certainly not to play polo or billiards in the 
officers' mess. 


The BEIC was jealous of its monopoly in opium. Would-be 
competitors received short shrift. In a noted trial in 1791, a certain 
Warren Hastings was put on charges that he helped a Friend to 
get into the opium trade at the expense of the BEIC. The actual 
wording which I found in the records of the case housed in India 
Office gives some insight into the vast opium trade: "The charge is 
that Hastings has granted a contract for the Provision of Opium for 
four years to Stephen Sullivan, without advertising for the same, 
on terms glaringly obvious and wantonly profuse, for the purpose 
of creating an INSTANT FORTUNE for the said William Sullivan 
Esq." (Emphasis added.) 


As the BEIC-British government held the monopoly in 
opium trading, the only people allowed to make instant fortunes 
were the "nobility," the "aristocracy," the plutocrats and 
oligarchical families of England, many of whose descendants sit on 
the Committee of 300 just as their forbears sat on the Council of 
300 who ran the BEIC. Outsiders like Mr. Sullivan soon found 
themselves in trouble with the Crown if they were so bold as to try 
and help themselves get into the multi-billion pound Sterling 
opium business. 


The honorable men of the BEIC with its list of 300 
counselors were members of all the famous gentlemen's clubs in 
London and they were for the most part members of parliament, 
while others, both in India and at home, were magistrates. 
Company passports were required to land in China. When a few 
busybodies arrived in China to investigate the British Crown's 
involvement in the lucrative trade, BEIC magistrates promptly 
revoked their passports, thus effectively denying them entry into 
China. 


Friction with the Chinese government was common. The 
Chinese had passed a law, the Yung Cheny Edict of 1729, 
forbidding the importation of opium, yet the BEIC managed to 
keep opium as an entry in the Chinese Customs Tariff books until 
1753, the duty being three taels per chest of opium. Even when 
British special secret service (the 007 of the day) saw to it that 


108 


troublesome Chinese officials were bought off, and in cases where 
that was not possible, they were simply murdered. 


Every British monarch since 1729 has benefited immensely 
from the drug trade and this holds good for the present occupant 
of the throne. Their ministers saw to it that wealth flowed into 
their family coffers. One such minister of Victoria's was Lord 
Palmerston. He clung obstinately to the belief that nothing should 
be allowed to stop Britain's opium trade with China. Palmerston's 
plan was to supply the Chinese government with enough opium to 
make individual members become greedy. Then the British would 
withhold supplies and when the Chinese government was on its 
knees, supplies would be resumed—but at a much higher price, 
thus retaining a monopoly through the Chinese government itself, 
but the plan failed. 


The Chinese government responded by destroying large 
cargoes of opium stored in warehouses, and British merchants 
were required to sign INDIVIDUAL agreements not to import any 
more opium into Canton. BEIC responded by sending scores of 
fully-loaded opium carrying ships to lie in the roads of Macao. 
Companies beholden to BEIC, rather than individuals, then sold 
these cargoes. Chinese Commissioner Lin said, "There is so much 
opium on board English vessels now lying in the roads of this place 
(Macao) which will never be returned to the country from which it 
came, and I shall not be surprised to hear of its being smuggled in 
under American colors." Lin's prophecy proved to be remarkably 
accurate. 


The Opium Wars against China were designed to "put the 
Chinese in their place" as Lord Palmerston once said, and the 
British Army did that. There was simply no stopping the vast, 
lucrative trade which provided the British oligarchical feudal lords 
with untold billions, while leaving China with millions of opium 
addicts. In later years the Chinese appealed to Britain for help with 
their immense problem and received it. Thereafter respective 
Chinese governments realized the value in cooperating instead of 
fighting with Britain—and this held good during the bloody rule of 
Mao Tse Tung—so that today, as I have already mentioned, any 
quarrels that come about are only over the share of the opium 
trade each is entitled to. 


109 


To advance to more modern history, the Chinese-British 
partnership was solidified by the Hong Kong agreement which 
established an equal partnership in the opium trade. This has 
proceeded smoothly, with an occasional ripple here and there, but 
while violence and death, robbery and murder marked the 
progression of the Colombian cocaine trade, no such baseness was 
allowed to disturb the heroin trade, which, as I said earlier, is once 
again coming into the ascendancy as we near the end of 1991. 


The major problem that arose in Sino-British relations 
during the past 60 years concerned China's demand for a larger 
slice of the opium-heroin pie. This was settled when Britain agreed 
to hand Hong Kong over to full Chinese government control which 
will come into effect in 1997. Other than that, the partners retain 
their former equal shares of the lucrative opium trade based in 
Hong Kong. 


The British oligarchical families of the Committee of 300 
who were entrenched in Canton at the height of the opium trade 
left their descendants in position. Look at a list of prominent 
British residents in China and you will see the names of members 
of the Committee of 300 among them. The same holds good for 
Hong Kong. These plutocrats of a feudal era, that they seek to 
return to the world, control the gold and opium trade of which 
Hong Kong is THE center. Burmese and Chinese opium poppy 
growers get paid in gold; they do not trust the U.S. paper $100 bill. 
This explains the very large volume of gold trade in the Hong Kong 
exchange. 


The Golden Triangle is no longer the largest producer of 
opium. That dubious title has since 1987 been shared by the 
Golden Crescent (Iran), Pakistan and Lebanon. These are the 
principle opium producers, although smaller quantities are once 
again coming out of Afghanistan and Turkey. The drug trade, and 
more: especially the opium trade, could not function without the 
help of banks as we shall demonstrate as we proceed. 


How do banks with their great air of respectability fit into 
the drug trade with all of its attendant filth? It is a very long and 
complicated story, which could be the subject of a book on its own. 


110 


One way in which banks participate is by financing front 
companies importing the chemicals needed to process raw opium 
into heroin. The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank with a branch 
office in London is right in the middle of such trade through a 
company called TEJAPAIBUL, which banks with Hong Kong and 
Shanghai Bank. What does this company do? It imports into Hong 
Kong most of the chemicals needed in the heroin refining process. 


It is also a major supplier of acetic anhydride For the 
Golden Crescent and the Golden Triangle, Pakistan, Turkey and 
Lebanon. The actual financing for this trading is hived off to the 
Bangkok Metropolitan Bank. Thus, the secondary activities 
connected with processing opium, while not in the same category 
us the opium trade, nevertheless generates substantial income for 
banks. But the real income of the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank 
and indeed all banks in the region is financing the actual opium 
trade. 


It took a lot of research on my part to link the price of gold 
to the price of opium. I used to tell anyone who would listen, "If 
you want to know the price of gold find out what the price of a 
pound or a kilo of opium is in Hong Kong." To my critics I 
answered, "Take a look at what happened in 1977, a critical year 
for gold." The Bank of China shocked the gold pundits, and those 
clever forecasters who are to be found in great numbers in 
America, by suddenly and without warning, dumping 80 tons of 
gold on the market. 


That depressed the price of gold in a big hurry. All the 
experts could say was, "We never knew China had that much gold 
where could it have come from?" It came from the gold which is 
paid to China in the Hong Kong Gold Market for large purchases of 
opium. The current policy of the Chinese government toward 
England is the same as it was in the 18th and 19th centuries. The 
Chinese economy, tied to the economy of Hong Kong—and I don't 
mean television sets, textiles, radios, watches, pirated cassette 
and video tapes—I mean opium/heroin—would take a terrible 
beating if it were not for the opium trade it shares with Britain. 
The BEIC is gone but the descendants of the Council of 300 linger 
on in the membership of the Committee of 300. 


111 


The oldest of the oligarchical British families who were 
leaders in the opium trade for the past 200 years are still in it 
today. Take the Mathesons, for instance. This "noble" family is one 
of the pillars of the opium trade. When things looked a bit shaky a 
few years ago, the Mathesons stepped in and gave China a loan of 
$300 million for real estate investment. Actually it was billed as a 
"joint venture between the People's Republic of China and the 
Matheson Bank." When researching India Office papers of the 
1700's I came across the name of Matheson, and it kept on 
cropping up everywhere—London, Peking, Dubai, Hong Kong, 
wherever heroin and opium are mentioned. 


The problem with the drug trade is that it has become a 
threat to national sovereignty. Here is what the Venezuelan 
Ambassador to the United Nations said about this world-wide 
threat: 


"The problem of drugs bas already ceased to be dealt with 
simply as one of public health or a social problem. It has turned 
into something far more serious and far-reaching which affects our 
national sovereignty; a problem of national security, because it 
strikes at the independence of a nation. Drugs in all their 
manifestations of production, commercialization and consumption, 
denaturalizes us by injuring our ethical, religious and political life, 
our historic, economic, and republican values." 


This is precisely the way the Bank of International 
Settlements and the IMF are operating. Let me say without 
hesitation that both these banks are nothing more than bully-boy 
clearing houses for the drug trade. The BIS undermines any 
country that the IMF wants to sink by setting up ways and means 
for the easy outflow of flight capital. Nor does BIS recognize nor 
make any distinction when it comes down to what is flight capital 
and what is laundered drug money. 


The BIS operates on gangster lines. If a country will not 
submit to asset-stripping by the IMF, then it says in effect, "Right, 
then we will break you by means of the huge cache of narco- 
dollars we are holding." It is easy to understand why gold was 
demonetized and substituted with the paper "dollar" as the world's 


112 


reserve currency. It is not as easy to blackmail a country holding 
gold reserves as it is one having its reserves in paper dollars. 


The IMF held a meeting in Hong Kong a few years ago 
which was attended by a colleague of mine and he told me the 
seminar dealt with this very question. He informed me that the 
IMF agents told the meeting that they could literally cause a run 
on any country's currency, using narco-dollars, which would 
precipitate a flight of capital. Rainer-Gut, a Credit Suisse delegate 
and member of the Committee of 300, said he foresaw a situation 
where national credit and national financing would be under one 
umbrella organization by the turn of the century. While Rainer-Gut 
did not spell it out, everybody at the seminar knew exactly what 
he was talking about. 


From Colombia to Miami, from the Golden Triangle to the 
Golden Gate, from Hong Kong to New York, from Bogota to 
Frankfurt, the drug trade, and more especially the heroin trade, is 
BIG BUSINESS and it is run from the top down by some of the 
most "untouchable" families in the world, and each of those 
families have at least one member who is on the Committee of 
300. It is not a street corner business, and it takes a great deal of 
money and expertise to keep it flowing smoothly. The machinery 
under control of the Committee of 300 ensures this. 


Such talents are not found on the street corners and 
subways of New York. To be sure the pushers and peddlers are an 
integral part of the trade, but only as very small part-time 
salesmen. I say part-time because they are caught and rivalry gets 
some of them shot. But what does that matter? There are plenty 
of replacements available. 


No, it is not anything the Small Business Administration 
would be interested in. IT IS BIG BUSINESS, a vast empire, this 
dirty drug business. Of necessity, it is operated from the top down 
in every single country in the world. It is, in fact, the largest single 
enterprise in the world today, transcending all others. That it is 
protected from the top down is borne out by the fact that, like 
international terrorism, it cannot be stamped out which should 
indicate to a reasonable person that some of this biggest names in 


113 


royal circles, the oligarchy, the plutocracy are running it, even if it 
is done through intermediaries. 


The main countries involved in growing poppies and the 
cocoa bush are Burma, Northern China, Afghanistan, Iran, 
Pakistan, Thailand, Lebanon, Turkey, Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia. 
Colombia does not grow the cocoa bush but, next to Bolivia, is the 
main refiner of cocaine and the chief financial center of the 
cocaine trade which, since General Noriega was kidnaped and 
imprisoned by President Bush, is being challenged by Panama for 
first place in money laundering and capital financing of the cocaine 
trade. 


The heroin trade is financed by Hong Kong banks, London 
banks and some Middle East banks such as the British Bank of the 
Middle East. Lebanon is fast becoming the "Switzerland of the 
Middle East." Countries involved in the distribution and routing of 
heroin are Hong Kong, Turkey, Bulgaria, Italy, Monaco, France 
(Corsica and Marseilles) Lebanon and Pakistan. The United States 
is the largest consumer of narcotics, first place going to cocaine, 
which is being challenged by heroin. Western Europe and 
Southwest Asian countries are the biggest users of heroin. Iran 
has a huge heroin addict population—in excess of 2 million as of 
1991. 


There is not a single government that does not know 
precisely what is going on with regard to the drug trade, but 
individual members holding powerful positions are taken, but of by 
the Committee of 300 through its world-wide network of 
subsidiaries. If any government member is "difficult," he or she is 
removed, as in the case of Pakistan's Ali Bhutto and Italy's Aldo 
Moro. No one is beyond the reach of this all-powerful Committee, 
even though Malaysia has been successful in holding out up until 
now. Malaysia has the strictest anti-drug laws in the world. 
Possession of even small amounts is punishable by the death 


penalty. 


Like the Kintex Company of Bulgaria, most smaller 
countries have a direct hand in these criminal enterprises. Kintex 
trucks regularly ferried heroin through Western Europe in its own 
fleet of trucks bearing the EEC marker Triangle Internationale 


114 


Routier (TIR). Trucks bearing this marker and the EEC recognition 
number are not supposed to be stopped at customs boarder posts. 
TIR trucks are allowed to carry only perishable items. They are 
supposed to be inspected in the country from whence they 
Originated and documentation to this effect is supposed to be 
carried by each truck driver. 


Under international treaty obligations this is what happens, 
thus Kintex trucks were able load their cargoes of heroin and 
certify it as "fresh fruit and vegetables;" and then make their way 
through Western Europe, even entering high-security NATO bases 
in Northern Italy. In this manner, Bulgaria became one of the 
principal countries through which heroin was routed. 


The only way to stop the huge amounts of heroin and 
cocaine presently finding their way to markets in Europe is to end 
the TIR system. That will never happen. The international treaty 
obligations I have just mentioned were set up by the Committee of 
300, using its amazing networks and control mechanisms, to 
facilitate passage of all manner of drugs to Western Europe. 

Forget perishable goods! A former DEA agent stationed in Italy 
told me, "TIR=DOPE." 


Remember this the next time you read in the newspapers 
that a big haul of heroin was found in a false-bottom suitcase at 
Kennedy Airport, and some unlucky "mule" pays the price for his 
criminal activity. This kind of action is only "small potatoes," sand 
in the eyes of the public, to make us think our government is 
really doing something about the drug menace. Take for example, 
"The French Connection," a Nixon program embarked upon 
without the knowledge and consent of the committee of 300. 


The entire amount of opium/heroin seized in that massive 
effort is somewhat less than one quarter of what a single TIR 
truck carries. The Committee of 300 saw to it that Nixon paid a 
heavy price for a relatively small seizure of heroin. It was not the 
amount of heroin involved, but a matter of one whom they had 
helped up the ladder to the White House believing that he could 
now do without their help and backing, and even go against direct 
orders from above. 


115 


The mechanics of the heroin trade go like this: wild Thai 
and Burmese Hill tribesmen grow the opium poppy. At harvest 
time, the seed-bearing pod is cut with a razor or sharp knife. A 
resinous substance leaks through the cut and starts to congeal. 
This is raw opium. The crop of raw opium is made up into sticky 
roundish balls. The tribesman are paid in 1 kilo gold bars-known as 
4/10ths—which are minted by Credit Suisse. These small bars are 
used ONLY to pay the tribesman—the normalweight gold bars are 
traded on the Hong Kong market by the big buyers of raw opium 
or partly processed heroin. The same methods are used to pay hill 
tribesman in India—the Baluchis-who have been in this business 
since the days of the Moguls. The "Dope Season," as it is called, 
sees a flood of gold traded on the Hong Kong market. 


Mexico has started producing relatively small amounts of 
heroin called "Mexican Brown" which is much in demand by the 
Hollywood crowd. Here again the heroin trade is run by top 
government officials who have the military on their side. Some 
producers of "Mexican Brown" are making a million dollars a 
month by supplying their U.S. clients. On occasions when a few 
Mexican Federal police are prodded into taking action against the 
heroin producers, they are "taken out" by military units who seem 
to appear as if from nowhere. 


Such an incident occurred in November 1991 at an isolated 
airstrip in Mexico's opium producing region. Federal narcotics 
agents surrounded the strip and were about to arrest people who 
were in the act of loading heroin when a squad of soldiers arrived. 
The soldiers rounded up the Federal narcotics police agents and 
systematically killed all of them. This action posed serious threat to 
Mexican President Goltarin, who is faced with loud demands for a 
full-scale investigation into the murders. Goltarin is over a barrel; 
he can't back off from calling for an inquiry, and neither can he 
afford to offend the military. It is the first such crack in the tight 
chain of command in Mexico that stretches all the way back to the 
Committee of 300. 


Raw opium from the Golden Triangle is pipelined to the 
Sicilian Mafia and the French end of the business for refining in the 
laboratories that infest the French coastline from Marseilles to 
Monte-Carlo. Nowadays, Lebanon and Turkey are turning out 


116 


increasing amounts of refined heroin and a large number of 
laboratories have sprung up in these two countries in the past four 
years. Pakistan also has a number of laboratories but it is not in 
the same league as France, for example. 


The route taken by the raw opium carriers of the Golden 
Crescent goes through Iran, Turkey and Lebanon. When the Shah 
of Iran was in control of the country, he refused to allow the 
heroin trade to continue and it was forcibly discontinuedup until 
the time that he was "dealt with" by the Committee of 300. Raw 
opium from Turkey and Lebanon finds it way to Corsica, from 
where it is shipped to Monte Carlo with the connivance of the 
Grimaldi family. Pakistani laboratories, under the guise of "military 
defense laboratories" are doing a bigger share of refining than 
they were two years ago, but the best refining is still done along 
the French Mediterranean coastline and in Turkey. Here again, 
banks play a vital role in financing these operations. 


Let us stop here for a moment. Are we to believe that with 
all the modern and vastly improved surveillance techniques, 
including satellite reconnaissance, available to law enforcement 
agencies in these countries, that this vile trade cannot be 
pinpointed and stopped? How is it that law enforcement agencies 
cannot go in and destroy these laboratories once they are 
discovered? If this IS the case, and we still cannot interdict the 
heroin trade, then our anti-narcotics services ought to be known 
as "The Geriatrics" and not drug enforcement agencies. 


Even a child could tell our alleged "drug watchers" what to 
do. Simply keep a check on all factories making acetic anhydride, 
THE most essential chemical component needed by laboratories to 
refine heroin from raw opium. THEN FOLLOW THE TRAIL! It is as 
simple as that! I am reminded of Peter Sellers in the "Pink 
Panther" series when I think of law enforcement efforts to locate 
heroin-refining laboratories. Even someone as bumbling as the 
imaginary inspector would have had no trouble in following the 
route taken by acetic anhydride shipments to their final destination. 


Governments could make laws that would oblige 
manufacturers of acetic anhydride to keep scrupulous records 
showing who buys the chemical and for what purposes it is to be 


117 


used. But do not hold your breath on this one, remember 
Dope=Big Business and Big Business is done by the oligarchical 
families of Europe and the United States Eastern Liberal 
Establishment. The drug business is not a Mafia operation, nor one 
run by the Colombian cocaine cartels. The noble families of Britain 
and America's top people are not going to advertise their role in 
the shop windows; they always have a layer of front men to do 
the dirty work. 


Remember British and AMERICAN "nobility" never dirtied 
their hands in the China opium trade. The lords and ladies were 
much too clever for that, as were the American elite: the Delanos, 
Forbes, Appletons, Bacons, Boylestons, Perkins, Russells, 
Cunninghams, Shaws, Coolidges, Parkmans, Runnewells, Cabots 
and Codmans, by no means a complete list of families in America 
who grew immensely wealthy from the China opium trade. 


Since this is not a book about the drug trade, I cannot of 
necessity, cover the subject in an in-depth manner. But its 
importance to the Committee of 300 must be emphasized. America 
is run not by 60 families but by 300 families and England is run by 
100 families and, as we shall see, these families are intertwined 
through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention ties to the 
Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John of Jerusalem 
and so on. These are the people who, through their surrogates, 
find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from Hong Kong, 
Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the market 
places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum cost of 
doing business. 


Shipments of cocaine are sometimes interdicted and seized 
That is mere window dressing. Often times the shipments seized 
belong to a new organization trying to break into the trade. Such 
competition is put out of business by informing the authorities 
exactly where it is going to enter the U.S. and who the owners are. 
The big stuff is never touched; heroin is too expensive. It is 
worthy of note that U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency operatives are 
not allowed into Hong Kong. They cannot examine any ship's 
manifest before it leaves the port. One wonders why, if there is so 
much "international cooperation" going on—what the media likes 


118 


to characterize as "smashing the dope trade." Clearly the trade 
routes for heroin are protected by "a higher authority. " 


In South America, apart from Mexico, cocaine is king. The 
production of cocaine is very simple, unlike heroin, and great 
fortunes are to be made by those willing to take risks for and on 
behalf of the "higher ups." As in the heroin trade, interlopers are 
not welcome and often finish up as casualties, or victims of family 
feuds. In Colombia the drug mafia is a closely knit family. But such 
has been the bad publicity generated by the M19 guerrilla attack 
on the Justice Building in Bogota (M19 is the private army of the 
cocaine barons) and the murder of Rodrigo Lara Bonilla, a 
prominent prosecutor and a judge, that the "higher authority" had 
to rearrange matters in Colombia. 


Accordingly, the Ochoas of the Medellin Cartel turned 
themselves in after being assured that they would not suffer any 
loss of fortune, harm of any kind, nor would they be extradited to 
the United States. A deal was struck that, provided they 
repatriated the bulk of their huge narco-dollar fortunes to 
Colombian banks, no punitive action would be taken against them. 
The Ochoas—Jorge, Fabio, and their top man, Pablo Escobar, 
would be held in private jails that resemble a luxury-class motel 
room, and then be sentenced to a maximum term of two years-to 
be served in the same motel jail. This deal is ongoing. The Ochoas 
have also been guaranteed the right to continue to manage their 
"business" from their motel-prison. 


But that does not mean that the cocaine trade has come to 
a screeching halt. On the contrary, it has simply been transferred 
to the second-string Cali cartel, and it is business as usual. For 
some strange reason the Cali cartel, which is equal in size to the 
Medellin cartel, has been—at least up until now—largely ignored 
by the DEA. Cali differs from the Medellin cartel in that it is run by 
BUSINESSMEN, who eschew all forms of violence and never break 
agreements. 


Even more significant is that Cali does virtually no business 
in Florida. My source told me that the Cali cartel is run by shrewd 
businessmen unlike any seen in the cocaine business. He believes 
that they were "specially appointed," but does not know by whom. 


119 


"They never call attention to themselves," he said. "They do not 
go around importing red Ferraris like Jorge Ochoa did, attracting 
immediate attention, because it is forbidden to import such cars 
into Colombia." 


Cali cartel markets are in Los Angeles, New York and 
Houston, which closely parallel the heroin markets. Cali has not 
shown any signs of moving into Florida. A former DEA operative 
who is a colleague of mine said recently, "These Cali people are 
sure smart. They are a different breed to the Ochoa brothers. 
They act like professional businessmen. They are now larger than 
the Medellin cartel and I think we are going to see a lot more 
cocaine get into the United States than ever before. The kidnaping 
of Manuel Noriega will facilitate an easier flow through Panama of 
cocaine and money, what with so many banks there. So much for 
President George Bush's Operation Just Cause. All it did was make 
life a great deal easier for Nicolas Ardito Barletta who used to be 
run by the Ochoa brothers and who is fixing to front for the Cali 
cartel." 


Based on my experience with the heroin trade I believe 
that the Committee of 300 has stepped in and taken over full 
control of the South American cocaine trade. There is no other 
explanation For the rise of the Cali cartel which is coupled with the 
kidnaping of Noriega. Did Bush take his orders from London 
regarding Noriega? There is every indication that he was literally 
PUSHED into invading Panama and kidnaping Noriega, who had 
become a serious impediment to "trade" in Panama, especially in 
the banking business. 


Several former intelligence agents have given me their 
opinions which coincide with my own. Like the Gulf War that 
followed in the wake of Panama, it was only after several calls 
from the British Ambassedor in Washington that Bush finally 
plucked up enough courage to make his totally illegal move on 
General Noriega. That he was supported by the British press and 
the New York Times, a British intelligence run newspaper, speaks 
volumes. 


Noriega was formerly the darling of the Washington 
establishment. He frequently hob-knobbed with William Casey and 


120 


Oliver North and even met with President George Bush on at least 
two occasions. Noriega was often seen at the Pentagon where he 
was treated like one of those Arab potentates, and the red carpet 
was always laid out for him at CIA headquarters in Langley Virginia. 
U.S. Army Intelligence and the CIA are on record as having paid 
him $320,000. 


Then storm clouds began to appear on the horizon at about 
the same time the Cali cartel was taking over the cocaine trade 
from the Ochoa brothers and Pablo Escobar. Led by Senator Jesse 
Helms, who sold out to Ariel Sharon and the Israeli Histradut Party 
in 1985, there suddenly began an agitation for the removal of 
Noriega. Jesse Helms and those of a like mind were backed up by 
Simon Hersh, a British intelligence agent working for the New York 
Times, which has been a British intelligence mouthpiece in the U.S. 
since the time that M16 boss, Sir William Stephenson, occupied 
the RCA building in New York. 


It is very significant that Helms should have chosen to lead 
the charge against Noriega. Helms is the darling of the Sharon 
faction in Washington and Sharon was the principal gun-runner in 
Central America and Colombia. Moreover, Helms has the respect of 
the Christian fundamentalists who believe in the maxim: "Israel, 
my country, right or wrong." Thus a powerful momentum was 
created to "get Noriega." It is evident that Noriega could well 
prove a serious impediment to the international drug merchants 
and their Committee of 300 bankers, so he had to be removed 
before he could do some significant damage. 


Bush was pressured by his British masters to conduct an 
illegal search and seizure operation in Panama that resulted in the 
deaths of no less than 7,000 Panamanians and wanton destruction 
of property. Nothing to implicate Noriega as a "drug dealer" was 
ever found, so he was kidnaped and brought to the U.S. in one of 
the most blatant examples of international brigandry in history. 
This illegal action probably best meets the Bush philosophy: "The 
moral dimensions of American (read British royal family-Committee 
of 300) foreign policy require us to chart a moral course through a 
world of lesser evils. That's the real world, not black and while. 
Very few absolutes." 


121 


It was a "lesser evil" lo kidnap Noriega, rather than have 
him up-end the banks in Panama working for the Committee of 
300. The Noriega case is a prototype of monstrous One World 
government actions waiting in the wings. An emboldened Bush 
came right out in the open, unafraid, because we, the people have 
put on a spiritual mantle that accommodates LIES and wants no 
part of TRUTH. This is the world we have decided to accept. If it 
were not so, a firestorm of anger would have swept the country 
over the invasion of Panama, which would not have stopped until 
Bush was hounded from office. Nixon's Watergate transgressions 
pale into insignificance next to the many impeachable offenses 
committed by President Bush when he ordered the invasion of 
Panama to kidnap General Noriega. 


The government case against Noriega is based upon 
perjured testimony by a group of big men, for the most part, 
already convicted and lying through their individual and collective 
teeth to gel their own sentences lightened. Their performance 
would have pleased Gilbert and Sullivan immensely, were they 
alive today. "They made them the rulers of DEA," might be 
apropos instead of, "They made them the rulers of Queen's Navy," 
from "HMS Pinafore." It is an altogether grotesque scene to see 
how these con-artists are performing like not-so-well-trained seals 
for the U.S. Justice Department; that is if we care to insult such a 
nice clean animal by such an unworthy comparison. 


Key dates conflict wildly, key details are altogether 
conspicuous by their absence, lapses of memory on crucial points 
all add up to the obvious fact that the government has no case 
against Noriega, but that does not matter; the Royal Institute for 
International Affairs (RITA) says "convict him anyway" and that is 
what poor Noriega can expect. One of the Justice Department's 
star witnesses is one Floyd Carlton Caceres, a former pilot for the 
Ochoa brothers. Following his arrest in 1986, Carlton tried to ease 
his position at the expense of Noriega. 


He told his DEA interrogators that the Ochoa brothers had 
paid Noriega $600,000 to allow three planes loaded with cocaine 
to land and refuel in Panama. But once in court in Miami, it soon 
became apparent that what was billed as the "star witness" for the 
prosecution was at best damp squib. Under cross-examination the 


122 


true story emerged: Far from being paid to allow the flights, 
Noriega wasn't even approached by the Ochoas. Worse yet, in 
December of 1983, Noriega had ordered that all flights to Panama 
from Medellin be refused permission to land in Panama. Carlton is 
not the only discredited witness. 


One who is even a sorrier liar than Carlton is Carlos Lehder, 
who was a kingpin in the Medellin Cartel until he was arrested in 
Spain and sent to the U.S. Who gave the DEA the most vital 
information that Lehder was in Madrid? The DEA reluctantly 
concedes that they owe this important catch to Noriega. Now, 
however, the Justice Department is using Lehder as a witness 
against Noriega. If nothing else, this single witness demonstrates 
the wretchedness of the United States government's case against 
Manuel Noriega. 


In return for services rendered, Lehder has been granted 
an easing of his sentence and far nicer quarters—a room with a 
view and television—and his family was given permanent 
residence in the U.S. Robert Merkel, a former U.S. attorney who 
prosecuted Lehder in 1988 told the Washington Pose "I don't think 
the government should be in the business of dealing with Carlos 
Lehder, period. This guy is a liar from beginning to end. 


The Justice Department, purely a name which bears no 
resemblance to what it is supposed to stand for, has pulled out all 
its dirty tricks against Noriega: illegally wire-tapping his 
conversations with his lawyer; appointing a government lawyer to 
pretend he was serving Noriega but who quit in the middle of 
everything; freezing his bank accounts so that Noriega is unable to 
conduct a proper defense; kidnaping, illegal search and seizure. 
You name it, the government has broken more laws than Noriega 
has ever done—f indeed he has broken any laws at all. 


It is the U.S. Justice Department that is on trial tenfold 
more than General Noriega. The Noriega case shows the glaringly 
evil system that passes for "justice" in this country. The U.S. "war 
on drugs" is on trial as is the Bush Administration's socalled drug 
policy. The Noriega trial, although it will end in a violent and 
flagrant rape of justice, will nevertheless offer some compensation 
to those who are not blind, deaf and dumb. It proves for once and 


123 


for all that Britain is in charge of our government and it will reveal 
the utterly bankrupt ideology of the Bush Administration which 
ought to have as its motto, "No Matter What, The End Always 
Justifies The Means. There Are Very Few Moral Absolutes." Like 
the majority of politicians, for Bush to have a standard of 
ABSOLUTE MORALITY WOULD BE SUICIDAL. Only in this climate 
could we have allowed President Bush to violate at least six United 
States laws and DOZENS OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS in 
going to war against Iraq. 


What we are witnessing in Colombia and Washington is a 
complete revision of how the cocaine trade is to be run; no more 
wild stuff, no more blazing guns. Let the gentlemen of the Cali 
cartel in pin-stripe suits conduct the business in a gentlemanly way 
In short, the Committee of 300 has taken a direct hand in the 
cocaine trade which henceforth will go as smoothly as the heroin 
trade. The new government of Colombia is geared to the change 
in tactics and direction. It is on notice to perform according to the 
Committee's game plan. 


There is need to mention U.S. participation in the China 
opium trade which began in the southern United States prior to 
the War Between The States. How can we tie the opium trade in 
with the great cotton plantations of the South? To do that, we 
have to start in Bengal, India, producers of the finest (if one can 
call such a foul substance fine) opium which was much in demand. 
Cotton was THE biggest trade in England, after opium sales 
through the BEIC. 


Most of the cotton from Southern plantations was worked 
in the slave mills of Northern England, where women and children 
earned a pittance for a 16-hour day's work. The cloth mills were 
owned by the wealthy socialites in London, the Barings, 
Palmerstons, Keswicks and most of all the Jardine Mathesons who 
owned the Blue Star Shipping Line, on which the finished cotton 
cloth goods were shipped to India. They could care less about the 
hapless conditions endured by Her Majesty's subject. After all, that 
is what they were for, and their husbands and sons were useful for 
fighting wars to preserve Her Majesty's farflung empire as they 
had done for centuries, and latterly, in the bloody Boer War. That 
was British tradition, wasn't it? 


124 


Cotton cloth finished goods exported to India undercut and 
destroyed the long-standing Indian producers of cotton finished 
goods trade. Terrible privation was endured by thousands of 
Indians thrown out of work as a result of cheaper British goods 
taking over their markets. India then became utterly dependent 
upon Britain to earn enough currency to pay for its railroads and 
finished cotton goods imports. There was only one solution to 
India's economic woes. Produce more opium and sell it for less to 
the British East India Company. This was the rock upon which 
British trade grew and flourished. Without its opium trade, Britain 
would have been as bankrupt. 


Did the Southern plantation owners know about the ugly 
secret of opium-for-cotton goods? It is unlikely that some of them 
didn't know what was going on. Take, for instance, the Sutherland 
family, one of the largest cotton plantation owners in the South. 
The Sutherlands were closely related to the Matheson family— 
Jardine Matheson—who in turn had as their business partners the 
Baring Brothers, founders of the famous Peninsular and Orient 
Navigation Line (P&O), the largest of Britain's many merchant 
shipping lines. 


The Barings were big investors in Southern plantations as 
they were in the U.S. Clipper ships which plowed through the seas 
between Chinese ports and all the important ports along the 
eastern seaboard of the United States. Today the Barings run a 
number of very substantial financial operations in the United 
States. All of those names mentioned were, and their descendants 
still are, members of the Committee of 300. 


The majority of families who go to make up the Eastern 
Liberal Establishment, among whom are the wealthiest to be found 
in this country, derived their fortunes from either the cotton trade 
or the opium trade and in some instances from both. Of these the 
Lehmans are an outstanding example. When it comes to fortunes 
made solely from the China opium trade, the first names that 
come to mind are the Astors and the Delanos. President Franklin D. 
Roosevelt's wife was a Delano. 


125 


John Jacob Astor made a huge fortune out of the China 
opium trade and then he went respectable by buying up large 
tracts of Manhattan real estate with his dirty money. During his 
lifetime Astor played a big role in the Committee of 300s' 
deliberations. In fact, it was the Committee of 300 who chose who 
would be allowed to participate in the fabulously lucrative China 
opium trade, through its monopolist BEIC, and the beneficiaries of 
their largess remained forever wedded to the Committee of 300. 


That is why, as we shall discover, most real estate in 
Manhattan belongs to various Committee members, even as it has 
since the days when Astor began buying it up. With the benefit of 
access to records that would be closed to others outside of British 
intelligence, I discovered that Astor had long been an asset of 
British intelligence in the United States. Astor's financing of Aaron 
Burr, the murderer of Alexander Hamilton, proves the point 
beyond any reasonable doubt. 


John Jacob Astor's son, Waldorf Astor, had the additional 
honor bestowed upon him of being appointed to the Royal 
Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), through which 
organization the Committee of 300 controls every facet of our lives 
in the United States. The Astor family is believed to have selected 
Owen Lattimore to carry on their association with the opium trade 
which he did through the Laura Spelman-funded Institute for 
Pacific Relations (IPR). It was the IPR that oversaw China's entry 
into the opium trade as an equal partner and not merely as a 
supplier. It was IPR that paved the way for the Japanese attack on 
Pearl Harbor. Attempts to turn the Japanese into opium addicts 
met with dismal failure. 


By the turn of the century the oligarchical plutocrats of 
Britain were like overgorged vultures on the Serengeti Plain at the 
time of the annual Wildebeest march. Their income from the China 
opium trade exceeded David Rockefeller's income by SEVERAL 
BILLION DOLLARS PER ANNUM. Historic records made available to 
me in the British Museum in London and from India Office and 
other sources—former colleagues in well-placed positions, proves 
this completely. 


126 


By 1905, the Chinese government, deeply concerned about 
the rise in the number of opium addicts in China, tried to get help 
from the international community. Britain pretended to cooperate, 
but made no move whatsoever to abide by the 1905 protocols it 
had signed. Later Her Majesty's government did an about-face 
after showing China that it was better to join them in the opium 
business rather than to try and end it. 


Even The Hague Convention was scoffed at by the British. 
Delegates to the convention had agreed that Britain must abide by 
the protocols it had signed, which was to drastically reduce the 
amount of opium sold in China and elsewhere. The British, while 
paying lip service, had no intention of giving up their trade in 
human misery, which included the so-called "pig trade." 


Their servant, President George Bush, in prosecution of the 
cruel war of genocide waged against the Iraqi nation SOLELY for 
and on behalf of British interests, likewise showed his contempt by 
flouting the Hague Agreement on Aerial Bombardment, and a 
whole slew of international conventions to which the U.S. is a 
Signatory, including ALL of the Geneva Conventions. 


When evidence was produced two years later, notably by 
the Japanese, who were growing very concerned about British 
smuggling of opium into their country, that opium sales had 
increased instead of decreased, then Her Majesty's delegate to the 
Fifth Hague Convention produced a set of statistics which were at 
variance with those provided by Japan. The British delegate turned 
the tables by saying that it made a very strong case for legalizing 
the sale of opium which would have the effect of doing away with 
what he called "the black market." 


He suggested on behalf of Her Majesty's government that 
the Japanese government would then have a monopoly and full 
control of the trade. THIS IS PRECISELY THE SAME ARGUMENT 
BEING ADVANCED BY THE FRONT MEN FOR THE BRONFMANS 
AND OTHER BIG-TIME DOPE DEALERS—LEGALIZE COCAINE, 
MARIJUANA AND HEROIN, LET THE U.S GOVERNMENT HAVE THE 
MONOPOLY AND THEREBY STOP WASTING BILLIONS ON THE 
PHONY WAR ON DRUGS AND SAVE THE TAXPAYERS BILLIONS OF 
DOLLARS. 


127 


In the period of 1791-1894, the number of licensed opium 
dens in the Shanghai International Settlement rose from 87 to 663. 
Opium flowing into the United States was also stepped up. Sensing 
that they might have some problems in China with the spotlight of 
world concern shining upon them, the plutocrats of the Knights of 
St. John and the Order of the Garter, transferred some of their 
attention to Persia (Iran). 


Lord Inchcape, who founded the biggest steamship 
company in the world at the turn of the 19th century, the 
legendary Peninsula and Orient Steam Navigation Company, was 
the principal mover and shaker in establishing the Hong Kong and 
Shanghai Bank, which remains the largest and least controlled 
clearinghouse bank for the opium trade, which also financed the 
"pig trade" with the United States. 


The British had set up a scam whereby Chinese "coolies" 
were sent to the U.S. as so-called indentured laborers. The 
rapacious Harriman family's railroad needed "coolies" to push the 
rail connection westward to the California coast, or so they said. 
Strangely enough, very few Negroes were given the manual labor 
jobs they were used to at that time and could have done a better 
job than the emaciated opium addicts who arrived from China. 


The problem was that there was no market for opium 
among the Negroes and, moreover, Lord Inchcape, son of the 
founder of P and O needed the "coolies" to smuggle in thousands 
of pounds of raw opium into North America, something the 
Negroes could not do. It was the same Lord Inchcape who in 1923 
warned that there must be no diminishing of opium poppy 
cultivation in Bengal. "This most important source of revenue must 
be safeguarded," he told the commission allegedly investigating 
the production of opium gum in India. 


By 1846, some 120,000 "coolies" had already arrived in the 
U.S. to work on Harriman's railroad pushing westward. The "pig 
trade" was in full profitable swing because, of this number, it was 
estimated by the U.S. government 115,000 were opium addicts. 
Once the railroad was finished, the Chinese did not go back to 
where they came from, but settled in San Francisco, Los Angeles, 


128 


Vancouver and Portland. They created a huge culture problem that 
has never ceased to exist. 


It is interesting to note that Cecil John Rhodes, a 
Committee of 300 member who fronted for the Rothschilds in 
South Africa followed the Inchcape pattern, bringing hundreds of 
thousand of Indian "coolies" to work on the sugar cane plantations 
in Natal province. Among them was Mahatma Ghandi, a 
Communist agitator and troublemaker. Like the Chinese coolies, 
they were not returned to their country of origin once their 
contracts expired. They, too, went on to create a massive social 
program, and their descendants became lawyers who spearheaded 
the drive to infiltrate the government on behalf of the Africa 
National Congress. 


By 1875 the Chinese "coolies" operating out of San 
Francisco had set up an opium supply ring that resulted in 129,000 
American opium addicts. What with the known 115,000 Chinese 
addicts, Lord Inchcape and his family were raking in hundreds of 
thousands of dollars a year from this source alone which, in terms 
of today's dollar would represent at least a $100 million dollar 
income every year. 


The very same British and American families who had 
combined to wreck the Indian textile industry in the promotion of 
the opium trade, and who brought African slaves to the U.S. 
combined to make the "pig trade" a valuable source of revenue. 
Later they were to combine to cause and promote the terrible War 
Between The States, also known as the American Civil War. 


The decadent American families of the unholy partnership, 
thoroughly corrupted and wallowing in filthy lucre, went on to 
become what we know today as the Eastern Liberal Establishmemt 
whose members, under the careful guidance and direction of the 
Crown and subsequently its foreign policy executive arm, the Royal 
Institute of International Affairs (RITA), ran this counry—and still 
does—from top to bottom through their secret upper-level, parallel 
government, which is tightly meshed with the Committee of 300, 
the ULTIMATE secret society. 


129 


By 1923, voices were being raised against this menace that 
had been allowed to be imported into the United States. Believing 
the United States to be a free and sovereign nation, Congressman 
Stephen Porter, Chairman of the House of Representatives Foreign 
Affairs Committee, introduced a bill which called for the British to 
account for their opium export-import business on a country-by- 
country basis. The resolution set up quotas for each country, 
which if observed, would have reduced the opium made by |O%. 
The resolution was passed into law and the bill accepted by the 
Congress of the United States. 


But the Royal Institute of International Affairs had other 
ideas. Founded in 1919 in the wake of the Paris Peace Conference 
held at Versailles, this was one of the earliest "foreign policy" 
executors of the Committee of 300. Research I have done on the 
Congressional Records, House, show that Porter was totally 
unaware of the powerful forces he was up against. Porter was not 
even aware of the existence of the RIIA, much less that its specific 
purpose was to control every facet of the United States. 


Apparently Congressman Porter received some kind of an 
intimation from the Morgan Bank on Wall Street that he should 
drop the whole affair. Instead, an enraged Porter took his case to 
the League of Nations Opium Committee. Porter's total 
unawareness of who he was up against is demonstrated in some 
of his correspondence to colleagues on the House Foreign Affairs 
Committee in response to open British opposition to his proposals. 


Her Majesty's representative chided Porter and then, acting 
like a father toward an errant son, the British delegate—on 
instructions from the RI[A—presented Her Majesty's proposals to 
INCREASE opium quotas to account for an increase in the 
consumption of opium for medicinal purposes. According to 
documents that I was able to find in The Hague, Porter was at first 
confused, then amazed and then enraged. Joined by the Chinese 
delegate, Porter stormed out of the plenipotentiary session of the 
Committee session, leaving the field to the British. 


In his absence, the British delegate got the League to 
rubber stamp Her Majesty's government proposals for a creation of 
a tame-tiger Central Narcotics Board, whose chief function was 


130 


information gathering, the terms of which were purposely vague. 
What was to be done with the "information" was never made clear. 
Porter returned to the U.S. a shaken and much wiser man. 


Another British intelligence asset was the fabulously rich 
William Bingham, into which family one of the Barings married. It 
was stated in papers and documents that I saw that the Baring 
Brothers ran the Philadelphia Quakers and owned half of the real 
estate of that city, all made possible because of the fortune the 
Baring Brothers had amassed from the China opium trade. Another 
beneficiary of the Committee of 300's largess was Stephen Girard, 
whose descendants inherited the Girard Bank and Trust. 


The names of the families, whose history is intertwined 
with that of Boston and who would never give us ordinary folk the 
time of day, were wrapped in the arms of the Committee of 300 
and its vastly lucrative BEIC China opium trade. Many of the 
famous families became associated with the notorious Hong Kong 
and Shanghai Bank which is still the clearing house for billions of 
dollars that flow from the opium trade in China. 


Such famous names as Forbes, Perkins and Hathaway 
appear in the records of the British East India Company. These 
genuine American "bluebloods" created Russell and Company, 
whose main trade was in opium, but also ran other shipping 
enterprises from China to South America and all points in between. 
As a reward for their services to the British Crown and the BEIC, 
the Committee of 300 granted them a monopoly in the slave trade 
in 1833. 


Boston owes its celebrated past to the cotton-opium-slave 
trade granted to it by the Committee of 300 and it is stated in the 
records I was privileged to see in London that Boston's merchant 
families were the chief supporters of the British Crown in the 
United States. John Murray Forbes is mentioned as the majordomo 
of the "Boston Blue Bloods" in India House records and in bank 
records in Hong Kong. 


Forbe's son was the first American allowed by the 
Committee of 300 to sit on the board of the most prestigious drug 
bank in the world—even today—the Hong Kong and Shanghai 


131 


Bank. When I was in Hong Kong in the early 1960's as "an 
historian interested in the British East India Company," I was 
shown some old records, including past board members of this 
notorious drug bank, and sure enough, Forbes' name was among 
them. 


The Perkins family, so illustrious that their name is still 
mentioned in awed whispers, were deeply involved in the 
nefarious filthy China opium trade. In fact Perkins the elder was 
one of the first Americans to be elected to the Committee of 300. 
His son, Thomas Nelson, was Morgan's man in Boston, and as 
such also an agent for British intelligence. His unsavory-I would 
say disgusting—past was not in question when he richly endowed 
Harvard University. After all, Canton and Tientsin are a long way 
from Boston, and who would have cared anyway? 


What helped The Perkinses a lot was that Morgan was a 
powerful member of the Committee of 300, which enabled Thomas 
N. Perkins to rapidly further his career in the China opium trade. 
All the Morgans and Perkinses were Freemasons, which was 
another tie that bound them together, for only Freemasons of 
highest rank have any hope of being selected by the Committee of 
300. Sir Robert Hart, who for almost three decades was chief of 
the Imperial Chinese Customs Service (read the British Crown's 
number one agent in the opium trade in China was subsequently 
appointed to the board of Morgan Guarantee Bank's Far Eastern 
Division. 


Through access to the historical records in London and 
Hong Kong, I was able to establish that Sir Robert developed an 
intimate relationship with Morgan operations in the United States. 
It is worthy of note that Morgan interests in the opium/ heroin 
trade have continued in an unbroken line; witness the fact that 
David Newbigging is on the advisory board of Morgan's Hong Kong 
operation run in conjunction with Jardine Matheson. 


To those who know Hong Kong, the name of Newbigging 
will be familiar as the most powerful name in Hong Kong. In 
addition to his membership of Morgan's elite bank, Newbigging 
doubles as an advisor to the Chinese government. Opium for 
missile technology, opium for gold, opium for high-tech 


132 


computers—it is all the same to Newbigging. The way these banks 
financial houses, trading companies and the families who run them 
are intertwined would perplex Sherlock Holmes, yet somehow they 
must be unraveled and followed if we are to understand their 
connections with the drug trade and their membership in the 
Committee of 300. 


The two-track entry into the United States of alcohol and 
drugs were products of the same stable occupied by the same 
thoroughbreds. First, prohibition had to be introduced into the 
United States. This was done by the British East India Company 
heirs who, acting upon experience gained through the 
welldocumented China Inland Mission records found in India 
House, set up the Women's Christian Temperance Union, 
supposedly to oppose consumption of alcohol in America. 


We say that history repeats itself, and in a sense, this is 
true. except that it repeats itself in an ever-upward spiral. Today 
we find that some of the largest companies, allegedly "polluting" 
the earth, are the largest contributors of funds to the 
environmentalist movement. The "big names" send forth their 
message. Prince Philip is one of their heroes, yet his son Prince 
Charles owns a million acres of forested land in Wales from which 
timber is regularly harvested and, in addition, Prince Charles is one 
of the largest owners of slum housing in London, where pollution 
thrives. 


In the case of those who railed against the "evils of drink," 
we find they were financed by the Astors, the Rockefellers, the 
Spelmans, the Vanderbilts and the Warburgs who had a vested 
interest in the liquor trade. On the instructions of the Crown, Lord 
Beaverbrook came over from England to tell these wealthy 
American families that they were to invest in the WCTU. (It was 
the same Lord Beaverbrook who came to Washington in 1940 and 
ORDERED Roosevelt to get involved in Britain's war.) 


Roosevelt complied by stationing a U.S. Navy flotilla in 
Greenland that spent the 9 months prior to Pearl Harbor hunting 
and attacking German U-Boats. Like his successor, George Bush, 
Roosevelt thought the Congress a confounded nuisance so, acting 
like a king-sense he felt strongly since he is related to the British 


133 


royal family—FDR never sought the permission of Congress for his 
illegal action. This is what the British are most fond of referring to 
as their "special relationship with America." 


The drug trade has a connection with the murder of 
President John F. Kennedy, which foul deed stains the national 
character and will continue to do so until the perpetrators are 
found and brought to justice. There is proof that the Mafia was 
involved in this through the CIA, which brings to mind that it all 
started with the old Meyer Lansky network which evolved into the 
Irgun terrorist organization, and Lansky proved to be one of the 
best vehicles for peddling cultural warfare against the West. 


Lansky was, through more respectable fronts, associated 
with the British higher-ups in bringing gambling and dope 
distribution to Paradise Island in the Bahamas under the cover of 
The Mary Carter Paint Company—a joint Lansky-British M16 
venture. Lord Sassoon was later murdered because he was 
skimming money and was threatening to blow the whistle if he 
was punished. Ray Wolfe was more presentable, representing the 
Bronfmans of Canada. While the Bronfmans were not privy to 
Churchill's massive Nova Scotia Project, they were and still are 
nevertheless an important asset of the British royal family in the 
business of dope peddling. 


Sam Rothberg, close associate of Meyer Lansky, also 
worked with Tibor Rosenbaum and Pinchas Sapir, all king pins in 
the Lansky drug ring. Rosenbaum ran a drug money laundering 
operation out of Switzerland through a bank he established for this 
purpose; Banque du Credite International. The bank quickly 
expanded its activities and became the principal bank used by 
Lansky and his mobster associates for laundering money garnered 
from prostitution, drugs and other Mafia rackets. 


It is worthy of note that Tibor Rosenbaum's bank was used 
by the shadowy chief of British Intelligence, Sir William 
Stephenson, whose right hand man, Major John Mortimer 
Bloomfield, a Canadian citizen, ran Division Five of the FBI 
throughout the Second World War. Stephenson was an early 
member of the 20th century Committee of 300, although 
Bloomfield never made it that far. As I revealed in my series of 


134 


monographs on the Kennedy assassination, it was Stephenson 
who master-minded the operation which was run as a hands-on 
project by Bloomfield. Fronting for the Kennedy assassination was 
done through another drug-related front, Permanent Industrial 
Expositions (PERMINDEX), created in 1957 and centered in the 
World Trade Mart building in downtown New Orleans. 


Bloomfield just happened to be the attorney for the 
Bronfman family. The World Trade Mart was created by Colonel 
Clay Shaw and FBI Division Five station chief in New Orleans, Guy 
Bannister. Shaw and Bannister were close associates of Lee 
Harvey Oswald, accused of shooting Kennedy, who was murdered 
by CIA contract agent Jack Ruby before he could prove that he 
was not the assassin who shot President Kennedy. In spite of the 
Warren Commission and numerous official reports, it has NEVER 
been established that Oswald owned the Mannlicher rifle said to be 
the murder weapon (it was not) nor that he had ever fired it. The 
connection between the drug trade, Shaw, Bannister and 
Bloomfield has been established several times, and need not 
concern us here. 


In the immediate post-WW II period, one of the most 
common methods used by Resorts International and other drug 
related companies to clean money was by courier service to a 
money laundering bank. Now all that has changed. Only the small 
fry still use such a risky method. The "big fish" conduit their 
money via the CHIPS system, an acronym for Clearing House 
International Payments System, run by a Burroughs computer 
system centered at the New York Clearing House. Twelve of the 
largest banks use this system. One of them is the Hong Kong and 
Shanghai Bank. Another is Credite Suisse, that oh so respectable 
paragon of virtue in banking—until the lid is lifted. Combined with 
the SWIFT system based in Virginia, dirty drug money becomes 
invisible. Only wanton carelessness results in the FBI getting lucky 
now and then, if and when it is told not to look the other way. 


Only low echelon drug dealers get caught with drug money 
in their hands. The elite, Drexel Burnham, Credite Suisse, Hong 
Kong and Shanghai Bank, escape detection. But this, too, is 
changing with the collapse of Bank of Credit and Commerce 


135 


International (BCCI) which is likely to expose a great deal about 
the drug trade if ever a proper investigation is carried out. 


One of the largest assets in the portfolio of the Committee 
of 300 companies is American Express (AMEX). Its presidents 
regularly occupy positions on the Committee of 300. I first got 
interested in Amex when I was carrying out an on-the-spot 
investigation that led me to the Trade Development Bank in 
Geneva. Later, this got me into a lot of trouble. I discovered that 
Trade Development Bank, then run by Edmund Safra, key man in 
the gold for opium trade, was supplying tons of gold to the Hong 
Kong market via Trade Development Bank. 


Before going to Switzerland, I went to Pretoria, South 
Africa, where I talked with Dr. Chris Stals, at that time the deputy 
governor of the South African Reserve Bank which controls all bulk 
dealings in South African-produced gold. After several discussions 
over a period of a week, I was told that the bank could not supply 
me with the ten tons of gold that I was authorized to buy on 
behalf of clients I was supposed to be representing. My friends in 
the right places knew how to produce the documentation which 
passed without question. 


The Reserve Bank referred me to a Swiss company whom I 
cannot name, because it would blow cover. I was also given the 
address of Trade Development Bank in Geneva. The purpose of 
my exercise was to find out the mechanics of how gold is moved 
and traded, and secondly to test bogus documents which had 
been prepared for me by ex-intelligence friends of mine who 
specialized in this kind of thing. Remember "M" in the "James 
Bond" series? Let me assure you that "M" does exist, only his 
correct initial is "C." The documents I had consisted of "buying 
orders" from Liechtenstein companies with supporting papers to 
match. 


On approaching Trade Development Bank I was at first 
greeted cordially but, as discussions progressed with more and 
more suspicion until, when I felt it was no longer safe for me to 
visit the bank, without telling anyone at the bank I left Geneva. 
Later the bank was sold to American Express. American Express 
was briefly investigated by former Attorney General Edwin Meese, 


136 


after which he was quickly removed from office and labeled 
"corrupt." What I found was that American Express was and still is 
a conduit for laundering drug money and, thus far, no one has 
been able to explain to me why a private company has the right to 
print dollars—aren't American Express travelers checks dollars? I 
subsequently exposed the Safra-Amex drug connections which 
upset a lot of people, as can be imagined. 


Committee of 300 member Japhet controls Charterhouse 
Japhet, which in turn controls Jardine Matheson as a direct link to 
the Hong Kong opium trade. The Japhets are reportedly English 
Quakers. The Matheson family, also members of the Committee of 
300, were kingpins in the China opium trade, at least up until 1943. 
The Mathesons have appeared in the Queen of England Honors 
List since the early 19th century. 


The top controllers of the drug trade in the Committee of 
300 have no conscience about the millions of lives they ruin each 
year. They are Gnostics, Cathars, members of the cult of Dionysus, 
Osiris, or worse. To them, "ordinary" people are there to be used 
for their purposes. Their high-priests, Bulwer-Lytton and Aldous 
Huxley, preached the gospel of drugs as a beneficial substance. To 
quote Huxley: 


"And for private everyday use, there have always been 
chemical intoxicants. All the vegetable sedatives and narcotics, all 
the euphorics that grow on trees, the hallucinogens that ripen in 
berries, have been used by humans since time immemorial. And to 
these modifiers of conscience, modern science has added its quota 
of synthetics. For unrestricted use the West has permitted only 
alcohol and tobacco. All other chemical Doors in the Wall are 
labeled DOPE." 


To the oligarches and plutocrats of the Committee of 300, 
drugs have a two-fold purpose, firstly to bring in colossal sums of 
money and secondly, to eventually turn a major part of the 
population into mindless drug zombies who will be easier to 
control than people who don't need drugs, as punishment for 
rebellion will mean withholding of supplies of heroin, cocaine, 
marijuana, etc. For this it is necessary to legalize drugs so that a 
MONOPOLY SYSTEM, which has been readied for introduction 


137 


once severe economic conditions, of which the 1991 depression is 
the forerunner, cause drug usage to proliferate as hundreds of 
thousands of permanently jobless workers turn to drugs for solace. 


In one of the Royal Institute of International Affairs top 
secret papers, the scenario is laid out as follows (in part): 


"...having been failed by Christianity, and with 
unemployment on every hand, those who have been without jobs 
for five years or more will turn away from the church and seek 
solace in drugs. That is when full control of the drug trade must be 
completed in order that the governments of all countries who are 
under our jurisdiction will have a MONOPOLY which we will control 
through supply.... Drug bars will take care of the unruly and the 
discontent, would be revolutionaries will be turned into harmless 
addicts with no will of their own...." 


There is ample evidence that the CIA and British 
intelligence, specially M16, have already spent at least a decade 
working toward this goal. 


The Royal Institute of International Affairs used the life- 
time work of Aldous Huxley and Bulwer-Lytton as its blueprint to 
bring about a state where mankind will no longer have wills of 
their own in the One World Government-New World Order of the 
fast-approaching New Dark Age. Again, let us see what high priest 
Aldous Huxley had to say about this: 


"In many societies at many levels of civilization, attempts 
have been made to fuse drug intoxication with God intoxication. In 
ancient Greece, for example, ethyl alcohol had its place in the 
established religions. Dionysus, Bacchus, as he was often called, 
was a true divinity. Complete prohibition of chemical changes can 
be decreed but cannot be enforced. (THE LANGUAGE OF THE 
PRO-DRUG LOBBY ON CAPITOL HILL.) 


"Now let us consider another type of drug—still undis 
covered, but probably just around the corner—a drug making 
people happy in situations where they would normally feel 
miserable. (Is there anyone more miserable than a person who 
has sought and been unable to find work?) Such a drug would be 


138 


a blessing, but a blessing fraught with grave social and political 
dangers. By making a harmless chemical euphoria freely available, 
a dictator (read Committee of 300) could reconcile an entire 
population to a state of affairs to which self-respecting human 
beings ought not to be reconciled." 


Quite a dialectical masterpiece. What Huxley was 
advocating and which is official policy of the Committee of 300 and 
its surrogate, RIIA, can be quite simply stated as mass mind 
control. As I have often said, all wars are wars for the souls of 
mankind. Thus far it has not dawned on us that the drug trade is 
irregular low-intensity warfare against the whole human race of 
free men. Irregular warfare is the most terrible form of warfare 
which, while it has a beginning, has no ending. 


Some will question the involvement of the British royal 
families, past and present, in the drug trade. To see it in print 
appears on the surface to be preposterous, and it is being seen in 
print more often these days to make it appear exactly that, 
preposterous. The oldest maxim in the intelligence business is, "If 
you want to hide something, put it where everyone can see it. 


F. S. Turner's book, "BRITISH OPIUM POLICY," published in 
1876, shows how the British monarchy and its hangers-on family 
relatives were deeply involved in the opium trade. Turner was the 
secretary of the Anglo Oriental Society of the Suppression of the 
Opium Trade. He declined to be silenced by Crown spokesperson 
Sir R. Temple. Turner stated that the government, and therefore 
the Crown, had to withdraw from the opium monopoly, "and if it 
takes any revenues at all, take only that which accrues from 
taxation honestly meant to have a restrictive force. " 


Turner was answered by a spokesman for the monarchy, 
Lord Lawrence, who fought against the BEIC losing its monopoly. 
"It would be desirable to get rid of the monopoly, but I myself am 
disinclined to be the agent of change. If it is question of moderate 
loss that we could afford, I would not hesitate to undertake it." 
(Taken from the Calcutta Papers 1870.) 


By 1874 the war against the British monarchy and the 
aristocracy over its deep involvement in the China opium trade 


139 


was getting heated. The Society for the Suppression of the Opium 
Trade violently assailed the aristocracy of the day and pressed 
home its attacks in a fearless manner we would do well to emulate. 
The society said that the Treaty of Tientsin, which Forced China to 
accept the importation of enormous amounts of opium, was a 
dastardly crime against the Chinese people. 


There arose a mighty warrior, Joseph Grundy Alexander, a 
barrister by profession who, in 1866, led a strong attack on British 
Crown opium policy in China in which he openly mentioned the 
involvement of the royal family and the aristocracy. For the first 
time Alexander brought India, "the Jewel in the Crown," into the 
picture. He laid the blame squarely where it belonged, on the 
monarchy, the so-called aristocracy and its servants in the British 
government. 


Under the direction of Alexander, the society committed 
itself to the total destruction of the cultivation of opium poppies in 
Bengal, India. Alexander proved to be a doughty opponent. 
Through his leadership, the drug aristocracy began to falter and, 
in the face of his open denouncements of the royal family and its 
hangers-on, several Members of Parliament began siding with him 
Conservatives, Unionists, Labor. Alexander made it clear that the 
drug trade was not a party political issue; it was for all parties to 
join together in helping to eradicate the menace. 


Lord Kimberly, spokesman for the royal family and the 
entrenched oligarchists, threatened that any attempts to interfere 
with what he called "the commerce of the nation will run into 
serious opposition from the cabinet." Alexander and his society 
pressed on in the face of innumerable threats and finally 
parliament agreed to appoint a Royal Commission to enquire into 
the opium trade, with Lord Kimberly, who was Secretary of India, 
as its chairman. A more inappropriate person to head the 
commission could not have been found. It was akin to Dulles being 
appointed to the Warren Commission. 


In his first statement, Lord Kimberly made it clear that he 
would rather resign from his august position than consent to a 
resolution that would surrender Indian Opium Revenues. It is 
worthy of note that "Indian Opium Revenue" implied money 


140 


shared by the nation. Like the idea that the people of South Africa 
share in the enormous profits from the sale of gold and diamonds, 
this was just not the case. Indian opium revenues went straight 
into the royal coffers and the pockets of the nobility and the 
oligarchists and plutocrats, and made them billionaires. 


Rowntree's book, "THE IMPERIAL DRUG TRADE" gives a 
fascinating account of how Prime Minister Gladstone and his fellow 
plutocrats lied, cheated, twisted and turned to keep the 
astonishing truth of the involvement of the British monarchy in the 
opium trade from being exposed. Rowntree's book is a treasure 
house of information on the deep involvement of the British royal 
family and the lords and ladies of England and the huge fortunes 
they accumulated from the misery of the Chinese opium addicts. 


Lord Kimberly, secretary of the commission of inquiry, was 
himself deeply involved in the opium trade so he did everything in 
his power to close the proceedings to all who sought the truth. 
Finally, under a great deal of pressure from the public, the Royal 
Commission was forced to open the door to this inquiry just a 
crack, so that it became apparent that the highest in the land were 
running the opium trade and receiving huge benefits from it. But 
the door was quickly slammed shut again, and the Royal 
Commission called no expert witnesses, thereafter sitting for an 
absurdly short period of time. The commission was nothing but a 
farce and a cover-up, such as we have become accustomed to in 
20th century America. 


The Eastern Liberal Establishment families of the United 
States were just as deeply involved in the China opium trade as 
were the British, indeed they still are. Witness recent history when 
James Earl Carter toppled the Shah of Iran. Why was the Shah 
deposed and then murdered by the United States government? fn 
a word, because of DRUGS. The Shah had clamped down and 
virtually put an end to the immensely lucrative opium trade being 
conducted out of Iran by the British. At the time that the Shah 
took over in Iran, there were already one million opium/heroin 
addicts. 


This the British would not tolerate, so they sent the United 
States to do their dirty work for them in terms of the "special 


141 


relationship" between the two countries. When Khomeini took over 
the U.S. Embassy in Teheran, arms sales by the United States, 
which had begun with the Shah, were not discontinued. Why not? 
Had the United States done so, Khomeini would have canceled the 
British monopoly of the opium trade in his country. To prove the 
point, after 1984, Khomeini's liberal attitude toward opium had 
increased the number of addicts to 2 million, according to United 
Nations and World Health Organization statistics. 


Both President Carter and his successor, Ronald Reagan, 
willingly and with full Knowledge of what was at stake, went on 
supplying arms to Iran even while American hostages languished 
in captivity. In 1980 I wrote a monograph under the title, “What 
Really Happened in Iran," which set out the facts. The arms trade 
with Iran was sealed at a meeting between Cyrus Vance, a servant 
of the Committee of 300, and Dr. Hashemi, which resulted in the 
U.S. Air Force beginning an immediate airlift of arms to Iran, 
carried on even at the height of the hostage crisis the arms came 
from U.S. Army stockpiles in Germany and some were even flown 
directly from the United States with refueling stops at the Azores. 


With the advent of Khomeini, who was put in power in Iran 
by the Committee of 300, opium production skyrocketed. By 1984 
Iran's opium production exceeded 650 metric tons of opium per 
annum. What Carter and Reagan did was ensure that there was no 
further interference in the opium trade and they carried out the 
mandate given to them by the oligarchical families in Britain in this 
connection. Iran presently rivals the Golden Triangle in the volume 
of opium produced. 


The Shah was not the only victim of the Committee of 300 
William Buckley, CIA station chief in Beirut, in all his lack of 
experience on who is behind the opium trade, began conducting 
investigations in Iran, Lebanon and even spent time in Pakistan. 
From Islamabad, Buckley began sending back damning reports to 
the CIA in Langley about the burgeoning opium trade in the 
Golden Crescent and Pakistan. The U.S. Embassy in Islamabad 
was firebombed, but Buckley escaped the mob attack and 
returned to Washington because his cover was blown by forces 
unknown. 


142 


Then a very strange thing happened. Contrary to all 
procedures laid down by the CIA when an agent's cover has been 
blown, Buckley was sent back to Beirut. Buckley was in effect 
sentenced to death by the CIA in order to silence him, and this 
time the sentence was carried out. William Buckley was kidnaped 
by agents of the Committee of 300. Under brutal interrogation by 
General Mohammed el Khouili of Syrian intelligence to force him to 
disclose the names of all field officers of the DEA in these 
countries, he was brutally murdered. His efforts to expose the 
huge opium trade developing out of Pakistan, Lebanon and Iran 
cost Buckley his life. 


If the remaining free men in this world believe that 
singlehandedly or in small groups they can smash the drug trade, 
they are sorely mistaken. They could cut off the tentacles of the 
opium and cocaine trade here and there, but never the head. The 
crowned cobras of Europe and their Eastern Liberal Establishment 
family will not tolerate it. The war on drugs which the Bush 
administration is allegedly fighting, but which it is not, is for 
TOTAL legalization of ALL types and classes of drugs. Such drugs 
are not solely a social aberration, but a fullscale attempt to gain 
control of the minds of the people of this planet, or as the 
"Aquarian Conspiracy" authors put it, "to bring about radical 
changes in the United States." THIS IS THE PRINCIPAL TASK OF 
THE COMMITTEE OF 300, THE ULTIMATE SECRET SOCIETY. 


Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It 
is still run by the same "upper class" families in Britain and the 
United States. It is still a fabulously profitable trade where what 
seem to be big losses through seizures by the authorities are 
written off in paneled boardrooms in New York, Hong Kong and 
London over port and cigars as "merely the cost of doing business, 
old boy." 


British colonial capitalism has always been the mainstay of 
the oligarchical feudal system of privilege in England and remains 
so to the present day. When the poor, untutored pastoral people 
in South Africa who became known as the Boers fell into the 
bloodstained hands of the British aristocracy in 1899, they had no 
idea that the revoltingly cruel war so relentlessly pursued by 
Queen Victoria, was financed by the incredible amounts of money 


143 


which came from the "instant fortunes" of the BEIC opium trade in 
China into the pockets of the plutocrats. 


Committee of 300 members Cecil John Rhodes, Barney 
Barnato and Alfred Beit instigated and engineered the war. Rhodes 
was the principle agent for the Rothschilds, whose banks were 
awash in cash flowing from the opium trade. These robbers, 
thieves and liars—Rhodes, Barnato, Oppenheimer, Joel and Beit— 
dispossessed the South African Boers of their birthright, the gold 
and diamonds that lay beneath their soil. The South African Boers 
received nothing out of the BILLIONS UPON BILLIONS of dollars 
derived from the sale of THEIR gold and diamonds. 


The Committee of 300 quickly took full control of these vast 
treasures, control which it even now maintains through one of its 
members, Sir Harry Oppenheimer. The average South African 
receives $100 per annum per capita from the gold and diamond 
industry. The BILLIONS which flow out annually go to the bankers 
of the Committee of 300. It is one of the most foul and vile stories 
of greed, theft and the murder of a nation ever recorded in the 
annals of history. 


How could the British Crown have succeeded in pulling off 
this stunning fraud of gigantic proportion? To accomplish such a 
Herculean task requires skilled organizing with devoted agentsin- 
place to carry out the daily instructions passed down from the 
conspirators’ hierarchy. The first step was a press propaganda 
campaign portraying the Boers as uncivilized barbarians, only 
slightly human, who were denying British citizens the right to vote 
in the Boer Republic. Then, demands were made on Paul Kruger, 
leader of the Transvaal Republic, which of course could not be met. 
After that, a series of incidents were staged to provoke the Boers 
into retaliation, but that didn't work either. Then came the 
infamous Jameson Raid where a certain Jameson led a party of 
several hundred armed men in an attack on the transvaal. War 
followed immediately thereafter. 


Queen Victoria mounted the largest and best equipped army 
that the world had ever seen at that time ( 1898). Victoria thought 
he war would be over in two weeks, since the Boers had no 
standing army and no trained militia and would be no match for 


144 


her 400,000 soldiers drawn from the ranks of Britain's 
underclasses. The Boers never numbered more than 80,000 
farmers and their sons—some were as young as fourteen-Rudyard 
Kipling also thought the war would be over in less than a week. 


Instead, with rifle in one hand and the Bible in the other, 
the Boers held out for three years. "We went to South Africa 
thinking the war would be over in a week," said Kipling. "Instead, 
the Boers taught us no end of a lesson." That same "lesson" could 
be taught to the Committee of 300 today if we could but muster 
10,000 leaders, good men and true to lead this nation in battle 
against the gargantuan monster threatening to devour everything 
our Constitution stands for. 


After the war ended in 1902, the British Crown had to 
consolidate its grip on the unimaginable fortune of gold and 
diamonds that lay beneath the barren veldt of the Boer Republics 
of Transvaal and Orange Free State. This was done through the 
Round Table of the legend of King Arthur and his Knights. The 
Round Table is strictly a British M16 intelligence operation 
established by the Committee of 300 which, together with the 
Rhodes Scholarship program, is a dagger in the heartland of 
America. 


The Round Table was established in South Africa by Cecil 
Rhodes and funded by the English Rothschild family. Its purpose 
was to train business leaders loyal to the British Crown who would 
secure the vast gold and diamond treasures for the British Crown. 
South Africans had their birthright stolen from them in a coup so 
massive and all pervading that it was apparent only a central 
unified command could have pulled it off. That unified command 
was the Committee of 300. 


That this was accomplished is not in dispute. By the early 
1930's, the British Crown had a stranglehold on the biggest 
supplies of gold and diamonds ever found in the world. NOW THE 
COMMITTEE OF 300 HAD AT ITS DISPOSAL BOTH THE VAST 
FORTUNE COMING FROM THE DRUG TRADE AND THE EQUALLY 
VAST FORTUNE OF THE MINERAL AND METAL WEALTH OF 
SOUTH AFRICA. Financial control of the world was complete. 


145 


The Round Table played a pivotal role in the coup. The 
express purpose of the Round Table, after swallowing up South 
Africa, was to blunt the benefits to the United States of the 
American War of Independence, and once more bring the United 
States under British control. Organizing ability was essential for 
such an enterprise and it was provided by Lord Alfred Milner, 
protege of the London Rothschild family. Using Scottish Rite 
Freemason principles in selecting members of Round Table, chose 
chosen underwent a period of intense training at Cambridge and 
Oxford Universities under the watchful eyes of John Ruskin, a self- 
confessed "old school communist," and T. H. Green, an operative 
of M16. 


It was Green, the son of a Christian evangelical cleric, who 
spawned Rhodes, Milner, John Wheeler Bennet, A. D. Lindsay, 
George Bernard Shaw and Hjalmar Schacht, Hitler's finance 
minister. I pause here to remind readers that the Round Table is 
only ONE SECTOR of this vast and all-encompassing Committee of 
300. Yet the Round Table itself consists of a maze of companies, 
institutions, banks and educational establishments, which in itself 
would take qualified insurance actuaries a year to sort out. 


Round Tablers fanned out throughout the world to take 
control of fiscal and monetary policies and political leadership in all 
countries where they operated. In South Africa, General Smuts, 
who had fought against the British in the Boer War, was "turned" 
and became a leading British intelligence, military and political 
agent who espoused the cause of the British Crown. In the United 
States, in later years, the task of boring away at the United States 
from the inside fell to William Yandell Elliot, the man who spawned 
Henry Kissinger and who was responsible for his meteoric rise to 
power as chief U.S. advisor to the Committee of 300. 


William Yandell Elliot was "an American at Oxford," who 
had already served the Committee of 300 well, which is a 
prerequisite for higher office in the service of the committee. After 
graduating from Vanderbilt University in 1917, Elliot was drafted 
by the Rothschild-Warburg banking network. He worked at the 
Federal Reserve Bank in San Francisco and rose to be a director. 
From there he acted as a Warburg-Rothschild intelligence officer, 
reporting on the important areas of the United States he was 


146 


overseeing. Elliot's "Freemason" talent spotters recommended him 
for a Rhodes Scholarship and, in 1923, he went to Balliol College 
at Oxford University whose "dreaming spires" hid a network of 
intrigue and future traitors to the West. 


Balliol College was, and still is, the center of recruiting for 
the Round Table. After a thorough brainwashing conducted by the 
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations representative, A.D. 
Lindsay, who had succeeded Master of Balliol T. H. Green, Elliot 
was received into the Round Table and sent to The Royal Institute 
of International Affairs to be given his assignment, which was that 
he return to the United States to become a leader in the academic 
community. 


The Round Table's driving philosophy was to have Round 
Tablers in positions to formulate and carry out social policies 
through social institutions whereby what Ruskin called "the 
masses" could be manipulated. Members infiltrated the highest 
levels of banking after under going a course at the Tavistock 
Institute. The course was drawn up by Lord Leconsfield, an 
intimate of the British royal family, and later run by Robert Brand 
who went on to manage Lazard Freres. The Royal Institute of 
International Affairs was and remains totally interfaced with the 
British monarchy. 


Some of the spinoffs of the Round Table are the 
Bilderbergers, set up and run by Duncan Sandys, a prominent 
politician and son-in-law of the late Winston Churchill, the Ditchley 
Foundation, a secret banker's club which I exposed in my 1983 
work, "International Banker's Conspiracy: The Ditchley 
Foundation," the Trilateral Commission, the Atlantic Council of the 
United States and the Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies, 
whose well-hidden, behind the scenes founder was Lord Bullock of 
the RITA for whom Robert Anderson fronted. 


The way in which Henry Kissinger, the RIIA's chief asset in 
the United States, came to power is a story of the triumph of the 
institution of the British monarchy over the Republic of the United 
States of America. It is a tale of horror, too long to be included 
here. Nevertheless, it would be remiss of me if I did not mention 


147 


just a few of the highlights of Kissinger's rise to fame, fortune and 
power. 


After a stint in the United States Army, beginning with the 
job of driving General Fritz Kraemer around war-torn Germany, 
thanks to the Oppenheimer family Kissinger was picked to attend 
Wilton Park for further training. At the time he held the rank of 
private first class. In 1952 Kissinger was sent to the Tavistock 
Institute where R. V. Dicks took him in hand and turned him inside 
out. Thereafter there was no holding Kissinger back. He was later 
drafted to serve under George Franklin and Hamilton Fish of the 
Council on Foreign Relations' New York office. 


It is believed that the official nuclear policy adopted by the 
United States was delivered to Kissinger during his stay at 
Tavistock and further shaped by his participation in "Nuclear 
Weapons and Foreign Policy," a Round Table seminar which 
brought forth the doctrine known as "flexible response," a total 
irrationality, which became known by the acronym MAD. 


Thanks to William Yandell Elliot and under the tutelage of 
John Wheeler Bennett, top intelligence director of the Round Table 
and chief of MI6 field operations in the United States, Kissinger 
became Elliot's "favorite son" as he explained in his book, "The 
Pragmatic Revolt in Politics." Kissinger was coopted into the Round 
Table to push monetarist policies he studied at Harvard 
International Seminars. 


Kissinger avidly absorbed Elliot's teachings and was no 
longer recognizable as the man General Kraemer once described 
as "my little Jew-boy driver." Kissinger was inculcated with the 
spirit of the Master of Balliol, becoming an ardent disciple of 
decadent British aristocracy. Adopting the philosophies of Toynbee, 
chief intelligence director for MI6 at the Royal Institute of 
International Affairs, Kissinger used its papers to write his 
undergraduate "dissertation." 


By the mid 1960's Kissinger had proved his worth to the 
Round Table and the RIJA, and thus to the British monarchy. As a 
reward and a test of what he had learned, Kissinger was placed in 
charge of a small group consisting of James Schlessinger, 


148 


Alexander Haig and Daniel Ellsberg. The Round Table was using to 
conduct a series of experiments. Cooperating with this group was 
the Institute of Policy Studies chief theoretician Noam Chomsky. 


Haig, like Kissinger, worked for General Kraemer, albeit not 
as a driver, and the general found a number of varied openings in 
the Department of Defense for his protege. Once Kissinger was 
installed as National Security Advisor, Kraemer got Haig the job as 
his deputy. Ellsberg, Haig, and Kissinger then set in motion the 
RIIA's Watergate plan to oust President Nixon for disobeying direct 
instructions. Haig played the lead role in brainwashing and 
confusing President Nixon, and in effect it was Kissinger who ran 
the White House during this softening up of the President. As I 
mentioned in 1984, Haig was the White House go-between known 
as "Deep Throat," passing information to the Washington Post 
team of Woodward and Bernstein. 


The Watergating of Nixon was the biggest coup yet pulled 
off by the Round Table as an agency and an arm of the RIIA. All 
the tangled threads led back to the Round Table; from there to the 
RITA, and right back to the Queen of England. The humiliation of 
Nixon was an object lesson and a warning to future Presidents of 
the United States not to imagine they could go against the 
Committee of 300 and win. Kennedy was brutally murdered in full 
view of the American people for the same reason; Nixon was not 
considered worthy enough to suffer the same fate as John F. 
Kennedy. 


But whatever the method used, the Committee of 300 
made sure that all would-be aspirants for the White House got the 
message: "Nobody is beyond our reach." That this message 
remains just as forceful as it was when Kennedy was murdered 
and Nixon hounded out of office, is evidenced by the character of 
President George Bush, whose eagerness to please his masters 
should be cause for grave concern among those who worry about 
the future of the United States. 


The purpose of the exercise was made clear in the 
Pentagon Papers episode and the drafting of Schlessinger into the 
Nixon Administration to act as a spoiler in the defense 
establishment and a counterforce to the development of atomic 


149 


energy, which role Schlessinger carried out from the shelter of his 
position in the Atomic Energy Commission, one of the key factors 
in deindustrializing the United States in the planned Club of Rome 
Post Industrial-Zero-growth strategies. From this beginning we can 
trace the roots of the 1991 recession/depression which has thus 
far cost the jobs of 30 million Americans. 


It is virtually impossible to penetrate the Committee of 300 
and the oligarchical families that go to make it up. The camouflage 
they pull over themselves as protective covering is very hard to rip 
off. This fact should be noted by every freedom-loving American: 
The Committee of 300 dictates what passes for United States 
foreign and domestic policies and has done so for over 200 years. 
Nowhere was this more strikingly portrayed than when a cocky 
President Truman had the wind knocked out of him by Churchill 
ramrodding the so-called "Truman Doctrine" down the throat of 
the little man from Independence, Missouri. 


Some of their former members, whose descendants filled 
vacancies caused by death, and present members include Sir Mark 
Turner, Gerald Villiers, Samuel Montague, the Inchcapes, Keswicks, 
Peases, Schroeders, Airlies, Churchills, Frasers, Lazars and Jardine 
Mathesons. The full list of members is presented elsewhere in this 
book; these people on the Committee ORDERED President Wilson 
to go to war against Germany in the First World War; this 
Committee ordered Roosevelt to engineer the Japanese attack on 
Pearl Harbor with the object of getting the United States into the 
Second World War. 


These people, this Committee, ordered this nation to war in 
Korea, Vietnam and the Persian Gulf. The plain truth is that the 
United States has fought in 5 wars this century for and on behalf 
of the infamous Committee of 300. It seems that, apart from just 
a few, no one has stopped to ask, "WHY ARE WE FIGHTING 
THESE WARS?" The big drum of "patriotism," martial music and 
waving flags and yellow ribbons, it seems, caused a great nation 
to become bereft of its senses. 


On the 50th anniversary of Pearl Harbor, a new "hate 
Japan" campaign is being waged, not by the Institute of Pacific 
Relations (IPR), but in the most direct and brazen manner by the 


150 


Bush Administration and the Congress. The object is the same as it 
was when Roosevelt inspired the attack on Pearl Harbor, paint the 
Japanese as aggressors and wage economic war, then ready our 
forces for the next phase—armed aggression against Japan. 


This is already in the works; it is only a matter of time 
before more of our sons and daughters are sent off to be 
slaughtered in the service of the feudal lords of the Committee of 
300. We ought to shout from the housetops, "It is not for freedom 
nor for love of country that we are going to die, but for a system 
of tyranny that will shortly envelope the entire world." 


So tight is the grip of this organization on Britain that 95% 
of British citizens have, since the 1700's, been forced to accept as 
their share, less than 20% of the national wealth of the country. 
This is what the oligarchical feudal lords of England like to call 
"democracy." These nice, proper English gentlemen are, in reality, 
utterly ruthless—what they did in India, Sudan, Egypt, Iraq, Iran 
and Turkey will be repeated in every country under the New World 
Order-One World Government. They will use every nation and its 
wealth to protect their privileged way of life. It is this class of 
British aristocracy whose fortunes are inextricably woven and 
intertwined with the drug trade, the gold, diamond and arms 
trades, banking, commerce and industry, oil, the news media and 
entertainment industry. 


Apart from the rank and file of the Labour Party (but not its 
leaders), the majority of British political leaders are descendants of 
titled families, the titles being hereditary and handed down from 
father to eldest son. This system ensures that no "outsideers" 
aspire to political power in England. Nevertheless, some aliens 
have been able to squeeze their way in. 


Take the case of Lord Halifax, former British Ambassador to 
Washington and the man who delivered Committee of 300 orders 
to our government during the Second World War. Halifax's son, 
Charles Wood, married a Miss Primrose, a blood relative of Lord 
Rothschild. Behind such names as Lord Swaythling is hidden the 
name of Montague, director of the Bank of England and adviser 
and confidant of the majority stockholder of the Shell Oil Company, 
Queen Elizabeth II. All are members of the Committee of 300. 


151 


Some of the old barriers have been broken down. Title is today not 
the only criteria for admission to the Club of Rome. 


It is appropriate to provide an overview of what the 
Committee of 300 hopes to achieve, what its aims and objectives 
are before we proceed to its vast, far flung interlocking interfacing 
of banks, insurance companies, corporations, etc. The following 
information has taken years of investigative research to put 
together from hundreds of documents and sources of mine who 
gave me access to some of the papers in which the details are 
hidden. 


The Committee of 300 consists of certain individuals 
specialists in their own fields, including cultus diabolicus, mind 
altering drugs, and specialists in murder by poison, intelligence; 
banking, and every facet of commercial activity. It will be 
necessary to mention former members since deceased, because of 
their former roles and because their places were given to family 
members of new members considered worthy of the honor. 


Included in the membership are the old families of the 
European Black Nobility, the American Eastern Liberal 
Establishment (in Freemason hierarchy and the Order of Skull and 
Bone), the Illuminati, or as it is known by the Committee "MORIAH 
CONQUERING WIND," the Mumma Group, The National and World 
Council of Churches, the Circle of Initiates, the Nine Unknown Men, 
Lucis Trust, Jesuit Liberation Theologists, The Order of the Elders 
of Zion, the Nasi Princes, International Monetary Fund (IMF), the 
Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the United Nations (U.N.), 
the Central, British Quator Coronati, Italian P2 Masonry—especially 
those in the Vatican hierarchy—the Central Intelligence Agency, 
Tavistock Institute selected personnel, various members of leading 
foundations and insurance companies named in the lists that 
follow, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, the Milner Group- 
Round Table, Cini Foundation, German Marshall Fund, Ditchley 
Foundation, NATO, Club of Rome, Environmentalists, The Order of 
St. John of Jerusalem, One World Government Church, Socialist 
International, Black Order, Thule Society, Anenherbe- 
Rosicrucianists, The Great Superior Ones and literally HUNDREDS 
of other organizations. 


152 


What then are we looking at? A loosely-knit gathering of 
people with weird ideas? Certainly not. In the Committee of 300, 
which has a 150-year history, we have some of the most brilliant 
intellects assembled to form a completely totalitarian, absolutely 
controlled "new" society only it isn't new, having drawn most of 
its ideas from the Clubs of Cultus Diabolicus. It strives toward a 
One World Government rather well described by one of its late 
members, H. G. Wells, in his work commissioned by the 
Committee which Wells boldly called: "THE OPEN CONSPIRACY- 
PLANS FOR A WORLD REVOLUTION." 


It was a bold statement of intent, but not really so bold 
since nobody believed Wells except the Great Superior Ones, the 
Anenherbes and those who were what we would call "insiders" 
today. Here is an extract of what Wells proposed: 


"The Open Conspiracy will appear first, I believe as a 
conscious organization of intelligent, and in some cases wealthy 
men, aS a movement having distinct social and political aims, 
confessedly ignoring most of the existing apparatus of political 
control, or using it only as an incidental implement in the stages, a 
mere movement of a number of people in a certain direction, who 
will presently discover, with a sort of a surprise, the common 
object toward which they are all moving. In all sorts of ways, they 
will be influencing and controlling the ostensible government." 


Like George Orwell's 1984, Wells'account is a mass-appeal 
for a One World Government. Summarized, the intent and purpose 
of the Committee of 300 is to bring to pass the following 
conditions: 


A One World Government and one-unit monetary system 
under permanent non-elected hereditary oligarchists who self 
select from among their numbers in the form of a feudal system as 
it was in the Middle Ages. In this One World entity, population will 
be limited by restrictions on the number of children per family, 
diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion people who are useful to 
the ruling class, in areas which will be strictly and clearly defined, 
remain as the total world population. 


153 


There will be no middle class, only rulers and servants. All 
laws will be uniform under a legal system of world courts 
practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One 
World Government police force and a One World unified military to 
enforce laws in all former countries where no national boundaries 
shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfare state; 
those who are obedient and subservient to the One World 
Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who 
are rebellious will simply be starved to death or be declared 
outlaws, thus a target for anyone who wishes to kill them. 
Privately owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited. 


Only one religion will be allowed and that will be in the 
form of a One World Government Church, which has been in 
existence since 1920 as we shall see. Satanism, Luciferianism and 
Witchcraft shall he recognized as legitimate One World 
Government curricula with no private or church schools. All 
Christian churches have already been subverted and Christianity 
will be a thing of the past in the One World Government. 


To induce a state where there is no individual freedom or 
any concept of liberty surviving, there shall be no such thing as 
republicanism, sovereignty or rights residing with the people. 
National pride and racial identity shall be stamped out and in the 
transition phase it shall be subject to the severest penalties to 
even mention one's racial origin. 


Each person shall be fully indoctrinated that he or she is a 
creature of the One World Government with an identification 
number clearly marked on their person so as to be readily 
accessible, which identifying number shall be in the master file of 
the NATO computer in Brussels, Belgium, subject to instant 
retrieval by any agency of the One World Government at any time. 
The master Files of the CIA, FBI, state and local police agencies, 
IRS, FEMA, Social Security shall be vastly expanded and form the 
basis of personal records of all individuals in the United States. 


Marriage shall be outlawed and there shall be no family life 
as we know it. Children will be removed from their parents at an 
early-age and brought up by wards as state property. Such an 
experiment was carried out in East Germany under Erich 


154 


Honnecker when children were take away from parents considered 
by the state to be disloyal citizens. Women will he degraded 
through the continued process of "women's liberation" movements. 
Free sex shall be mandatory. 


Failure to comply at least once by the age of 20 shall be 
punishable by severe reprisals against her person. Self-abortion 
shall be taught and practiced after two children are born to a 
woman; such records shall be contained in the personal file of 
each woman in the One World Government's regional computers. 
If a woman falls pregnant after she has previously given birth to 
two children, she shall be forcibly removed to an abortion clinic for 
such an abortion and sterilization to be carried out 


Pornography shall be promoted and be compulsory 
showing in every theater of cinema, including homosexual and 
lesbian pornography. The use of "recreational" drugs shall be 
compulsory, with each person allotted drug quotas which can be 
purchased at One World Government stores throughout the world. 
Mind control drugs will be expanded and usage become 
compulsory. Such mind control drugs shall be given in food and/or 
water supplies without the knowledge and/or consent of the 
people. Drug bars shall be set up, run by One World Government 
employees, where the slave-class shall be able to spend their free 
time. In this manner the non-elite masses will be reduced to the 
level and behavior of controlled animals with no will of their own 
and easily regimented and controlled. 


The economic system shall be based upon the ruling 
oligarethical class allowing just enough foods and services to be 
produced to keep the mass slave labor camps going. All wealth 
shall be aggregated in the hands of the elite members of the 
Committee of 300. Each individual shall be indoctrinated to 
understand that he or she is totally dependent upon the state for 
survival. The world shall be ruled by Committee of 300 Executive 
Decrees which become instant law. Boris Yeltsin is using 
Committee of 300 decrees to impose the Committee's will on 
Russia as a trial run. Courts of punishment and not courts of 
justice shall exist. 


155 


Industry is to be totally destroyed along with nuclear 
powered energy systems. Only the Committee of 300 members 
and their elitists shall have the right to any of the earth's resources. 
Agriculture shall be solely in the hands of the Committee of 300 
with food production strictly controlled. As these measures begin 
to take effect, large populations in the cities shall be forcibly 
removed to remote areas and those who refuse to go shall be 
exterminated in the manner of the One World Government 
experiment carried out by Pol Pot in Cambodia. 


Euthanasia for the terminally ill and the aged shall be 
compulsory. No cities shall be larger than a predetermined number 
as described in the work of Kalgeri. Essential workers will be 
moved to other cities if the one they are in becomes 
overpopulated. Other non-essential workers will be chosen at 
random and sent to underpopulated cities to fill "quotas." 


At least 4 billion "useless eaters" shall be eliminated by the 
year 2050 by means of limited wars, organized epidemics of fatal 
rapid-acting diseases and starvation. Energy, food and water shall 
be kept at subsistence levels for the non-elite, starting with the 
White populations of Western Europe and North America and then 
spreading to other races. The population of Canada, Western 
Europe and the United States will be decimated more rapidly than 
on other continents, until the world's population reaches a 
manageable level of 1 billion, of which 500 million will consist of 
Chinese and Japanese races, selected because they are people 
who have been regimented for centuries and who are accustomed 
to obeying authority without question. 


From time to time there shall be artificially contrived food 
and water shortages and medical care to remind the masses that 
their very existence depends on the goodwill of the Committee of 
300. 


After the destruction of housing, auto, steel and heavy 
goods industries, there shall he limited housing, and industries of 
any kind allowed to remain shall be under the direction of NATO's 
Club of Rome as shall all scientific and space exploration 
development, limited to the elite under the control of the 


156 


Committee of 300. Space weapons of all former nations shall be 
destroyed along with nuclear weapons. 


All essential and non-essential pharmaceutical products, 
doctors, dentists and health care workers will be registered in the 
central computer data bank and no medicine or medical care will 
he prescribed without express permission of regional controllers 
responsible for each city, town and village. 


The United States will be flooded by peoples of alien 
cultures who will eventually overwhelm White America, people 
with no concept of what the United States Constitution stands for 
and who will, in consequence, do nothing to defend it, and in 
whose minds the concept of liberty and justice is so weak as to 
matter little. FOOD and shelter shall be the main concern. 


No central bank save the Bank of International Settlement 
and the World Bank shall be allowed to operate. Private banks will 
be outlawed. Remuneration for work performed shall be under a 
uniform predetermined scale throughout the One World 
Government. There shall be no wage disputes allowed, nor any 
diversion from the standard uniform scales of pay laid down by the 
One World Government. Those who break the law will be instantly 
executed. 


There shall be no cash or coinage in the hands of the non- 
elite. All transactions shall be carried out by means of a debit card 
which shall bear the identification number of the holder. Any 
person who in any way infringes the rules and regulations of the 
Committee of 300 shall have the use of his or her card suspended 
for varying times according to the nature and severity of the 
infringement. 


Such persons will find, when they go to make purchases, 
that their card is blacklisted and they will not be able to obtain 
services of any kind. Attempts to trade "old" coins, that is to say 
silver coins of previous and now defunct nations, shall be treated 
as a Capital crime subject to the death penalty. All such coinage 
shall be required to be surrendered within a given time along with 
guns, rifles, explosives and automobiles. Only the elite and One 


157 


World Government high-ranking functionaries will be allowed 
private transport, weapons, coinage and automobiles. 


If the offense is a serious one, the card will be seized at 
the checking point where it is presented. Thereafter that person 
shall not be able to obtain food, water, shelter and employment 
medical services, and shall be officially listed as an outlaw. Large 
bands of outlaws will thus be created and they will live in regions 
that best afford subsistence, subject to being hunted down and 
shot on sight. Persons assisting outlaws in any way whatsoever, 
Shall likewise be shot. Outlaws who fail to surrender to the police 
or military after a declared period of time, shall have a former 
family member selected at random to serve prison terms in their 
stead. 


Rival factions and groups such as Arabs and Jews and 
African tribes shall have differences magnified and allowed the 
wage wars of extermination against each other under the eyes of 
NATO and U.N. observers. The same tactics will be used in Central 
and South America. These wars of attrition shall take place 
BEFORE the take-over of the One World Government and shall be 
engineered on every continent where large groups of people with 
ethnic and religious differences live, such as the Sikhs, Moslem 
Pakistanis and the Hindu Indians. Ethnic and religious differences 
shall be magnified and exacerbated and violent conflict as a means 
of "settling" their differences shall be encouraged and fostered. 


All information services and print media shall be under the 
control of the One World Government. Regular brainwashing 
control measures shall be passed off as "entertainment" in the 
manner in which it was practiced and became a fine art in the 
United States. Youths removed from "disloyal parents," shall 
receive special education designed to brutalize them. Youth of 
both sexes shall receive training to qualify as prison guards for the 
One World labor camp system. 


It is obvious from the foregoing that much work remains to 
be done before the dawning of the New World Order can occur. 
The Committee of 300 has long ago perfected plans to destabilize 
civilization as we know it, some of which plans were made known 
by Zbignew Brzezinski in his classic work "THE TECHNOTRONIC 


158 


ERA" and the works of Aurellio Peccei who founded the Club of 
Rome, especially in his book, "THE CHASM AHEAD." 


In "THE CHASM AHEAD," Peccei spelled out Committee of 

300 plans to tame man, whom he called "THE ENEMY." Peccei 
quoted what Felix Dzerzinski once said to Sydney Reilly at the 
height of the Red Terror when millions of Russians were being 
murdered: "Why should I concern myself with how many die? 
Even the Christian Bible says what is man that God should be 
mindful of him? For me men are nothing but a brain at one end 
and a shit factory at the other. " 


It was from this brutish view of man that Emmanuel The 
Christ came to rescue the world. Sydney Reilly was the MI6 
operative sent to watch over Dzerzinski's activities. Reilly was 
allegedly shot by his friend Felix while attempting to flee Russia. 
The elaborate plot was devised when certain members of the 
British Parliament raised a hue and cry and began to loudly 
demand an accounting of Reilly's activities in Russia, which 
threatened to expose the role of the Committee of 300 in gaining 
control of the Baku oilfields and its major role in assisting Lenin 
and Trotsky during the Bolshevik Revolution. Rather than have the 
truth dragged out of Reilly, MI6 thought it expedient to stage his 
death. Reilly lived out his days in utter luxury in a Russia villa 
usually reserved for the Bolshevik elite. 


Arguing that chaos would ensue unless the "Atlantic 
Alliance," a euphemism for the Committee of 300 ruled post 
industrial America, Peccei proposed a Malthusian triaging on a 
global scale. He envisioned a collision between the 
scientifictechnological-military apparatus of the Soviet Union and 
the Western world. Thus the Warsaw Pact countries were to be 
offered a convergence with the West in a One World Government 
to run global affairs on the foundations of crisis management and 
global planning. 


Events unfolding in what was formerly the USSR and the 
emergence of several independent states in a loose federation in 
Russia, is exactly what was envisaged by Peccei and the Club of 
Rome and this is clearly spelled out in both the books I have 
mentioned. A USSR thus divided will be easier to cope with than a 


159 


strong, united Soviet nation. Plans that were laid down by the 
Committee of 300 for a One World Government, which included 
the prospect of a divided Russia, are now approaching a point of 
rapid escalation. Events in Russia at the close of 1991 are all the 
more dramatic when viewed against the 1960 longrange planning 
by the Committee of 300. 


In Western Europe the people are working toward a 
federation of states within a one government framework with a 
single currency. From there the EEC system will be transferred bit 
by bit to the United States and Canada. The United Nations is 
benign slowly but surely transformed into a rubber stamp of One 
World Government, with policies dictated to it by the United States 
as we saw in the case of the Gulf War. 


Precisely the same thing is happening with the British 
Parliament. Discussion on Britain's participation in the Gulf War 
was kept to a ridiculously minimal level and belatedly took place 
only during a motion to adjourn the House. This has never 
happened before in the ancient history of parliament, where so 
important a decision had to be made and so little time was allowed 
for discussion. One of the most noteworthy events in 
parliamentary history has gone virtually unnoticed. 


We are close to the point where the United States will send 
its military Forces to settle any and all disputes brought before the 
United Nations. Departing Secretary General Perez de Cuellar, 
heavily laden with bribe money, was the most compliant U.N. 
leader in history in granting demands of the United States without 
discussion. His successor will be even more inclined to go along 
with whatever the U.S. government places before him. This is an 
important step along the road to a One World Government. 


The International Court of Justice at The Hague will be 
used in increasing measure in the next two years to settle legal 
arguments of all types. It is of course the prototype for a One 
World Government legal system that will supplant all others. As for 
central banks, essential in the planning of the New World Order, 
this is already very much a fait-accompli with the Bank of 
International Settlements dominating the scene at the close of 
1991. Private banks are fast disappearing in preparation for the 


160 


Big Ten banks that will control banking the world over under the 
guidance of BIS and the IMF. 


Welfare states abound in Europe, and the United States is 
fast becoming the largest welfare state in the world. Once people 
come to depend on government for their subsistence, it will be 
very hard to wean them away from it as we saw in the results of 
the last mid-term election held in the United States where 98% of 
incumbents were returned to Washington to enjoy the good life in 
spite of their utterly deplorable records. 


The abolition of privately owned firearms is already in force 
in three quarters of the world. Only in the United States can the 
populace still own guns of all types, but that legal right is being 
chipped away at an alarming rate by local and state laws which 
violate the Constitutional right of all citizens to bear arms. Private 
gun ownership will have become a thing of the past in the United 
States by the year 2010. 


SIMILARLY, EDUCATION IS BEING ERODED AT AN 
ALARMING RATE. PRIVATE SCHOOLS ARE BEING FORCED TO 
CLOSE BY A VARIETY OF LEGAL STRATAGEMS AND LACK OF 
FUNDING. The standard of education in the United States has 
already sunk to such a deplorable level that today it can barely be 
classified as education at all. This is according to plan; as I 
described earlier, the One World Government does not want our 
youth to be properly educated. 


Destruction of national identity proceeds apace. It is no 
longer a good thing to be patriotic unless it is in the cause of 
some One World Government project such as the war of genocide 
being waged against the nation of Iraq, or the impending 
destruction of Libya. Racial pride is now frowned upon and 
deemed to be an illegal act in many parts of the world, 
INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES, BRITAIN, WESTERN EUROPE 
AND CANADA, ALL COUNTRIES HAVING THE LARGEST 
CONCENTRATIONS OF THE WHITE RACE. 


Led by the secret societies in America, destruction of 
republican forms of government has proceeded apace since the 
close of WW II. A list of such governments destroyed by the U.S. 


161 


is long, and it is difficult for the non-informed to accept that 
government of a country allegedly wedded to republicanism under 
a unique constitution would engage in such conduct, but the facts 
speak for themselves. 


This is a goal which was set over a century ago by the 
Committee of 300. The United States has led the attacks on such 
governments and continues to do so even as the United States 
republican base is being steadily undermined. Starting with James 
Earl Carter's legal counsel, Lloyd Cutler, a committee of 
constitutional lawyers has been working to change the U.S. 
Congress into a non-representative parliamentary system. Work 
has been in progress since 1979 on the blueprint for such a 
change, and because of his devotion to the cause, Cutler was 
made a member of the Committee of 300. The final draft for a 
parliamentary type of government is to be presented to the 
Committee of 300 at the end of 1993. 


In the new parliamentary system, members will not be 
responsible to their constituents, but to parliamentary whips and 
will vote the way they are told to vote. Thus, by judicial and 
bureaucratic subversion will the Constitution vanish as will 
individual liberty. Preplanned degrading of man through licentious 
sexual practices will be stepped up. New sexually degenerate cults 
are even now being set up by the British Crown-working through 
the SIS and MI6 services. As we already know, all cults operating 
in the world today are the product of British intelligence acting for 
the oligarchical rulers. 


We may think this phase of creating a whole new cult 
which specializes in sexual degenerate behavior is still far off, but 
my information is that it is due to be stepped up in 1992. By 1994 
it will be quite commonplace to have "live shows" in the most 
prestigious clubs and places of entertainment. This type of 
"entertainment" is already in the process of having its image 
cleaned and brightened. 


Soon the big names in Hollywood and the entertainment 
world will be recommending this or that club as a "must" for live 
sex shows. Lesbianism and homosexuality will not be featured. 
This new socially acceptable "entertainment" will consist of 


162 


heterosexual displays and will be written up in reviews as one 
finds in today's newspapers about shows on Broadway, or the 
latest hit movie. 


An unprecedented assault on moral values will go into high 
gear in 1992. Pornography will no longer be called "pornography," 
but adult sex entertainment. Sloganeering will take the form of 
"why hide it when everybody does it. Let's take away the image 
that public displays of sex are ugly and dirty." No more will those 
who care for this type of unbridled sexual lust have to go to seedy 
porno parlours. Instead, the upper-class supper clubs and places 
favored by the rich and famous will make public sexual displays a 
highly "artistic" form of entertainment. Worse yet, some church 
"leaders" will even recommend it. 


The voluminous all-pervading and enormous social 
psychiatry apparatus put in place by the Tavistock Institute and its 
huge web of related capabilities has been under the control of one 
single entity, and that entity is still in control as we enter 1992. 
That single entity, the conspirators'hierarchy, is called THE 
COMMITTEE OF 300. It is a power structure and a power center 
that operates far beyond the reach of any single world leader or 
any government, including the United States government and its 
Presidents—as the late John F. Kennedy found out. The Kennedy 
murder was an operation of the Committee of 300 and we shall 
return to that. 


The Committee of 300 is the ultimate secret society made 
up of an untouchable ruling class, which includes the Queen of 
England, the Queen of the Netherlands, the Queen of Denmark 
and the royal families of Europe. These aristocrats decided at the 
death of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of the Venetian Black 
Guelphs that, in order to gain world-wide control, it would be 
necessary for its aristocratic members to "go into business" with 
the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful leaders of corporate 
business on a global scale, and so the doors to ultimate power 
were opened to what the Queen of England likes to refer to as 
"the commoners." 


From my days in the intelligence business I know that 
heads of foreign governments refer to this all-powerful body as 


163 


"The Magicians." Stalin coined his own phrase to describe them: 
"The Dark Forces," and President Eisenhower, who was never able 
to get beyond the "hofjuden" (court Jew) grade, referred to itina 
colossal understatement as "the military-industrial complex." Stalin 
kept the USSR heavily armed with conventional and nuclear forces 
because he did not trust what he called "the family." His ingrained 
mistrust and fear of the Committee of 300 proved to be well- 
founded. 


Popular entertainment, especially the medium of movie 
making, was used to bring discredit upon those who tried to warn 
of this most dangerous threat to individual liberty and freedom of 
mankind. Freedom is a God-given law which man has constantly 
sought to subvert and undermine; yet the yearning for freedom by 
each individual is so great that up to now, no system has been 
able to tear that feeling from the heart of mad. The experiments 
that have gone on in the USSR, Britain and the USA, to blunt and 
dull mans yearnings for freedom, have thus far proved to be 
unsuccessful. 


But with the coming of the New World Order-One World 
Government, far-reaching experiments will be stepped up to drive 
mans God-given yearning for freedom out of his mind, body and 
soul. What we are already experiencing is but nothing, a mere 
bagatelle, when compared with what is to come. Attacking the 
soul is the thrust of a host of experiments being readied, and I 
regret to say that institutions in the United States will play a 
leading role in the terrible experiments which have already been 
carried out on local small-scale levels at such places as Bethesda 
Naval Hospital and Vacaville prison in California. 


The movies we have seen thus far include the James Bond 
series, the "Assassination Bureau," the "Matarese Circle" and so on. 
They were make-believe movies, designed to hide the truth that 
such organizations do exist and on a far greater scale than even 
Hollywood's fertile idea-men could dream up. 


Yet the Assassination Bureau is absolutely real. It exists in 
Europe and the United States solely to do the bidding of the 
Committee of 300 to carry out high-level assassinations where all 
other remedies have failed. It was PERMINDEX which ran the 


164 


Kennedy assassination under the direction of Sir William 
Stephenson, for years the Queen of England's number one "pest 
control" operative. 


Clay Shaw, a contract agent of the CIA, ran PERMINDEX 
out of the Trade Mart Center in New Orleans. Former New Orleans 
District Attorney Jim Garrison came very close to cracking the 
Kennedy assassination plot up to the level of Clay Shaw until 
Garrison was "dealt with" and Shaw was found not quilty of 
involvement in the Kennedy assassination plot. The fact that Shaw 
was eliminated in the manner of Jack Ruby, another CIA contract 
agent—both died of induced quick-acting cancer—speaks volumes 
that Garrison was on the right track. 


A second assassination bureau is located in Switzerland and 
was until recently run by a shadowy figure of whom no 
photographs existed after 1941. The operations were and probably 
still are financed by the Oltramaire family—Swiss Black Nobility, 
owners of the Lombard Odier Bank of Geneva, a Committee of 300 
operation. The primary contact man was Jacques Soustelle—this 
according to U.S. Army-G2 intelligence files. 


This group was also closely allied with Allen Dulles and 
Jean de Menil, an important member of the Committee of 300 and 
a very prominent name in the oil industry in Texas. ArmyG2 
records show that the group was heavily involved in the arms 
trade in the Middle East, but more than that, the assassination 
bureau made no less than 30 attempts to assassinate General de 
Gaulle, in which Jacques Soustelle was directly involved. The same 
Soustelle was the contact man for the Sendero Luminosa-Shining 
Pathway guerilla group protecting the Committee's Peruvian 
cocaine producers. 


When all of the best that the assassination bureau could do 
had failed, thanks to the excellent work done by DGSE (French 
intelligence-formerly SDECE) the job was assigned to MI6-Military 
Intelligence Department Six, and also known as Secret Intelligence 
Service (SIS), under the code name "Jackal." SDECE employed 
clever young graduates and was not infiltrated by MI6 or the KGB 
to any measurable extent. Its record in tracking down foreign 
agents made it the envy of the secret services of every nation, and 


165 


it was this group that followed "Jackal" to his final destination and 
then killed him before he could fire on General de Gaulle's 
motorcade. 


It was the SDECE who uncovered a Soviet mole in the 
cabinet of De Gaulle, who also happened to be a liaison man with 
the CIA in Langley. In order to discredit the SDECE, Allen Dulles, 
who hated De Gaulle, (the feeling was mutual) had one of its 
agents, Roger De Louette, caught with $12 million worth of heroin 
in his possession. After a great deal of expert "interrogation," De 
Louette "confessed" but was unable to say why he was smuggling 
drugs into the United States. The whole thing stank to high 
heaven of a set-up. 


Based upon an examination of SDECE methods in 
protecting De Gaulle, especially in motorcades, the FBI, Secret 
Service and the CIA knew exactly how to strip President Kennedy 
of his security and make it easy for the three PERMINDEX shooters 
to murder him in Dealey Plaza in November 1963. 


Another example of FACT disguised as fiction is the Leon 
Uris novel, "TOPAZ." In "TOPAZ" we find a factual account of the 
activities of Thyraud de Vosjoli, the very KGB agent uncovered by 
SDECE and denounced as the KGB's liaison man with the CIA. 
There are many fictionalized accounts of the MOSSAD's activities, 
nearly all of which are based on fact. 


The MOSSAD is also known as "The Institute." Many would- 
be writers make nonsensical statements about it, especially one 
writer who is much in favor with the Christian right wing, which is 
accepted as truth. One can pardon the offender because he has no 
intelligence training, but that does not stop him from dropping 
"Mossad names" all over the place. 


Such disinformation exercises are routinely run against 
American right wing patriotic groups. Originally the MOSSAD 
consisted of 3 groups, the Bureau of Military Intelligence, the 
Political Department of the Foreign Office and the Department of 
Security (Sherut Habitachon). David Ben Gurion, a member of the 
Committee of 300, received some considerable help from MI6 in 
putting it together. 


166 


But it was not a success, and in 1951 Sir William 
Stephenson of MI6 restructured it into a single unit as arm of the 
Political Department of the Israeli Foreign Office, with a special 
operations group for espionage and "black job" operations. British 
intelligence gave further assistance in training and equipping for 
servicing the Sarayet Maktal, also known as the General Staff 
Reconnaissance unit, in the format of Britain's Special Air Service 
(SAS). This service unit of the MOSSAD is never mentioned by 
name and is known simply as "The Guys." 


"The Guys" are merely an extension of British intelligence's 
SAS unit who continually train and update them in new methods. 
It was "The Guys" who killed the leaders of the P.L.O. and 
kidnaped Adolph Eichmann. "The Guys" and indeed ALL MOSSAD 
agents, operate on a war-time footing. The MOSSAD has a 
tremendous advantage over other intelligence services in that 
every country in the world has a large Jewish community. 


By studying social and criminal records, the MOSSAD is 
able to pick agents among local Jews it can have a hold over AND 
MAKE THEM WORK FOR IT WITHOUT PAY. The MOSSAD also has 
the advantage of having access to the records of all U.S. law 
enforcement agencies and U.S. intelligence services The Office of 
Naval Intelligence (OM) ELINT services the Mossad at no cost to 
Israel. Citizens of the United States would be shocked, angered 
and dismayed if ever it was discovered just how much the 
MOSSAD knows about the lives of millions of Americans in every 
walk of life, even those who are not political in any way. 


The first head of the MOSSAD, Reuben Shiloach, was made 
a member of the Committee of 300, but it is not known whether 
his successor enjoyed the same privilege. Chances are that he 
does. The MOSSAD has a skillful disinformation service. The 
amount of disinformation it feeds to the American "market" is 
embarrassing, but even more embarrassing is how it is swallowed 
hook, line and sinker and all. 


What we are actually witnessing in the microcosm of the 
MOSSAD is the extent of control exercised by the "Olympians" over 
the intelligence services, entertainment, publishing, opinion- 


167 


making (polls) and the television "news" media on a global scale. 
Ted Turner was recently given a seat on the Committee of 300 in 
recognition for his "news" (making) CNN broadcasts. The 
Committee has the power and the means to tell the people of this 
world ANYTHING, and it will be believed by the vast majority, 


On every occasion that a researcher happens upon this 
astounding central control group, he is either successfully bought 
off, or else he undergoes some "speciality training" at the 
Tavistock Institute after which he becomes a contributor to more 
fiction, of the James Bond type, i.e., he is derailed and well 
rewarded. If such a person as John F. Kennedy should stumble 
onto the truth about who directs world events, and cannot be 
bought, he is assassinated. 


In the case of John F. Kennedy, the assassination was 
carried out with great attendant publicity and with the utmost 
brutality to serve as a warning to world leaders not to get out of 
line. Pope John Paul I was quietly murdered because he was 
getting close to the Committee of 300 through Freemasons in the 
Vatican hierarchy. His successor, Pope John Paul 11, was publicly 
humiliated as a warning to cease and desist—which he has done. 
As we shall see, certain Vatican leaders are today seated on the 
Committee of 300. 


It is easy to put serious researcher off track of the 
Committee of 300 because Britain's MI6 (SAS) promotes a wide 
variety of kookery such as the New Age, Yogaism, Zen Buddhism, 
Witchcraft, Delphic Priesthood of Apollo (Aristotle was a member) 
and hundreds of small "cults" of all kinds. A group of "retired" 
British intelligence agents who stayed on the track labeled the 
conspirators'hierarchy "Force X," and declared that it possesses a 
super-intelligence service that has corrupted the KGB, the Vatican 
Intelligence, the CIA, the ONI, DGSE, U.S. military intelligence, the 
State Department intelligence service and even the most secret of 
all U.S. intelligence agencies, the Office of National 
Reconnaissance. 


The existence of the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) 
was known to only a handful of people outside of the Committee 
of 300, until Truman stumbled upon it quite by accident. Churchill 


168 


had a hand in setting up the NRO and he was reportedly livid 
when Truman discovered its existence. Churchill more than any 
other servant of the Committee of 300, considered Truman His- 
Little-Man from independence "without an independence at all." 
This referred to Truman's every move being controlled by 
Freemasonry. Even today, NRO's annual budget is not known to 
the Congress of the United States, and it is responsible to only a 
selected few in Congress. But it is a creature of the Committee of 
300 to whom its reports are routinely sent every few hours. 


Thus the fictionalized spoofs one sees about the various 
branches and arms of control of the Committee were designed to 
take suspicion away from the real thing, but we should never 
doubt that the real thing does indeed exist. Take another example 
of what I mean, the book "THE DAY OF THE JACKAL," from which 
a highly successful movie was created. 


The events related in the book are factual. Although for 
obvious reasons the names of some of the players and the locales 
were changed, but the thrust of the story, that a single MI6 
operative was assigned to get rid of General Charles De Gaulle, is 
absolutely correct. General De Gaulle had become unmanageable, 
refusing to cooperate with the Committee-whose existence he 
knew very well since he had been invited to join it—came to a 
climax when De Gaulle withdrew France from NATO and 
immediately began building his own nuclear force—the so-called 
"force de frappe." 


This so angered the Committee that De Gaulle's 
assassination was ordered. But the French secret intelligence 
service was able to intercept "Jackal's" plans and keep De Gaulle 
safe. In the light of the record of MI6, which I might add is the 
Committee of 300's main resource when it comes to intelligence, 
the work done by French intelligence borders on the miraculous. 


Military Intelligence Department Six dates back to Sir 
Francis Walsingham, paymaster of Queen Elizabeth I for dirty 
tricks operations. Over hundreds of years, MI6 has established a 
record which no other intelligence agency can come near to 
duplicating. MI6 agents have gathered information from the four 
corners of the earth and have carried out secret operations that 


169 


would astound even the most knowledgeable if ever they were to 
be made public, which is why it rates as the Master service of the 
Committee of 300. 


Officially, MI6 does not exist, its budget comes out of the 
Queen's purse and "private funds," and is reported to be in a 
range of $350-$500 million per annum, but no one knows for sure 
what the exact amount is. In its present form MI6 dates back to 
1911, when it was under the leadership of Sir Mansfield Cumming, 
a captain in the Royal Navy, who was always identified by the 
letter "C," from which "M" of James Bond fame is taken. 


No official record of MI6's failures and successes exist—it is 
that secret, although the Burgess-Maclean-Blake-Blunt disasters 
did great damage to the morale of MI6 officers. Unlike other 
services, future members are recruited from universities and other 
areas of learning by highly skilled "talent scouts" as we saw in the 
case of Rhodes Scholars inducted into the Round Table. One of the 
requirements is an ability to speak foreign languages. Candidates 
undergo a rigorous "blooding." 


With the backing of such a formidable force, the Committee 
of 300 had little fear from ever being exposed, and this will go on 
for decades. What makes the Committee incredible is the 
incredible secrecy that prevails. None of the news media has ever 
made mention of this conspiratorial hierarchy; therefore, as is to 
be expected, people doubt its existence. 


The Committee of 300 is for the most part under the 
control of the British monarch, in this case, Elizabeth II. Queen 
Victoria is believed to have been quite paranoid about keeping it 
secret and went to great lengths to cover up MASONIC writings 
left at the scene of "Jack the Ripper" murders which alluded to the 
Committee of 300's connections with "experiments" carried out by 
a family member who was also a highly-placed member of the 
Scottish Rite of Freemasonry. The Committee of 300 is filled with 
members of British aristocracy which has corporate interests and 
associates in every country of the world, including the USSR. 


The Committee's structure is as follows: 


170 


The Tavistock Institute at Sussex University and London 
sites is owned and controlled by the Royal Institute for 
International Affairs whose "hofjuden" in America is Henry 
Kissinger. The EAGLE STAR GROUP, which changed its name to 
the STAR GROUP after the close of the Second World War, is 
composed of a group of major international companies involved in 
overlapping and interfaced areas (1) Insurance, (2) Banking, (3) 
Real Estate, (4) Entertainment, (5) High technology, including 
cybernetics, electronic communications, etc. 


Banking, while not the mainstay, is vitally important, 
especially in the areas where banks act as clearing houses and 
money launderers of drug money. The main "big name banks" are 
The Bank of England, the Federal Reserve Banks, Bank of 
International Settlements, the World Bank and the Hong Kong and 
Shanghai Bank. American Express Bank is a means of recycling 
drug dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls 
hundreds of thousands of large and small banks throughout the 
world. 


Banks large and small in the thousands are in the 
Committee of 300 network, including Banca Commerciale d'Italia, 
Banca Privata, Banco Ambrosiano, the Netherlands Bank, Barclays 
Bank, Banco del Colombia, Banco de Ibero-America. Of special 
interest is Banca del la Svizzeria Italiana (BSI)—since it handles 
flight capital investments to and from the United States-primarily 
in dollars and U.S. bonds—located and isolated in "neutral" Lugano, 
the flight capital center for the Venetian Black Nobility. Lugano is 
not in Italy or in Switzerland, and is a kind of a twilight zone for 
shady flight capital operations. George Ball, who owns a large 
block of stock in BSI, is a prominent "insider" and the hank's U.S. 
representative. 


BCCI, BNL, Banco Mercantil de Mexico, Banco Nacional de 
Panama, Bangkok Metropolitan Bank, Bank Leumi, Bank Hapoalim, 
Standard Bank, Bank of Geneva, Bank of Ireland, Bank of Scotland, 
Bank of Montreal, Bank of Nova Scotia, Banque Paris et Pays Bas, 
British Bank of the Middle East and the Royal Bank of Canada to 
name but a very small number in a huge list of "speciality" banks. 


171 


The Oppenheimers of South Africa are much bigger 
"heavyweights" than the Rockefellers. For instance, in 1981 Harry 
Oppenheimer, chairman of the giant Anglo American Corporation 
that controls gold and diamond mining, sales and distribution in 
the world, stated that he was about to launch into the North 
American banking market. Oppenheimer promptly invested $10 
billion in a specially created vehicle for the purpose of buying into 
big banks in the U.S., among which was Citicorp. Oppenheimer's 
investment vehicle was called Minorco, which set up shop in 
Bermuda, a British royal family preserve. On the board of Minorco 
was to be found Walter Wriston of Citicorp and Robert Clare, its 
chief counsel. 


The only other company to rival Oppenheimer in the field 
of precious metals and minerals was Consolidated Gold Fields of 
South Africa, but Oppenheimer took control of it with a 28% stake 
the largest single stockholder. Thus gold, diamonds, platinum, 
titanium, tantalite, copper, iron ore, uranium and 52 other metals 
and minerals, many of them of absolutely vital strategic value to 
United States, passed into the hands of the Committee of 300. 


Thus was the vision of one of the earlier South African 
members of the Committee of 300, Cecil John Rhodes, fully 
realized, a vision which started with the spilling of the blood of 
thousands upon thousands of White farmers and their families in 
South Africa, whom history records as the "Boers." While the 
United States stood by with folded hands as did the rest of the 
world, this small nation was subjected to the most vicious war of 
genocide in history. The United States will be subjected to the 
same treatment by the Committee of 300 when our turn comes 
and it will not be long in coming. 


Insurance companies play a key role in the business of the 
Committee of 300. Among these are found such top insurance 
companies as Assicurazioni Generali of Venice and Riunione 
Adriatica di Sicurta, the largest and second largest insurance 
companies in the world, who keep their bank accounts at Bank of 
International Settlements in Swiss gold francs. Both control a 
multiplicity of investment banks whose turnover in stocks on Wall 
Street double that of U.S. investors. 


172 


Prominent on the board of these two insurance giants are 
Committee of 300 members: the Giustiniani family, Black Nobility 
of Rome and Venice who trace their lineage to the Emperor 
Justianian; Sir Jocelyn Hambro of Hambros (Merchant) Bank; 
Pierpaolo Luzzatti Fequiz, whose lineage dates back six centuries 
to the most ancient Luzzatos, the Black Nobility of Venice, and 
Umberto Ortolani of the ancient Black Nobility family of the same 
name. 


Other old Venetian Black Nobility Committee of 300 
members and board members of ASG and RAS are the Doria 
family, the financiers of the Spanish Hapsburgs, Elie de Rothschild 
of the French Rothschild family, Baron August von Finck (Finck, 
the second richest man in Germany is now deceased), Franco 
Orsini Bonacassi of the ancient Orsini Black Nobility that traces its 
lineage to an ancient Roman senator of the same name, the Alba 
family whose lineage dates back to the great Duke of Alba, and 
Baron Pierre Lambert, a cousin of the Belgian Rothschild family. 


The English companies controlled by the British royal family 
are Eagle Star, Prudential Assurance Company, the Prudential 
Insurance Company, which own and control most American 
insurers, including Allstate Insurance. At the head of the list is 
Eagle Star, probably the most powerful "front" for Military 
Intelligence Department Six (MI6). Eagle Star, although nowhere 
near as large as Assicurazioni Generale, is perhaps equally 
important simply because it is owned by members of the Queen of 
England's family and, as titular head of the Committee of 300, 
Eagle Star makes a tremendous impact. 


Eagle Star is more than a major "front" for MI6, it is also a 
Front for major British banks, including Hill-Samuels, N. M. 
Rothschild and Sons (one of the gold price "fixers" who meet daily 
in London), and Barclays Bank (one of the funders of the African 
National Congress-ANC). It can be said with a great degree of 
accuracy that the most powerful British oligarchical families 
created Eagle Star as a vehicle for "black operations" against those 
who oppose Committee of 300 policies. 


173 


Unlike the CIA, British law makes it a serious crime to name 
MI6 officials, so the following is but a partial list of "top brass" of 
MI6, who are (or were) also members of the Committee of 300: 


Lord Hartley Shawcross. 
Sir Brian Edward Mountain. 
Sir Kenneth Keith. 

Sir Kenneth Strong. 

Sir William Stephenson. 

Sir William Wiseman. 


All of the fore going are (or were) heavily involved in key 
Committee of 300 companies which interface with literally 
thousands of companies engaged in every branch of commercial 
activity as we shall see. 


Some of these companies include Rank Organization, Xerox 
Corporation, ITT, IBM, RCA, CBS, NBC, BBC and CBC in 
communications, Raytheon, Textron, Bendix, Atlantic Richfield, 
British Petroleum, Royal Dutch Shell, Marine Midland Bank, 
Lehman Brothers, Kuhn Loeb, General Electric, Westinghouse 
Corporation, United Fruit Company and a great many more. MI6 
ran a large number of these companies through British intelligence 
stationed in the RCA building in New York, which was the 
headquarters of its chief officer, Sir William Stephenson. Radio 
Corporation of America (RCA) was formed by G.E., Westinghouse, 
Morgan Guarantee and Trust (acting for the British crown), and 
United Fruit, back in 1919 as a British intelligence center. RCA's 
first president was J.P. Morgan's Owen Young, after whom the 
Young Plan was named. In 1929 David Sarnoff was appointed to 
run RCA. Sarnoff had acted as an assistant to Young at the 1919 
Paris Peace Conference where a fallen Germany was stabbed in 
the back by the victorious "allies." A network of Wall Street banks 
and brokerage houses takes care of the stock market for the 
Committee, and prominent among these are Blyth, Eastman Dillon, 
the Morgan groups, Lazard Freres and Kuhn Loeb Rhodes. Nothing 
happens on Wall Street that is not controlled by the Bank of 
England, whose instructions are relayed through the Morgan 
groups and then put into action through key brokerage houses 
whose top executives are ultimately responsible for carrying out 
Committee directives. Before it overstepped the limits laid down by 


174 


Morgan Guarantee, Drexel Burnham Lambert was a favorite of the 
Committee of 300. In 1981 almost every major brokerage house 
on Wall Street had sold out to the Committee, Phibro merging with 
Salomon Brothers. Phibro is the business arm of the Oppenheimers 
of Anglo American Corporation. By this control mechanism, the 
Committee of 300 ensures that its members and their far-flung 
business corporations turned their investments on Wall Street over 
at a rate of double that of the "non-insider" foreign investors. 


Remember, some of the richest families in the world live in 
Europe, so it is natural that they should have a preponderance of 
members on the Committee. The Von Thurn und Taxis family who 
once owned the German postal franchise, make David Rockefeller 
look like a very poor relation. The Von Thurn und Taxis dynasty 
dates back 300 years and generation after generation of family 
members have had seats on the Committee which they occupy to 
this day. We have already mentioned by name many of the most 
wealthy Venetian Black Nobility members of the Committee of 300 
and other names will be added as we come across them in their 
various fields of endeavor. Now we shall include some American 
members of the Committee of 300 and try to trace their affiliations 
and connections to the British Crown. 


How can these facts be verified? Actually, some of them 
cannot be verified because the information comes straight out of 
intelligence files, but with a lot of legwork, there are many sources 
which can verify at least part of the facts. The work would involve 
a diligent search of Dun and Bradstreet Reference Book of 
Corporations, Standard and Poors, British and American "Who's 
Who" with long hours of hard work in crossreferencing names with 
their corporate affiliations. 


Committee of 300 corporations, banks, and insurance 
companies operate under the unified command covering every 
conceivable matter of strategy and cohesive action. The 
Committee is the ONLY organized power hierarchy in the world 
transcending all governments and individuals, however powerful 
and secure they may feel themselves to be. This covers finance, 
defense matters and political parties of all colors and types. 


175 


There is no entity the Committee cannot reach and control, 
and that includes organized religions of the world. This then, is the 
all powerful OLYMPIAN GROUP whose power base is in London 
and the City of London's financial centers with its grip on minerals, 
metals and precious gems, cocaine, opium and pharmaceutical 
drugs, rentier-financier bankers, cult promoters and founders of 
rock music. The British Crown is the control point from which all 
things radiate. As the saying goes, "They have a finger in every 
pie." 


It is obvious that the communications field is tightly 
controlled. Going back to RCA, we find that its directorate is 
composed of British-American establishment figures who feature 
prominently in other organizations such as the CFR, NATO, the 
Club of Rome, the Trilateral Commission, Freemasonry, Skull and 
Bones, Bilderbergers, Round Table, Milner Society and the Jesuits- 
Aristotle Society. Among them was David Sarnoff who moved to 
London at the same time Sir William Stephenson moved into the 
RCA building in New York. 


All three major television networks came as spinoffs from 
RCA, especially the National Broadcasting Company (NBC) which 
was first, closely followed by the American Broadcasting Company 
(ABC) in 1951. The third big television network was Columbia 
Broadcasting System (CBS) which, like its sister companies was, 
and still is, dominated by British intelligence. William Paley was 
trained in mass brainwashing techniques at the Tavistock Institute 
prior to being passed as qualified to head CBS. 


Thus, if we the people of the United States but knew it, all 
our major television networks are subject to British oversight, and 
information they provide first goes to London for clearance. It is 
interesting to note that the Tavistock intelligence paper written by 
Stanford Research Institute, commonly named "The Aquarian 
Conspiracy" was funded by donations from all three major 
television networks. 


All three major networks are represented on the Committee 
of 300 and are affiliated with the giant of the mass communication 
business, the Xerox Corporation of Rochester, New York, whose 
Robert M. Beck holds a seat on the Committee. Beck is also a 


176 


director of the Prudential Life Insurance Company, which is a 
subsidiary of the London Prudential Assurance Company Limited. 


Others on the board of Xerox are Howard Clark of the 
American Express Company, one of the main conduits for moving 
drug money through "travelers checks," former Secretary of the 
Treasury, William Simon, and Sol Linowitz, who negotiated the 
Panama Canal Treaties for the Committee. Linowitz is important to 
the Committee by virtue of his long standing expertise in 
laundering drug money through Marine Midland and the Hong 
Kong and Shanghai Bank. 


Another Xerox board member is Robert Sproull, who is of 
real interest because, as president of the University of Rochester, 
he allowed the Tavistock Institute, working through the CIA, to 
use the university's facilities for the 20-year MK-Ultra LSD 
experiments. Some 85 other universities in the U.S. also allowed 
their facilities to be misused in this manner. As giant-sized as 
Xerox is, it is dwarfed by the Rank Organization, a Londonbased 
conglomerate fully controlled by members of Queen Elizabeth's 
immediate family. 


Notable members of the board of Rank Organization who 
are also members of the Committee of 300 are the following: 


Lord Helsby, chairman of the drug money clearing house, 
Midland Bank. Helsby's other positions include a directorship in the 
giant Imperial Group and the Industrial and Commercial Finance 
Corporation. 


Sir Arnold France, a director of Tube Investments who runs 
the London underground train service. France is also a director of 
the BANK OF ENGLAND which has so much control over the 
Federal Reserve Banks. 


Sir Dennis Mountain, chairman of the mighty Eagle Star 
group and a director of English Property Corp, one of the rentier- 
financier companies of the British royal family. One such member 
is the Honorable Angus Ogilvie, "Prince of Companies," who is 
married to Her Royal Highness Princess Alexandria, sister of the 
Duke of Kent, leader of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry and who 


177 


takes the place of the Queen when she is outside of Britain. 
Ogilvie is a director of the Bank of England and chairman of the 
giant LONRHO conglomerate. It was LONRHO that ended the rule 
of Ian Smith in Rhodesia so that he could be replaced by Robert 
Mugabe. At stake was Rhodesia's chrome mines which produce the 
finest high-grade chrome ore in the world. 


Cyril Hamilton, chairman of the Standard and Chartered 
Bank (the old Lord Milner-Cecil Rhodes bank) and a board member 
of the Bank of England. Hamilton is also on the board of the Xerox 
Corporation, the Malta International Banking Corporation (A 
Knights of Malta bank), a director of the Standard Bank of South 
Africa—the largest bank in that country, and a director of the 
Banque Belge d'Afrique. 


Lord O'Brien of Lotherby, past president of the British 
Bankers Association, director of Morgan Grenfell—a powerful bank, 
director of Prudential Assurance, director of J. P.Morgan, director 
of the Bank of England, a board member of the Bank of 
International Settlements, a director of the giant Unilever 
conglomerate. 


Sir Reay Geddes, chairman of the giant Dunlop and Pirelli 
tyre companies, director of the Midland and International Banks, 
director of the Bank of England. Note how many of these powerful 
men are directors of the Bank of England which makes control of 
American fiscal policies simple. 


Many of these organizations and institutions, companies 
and banks are so interfaced and interlocked as to make it an 
almost impossible task to sort them out. On RCA's board sits 
Thornton Bradshaw, president of Atlantic Richfield and a member 
of NATO, World Wildlife Fund, the Club of Rome, The Aspen 
Institute for Humanistic Studies, the Council on Foreign Relations. 
Bradshaw is also chairman of NBC. The most important function of 
RCA remains its service to British intelligence. 


It is not generally known how powerful was the role played 
by the Committee of 300 in stopping the investigation into the CIA 
which Senator McCarthy almost succeeded in pulling off. Had 


178 


McCarthy been successful, it is very likely that President John F. 
Kennedy would be alive today. 


When McCarthy said he was going to summon William 
Bundy to appear before his commission of enquiry, panic swept 
Washington and London. Bundy, had he been called to testify, 
would most probably have cracked and opened the door to the 
"special relations" that existed between British oligarchical circles 
and their cousins in the United States Government. 


Such a possibility could not be entertained. The Royal 
Insititute of International Affairs was called in to put an end to 
McCarthy. The RIIA chose Allen Dulles, a man who was totally 
enamored of decadent British society, to attack McCarthy head on. 
Dulles put Patrick Lyman and Richard Helms in charge of the 
McCarthy case. Helms was later rewarded for his service against 
McCarthy by being made head of the CIA. 


General Mark Clark, a member of the CFR and a well-liked 
military man in London circles, was appointed by General 
Eisenhower to turn back McCarthy's full-fledged attack on the CIA. 
McCarthy was preempted when Clark announced that a special 
committee was to be appointed to examine the agency. Clark, on 
instructions from the RITA, recommended a Congressional 
watchdog committee to "periodically examine the work of 
government intelligence agencies." The whole thing was a super 
tragedy for America and a victory for the British, who feared that 
McCarthy would accidentally stumble onto the Committee of 300 
and its control over every aspect of United States affairs. 


Lehman Brothers-Kuhn Loeb's former chairman, Peter 
G.Peterson, served under former MI6 chief Sir William Wiseman 
and as such was no stranger to British royalty. Peterson is tied in 
with Aspen Institute, yet another arm of British intelligence. 


John R. Petty is president and chairman of the Marine 
Midland Bank—a bank whose drug trade connections have been 
well established long before it was taken over by the Hong Kong 
and Shanghai Bank, probably the number one bank in the opium 
trade, a position it has held since 1814. 


179 


But the best proof I can offer of the existence of the 
Committee of 300 is the Rank Organization which, in conjunction 
with Eagle Star, IS THE BRITISH CROWN. It is also the black 
operations center of MI6 (SIS). Between them, these two 
Committee of 300 companies control Her Majesty's Dominion of 
Canada, using the "hofjuden" Bronfman family to carry out their 
orders. 


Trizec Holdings, ostensibly owned by the Bronfman family, 
is in reality the main asset of the Queen of England's in Canada. 
The entire Southeast Asian opium trade interfaces with the 
Bronfman empire and is one of the means whereby heroin is 
brought to America. In a sense, Canada is like Switzerland pristine 
snow-covered landscapes, big cities, a place of great beauty, but 
underneath lies a deep layer of filth and dirt arising from its 
massive heroin trade. 


The Bronfman family are "cut-outs" what is known in MI6 
as "front men" controlled from London by MI6 "deskmen," 
intelligence jargon for controllers at headquarters. Edgar Bronfman, 
the family leader, was sent to "Moscow Center"-cover name for 
the KGB headquarters at 2 Dzerzhinsky Square, Moscow, on a 
large number of occasions. 


At a low level, Bronfman was probably very useful as a 
contact man with Moscow. Bronfman was never at any stage a 
contract agent for MI6 and so never carried the title "Paroles," a 
key intelligence word for mutual identification between agents, 
which greatly disappointed the eager Bronfman family head. At 
one stage when it was thought that some of the family were 
acting suspiciously, "watchers"—intelligence jargon for intelligence 
officers keeping persons under surveillance, were put on the 
Bronfman family, but found only that one of the Bronfmans had 
been bragging to a United States "cousin" (the word MI6 uses for 
the C.I.A.) who was unaware of the role of Edgar Bronfman. This 
was quickly corrected. 


Two Eagle Star directors, who were also the two top MI6 
operatives, took control of the Bronfman family about six months 
after the war ended. Sir Kenneth Keith and Sir Kenneth Strong, 
whom we have already met, legitimated the Bronfman family by 


180 


setting up Trizec Holdings. There is no one in the world who can 
do a better job of "fronting," through companies, than MI6 


Yet, like Switzerland, there is a dirty side to Canada that 
has been well-hidden from view by the Committee of 300 under 
cover of the Official Secrets Act, a carbon-copy of the British law 
passed in 1913. Drugs, dirty money laundering, crime and 
racketeering are all covered by their infamous Act. 


Not known to many is that, if charged under the Official 
Secrets Act, which can be interpreted any way the Crown agents 
choose, persons could face the death penalty. As I have said so 
many times since 1980, Canada is not a nation like South Africa, or 
Holland or Belgium; it always was, and remains tied to the Queen 
of England's apron strings. Canada, we find, is always first in 
carrying out Queen Elizabeth's wishes. Canadian troops have 
fought in every one of Her Majesty's wars, including the Boer War 
( 18991903). 


Like its American counterpart, the Canadian Institute of 
International Affairs is a child of the Royal Institute for 
International Affairs (RITA) and runs Canadian politics. Its 
members have filled the position of Secretary of State ever since it 
was founded in 1925. The Institute for Pacific Relations, the body 
that fostered the attack on Pearl Harbor, was welcomed in Canada 
after Owen Lattimore and his fellow members had their treasonous 
activities exposed in 1947 and left the United States before they 
could be charged. 


The Canadian Institute for International Affairs is 
connected with the Rank Organization through Sir Kenneth Strong, 
who was second in charge of MI6 at the end of the Second World 
War. As a member of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, Strong is 
the number two man in Canada for Rank and the British Crown's 
commercial interests. He is on the board of one of the most prolific 
drug banks in the world after the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, 
the Bank of Nova Scotia, through which proceeds of the Canadian 
heroin trade are handled. 


First in line is Sir Brian Edward Mountain, the ranking 
member of the Knights of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem. It is 


181 


well to remember that, when the British Crown wanted the United 
States to enter the Second World War, it sent Lord Beaverbrook 
and Sir Brian Mountain to meet with President Roosevelt to deliver 
the Crown's orders in this regard. Roosevelt complied by ordering 
the United States Navy to operate out of a base in Greenland, 
from where attacks on German submarines were carried out nine 
months before Pearl Harbor. This was done without the knowledge 
and consent of the Congress. 


Another big name in the Rank-Canadian interfacing was Sir 
Kenneth Keith, a director of Canada's equivalent of the Hong Kong 
and Shanghai Bank, the Bank of Nova Scotia, dripping in drug 
money laundering. He was also on the board of Britain's oldest 
and most venerable newspaper institution, the London Times and 
the Sunday Times. For over 100 years the "Times" has been the 
Crown's voice on foreign affairs, finance matters and political life in 
England. 


Like so many Committee of 300 members, Sir Kenneth 
circulated between MI6 and the opium supply chain of command 
in Hong Kong and China, ostensibly on business for the Canadian 
Institute for International Affairs, of which he was a member 
Furthermore, as a director of the Hill Samuel banking house, his 
presence in China and Hong Kong could be explained without any 
problem. One of his closest associates outside of MI6 circles was 
Sir Philip de Zuleta, the Committee of 300's direct controller of all 
British prime ministers, both Conservative and Labor. Sir Kenneth 
Strong tied in all the spokes of the drug wheel, including terrorism, 
production of opium, the gold markets, dirty money laundering 
and banking to its central core, the British Crown. 


At the top of British Crown control of Canada was Walter 
Gordon. A former member of the Queen's hands-on oversight 
committee, also Known as the Privy Council, Gordon sponsored the 
Institute for Pacific Relations via the Canadian Institute of 
International Affairs. As a former minister of finance, Gordon was 
able to place Committee of 300 selected accountants and lawyers 
inside the three main chartered banks: the Bank of Nova Scotia, 
the Canadian Imperial Bank and the Toronto Dominion Bank. 


182 


Through these three "Crown banks" a network of 
Committee of 300 agents responsible to Gordon oversaw the 
world's second largest dirty drug money laundering operation, with 
a direct open door to China. Before his death, Gordon controlled 
James Endicott, Chester Ronning and Paul Linn, identified by MI6 
as Canada's top "China specialists." All three men worked closely 
with Chou-En-lai, who once told Gamal Abdul Nasser that he 
would do to Britain and the USA what they had done to China, i.e., 
turn them into nations of heroin addicts. Chou-En-lai made good 
on his promise, starting with American GI's in Vietnam. Other close 
collaborators in the Canadian heroin drug ring were John D. Gilmer 
and John Robert Nicholson, both members of the Order of the 
Knights of St. John of Jerusalem. 


Lord Hartley Shawcross, who is believed to report directly 
to Queen Elizabeth II, was on the board of the Royal Institute for 
International Affairs and chancellor of Sussex University where the 
notorious Tavistock Institute for Human Relations is located, with 
extensive connections in Canada. 


As part of Rank's United States operation, no other single 
company has been more successful for Rank than the Corning 
Group, owners of the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and 
the New York Life Insurance Company. Committee of 300 
members, Amory Houghton and his brother James Houghton, have 
long served the British Crown through the above named insurance 
companies, and Corning Glass, Dow Corning and Corning 
International. Both sit on the board of IBM and Citicorp. James 
Houghton is a director of the Princeton Institute for Advanced 
Studies, a director of the J. Pierpont Morgan Library, a stronghold 
of the RIIA and the CFR, and he is also a director of CBS. 


It was the Houghton brother who donated hundreds of 
acres known as Wye Plantation in Maryland to the British Crown's 
Aspen Institute. Also on the Corning Glass board sits the Bishop of 
the Archdiocese of the Anglican (Episcopalian) Church of Boston. 
All this gives the group its much-vaunted air of respectability, 
which insurance company executive s must carry, and as we shall 
see, in addition to James Houghton, Keith Funston and John 
Harper, both on Corning's board, run the Metropolitan Life 
Insurance Company. 


183 


The MASSIVE gridding and interfacing of just this one 
single unit of the Committee of 300 will give us a good indication 
of the vast power at the disposal of the conspirators’ hierarchy, 
before which all knees are bowed, including the knee of the 
President of the United States, whomever that happens to be. 


What is important to note is how this American company, 
one of HUNDREDS, is interfaced with British intelligence, with 
Canada, the Far East and South Africa, not to mention its gridding 
of corporate officials and directors reaching into every aspect of 
business and politics in the United States. 


While Metropolitan Life Insurance Company does not begin 
to compare with the Committee of 300's giant Assicurazioni 
Generale, it is nevertheless a good indicator of how the 
Houghtons'power extends right across the business spectrum of 
the U.S. and Canada. Starting with R. H. Macy, (whose floor 
walkers no longer wear red carnations to honor the company's 
affiliation with Communism), the Royal Bank of Canada, National 
and Westminster Bank, Intertel (a virulent and vile private 
intelligence agency), Canadian Pacific, The Reader's Digest, RCA, 
AT&T, the Harvard Business School, W. R. Grace Shipping 
Company, Ralston Purina Company, U.S. Steel, Irving Trust, 
Consolidated Edison of New York and ABC, the Houghtons' power 
grid extends as far as the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank. 


Another successful Rank company in the United States is 
the Reliance Insurance Group. As an integral part of the Strategic 
Bombing Survey, Reliance established the initial structural base for 
brainwashing, opinion-making, polling, survey and the systems 
analysis used by the Tavistock Institute in the United States. The 
Reliance Insurance Company, based in Philadelphia, set up the 
corporate structure which enabled the Strategic Bombing Survey 
to be turned against the people of the United States who, although 
unaware of it, have been subjected to savage psychological 
warfare for the past 45 years. 


A key operative in this assault on the United States was 
David Bialkin of the Committee of 300 law firm, Wilkie, Farr and 
Gallagher. Bialkin ran the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) for many 


184 


years. The ADL is a British intelligence operation founded in the 
U.S. by MI6 and run by Saul Steinberg and Eric Trist of Tavistock. 
Saul Steinberg is the U.S. representative and business partner of 
the Jacob de Rothschild family of London. 


Reliance Corporation is home for Carl Lindner who 
succeeded Eli Black when he "fell" from a 44th floor window of a 
New York skyscraper. Reliance Company interfaces with the 
powerful United Fruit Company of Boston and New Orleans run by 
Max Fisber who, before be was sheepdipped, was a wellknown 
Detroit underworld figure. United Fruit Company has long been a 
conveyer of heroin and cocaine into the U.S. under the expertise 
of Misbulam Riklis of Rapid American Corporation who 
masterminds shipments from Canada to the U.S. Remember, all 
this is under the aegis of a single company, gridding and 
interfacing with a myriad of smaller companies and operations to 
give the Committee of 300 full control of a multiplicity of 
operations, each one carefully interlocked in the grid. 


Reliance Group is a spinoff of the parent company whose 
function it is to brainwash the American people through a network 
of pollsters and opinion makers and relies on Operations Research 
for direct links with the Tavistock Institute. Another associate 
company is Leasco, which is closely interfaced with AT&T, 
Disclosure Incorporated, Western Union International, Imbucon 
Ltd and Yankelovich, Skelly and White. 


Daniel Yankelovich is the emperor of the polling-opinion 
making corporate structure in the United States, a vast apparatus 
which provides "public opinions on social, economic and political 
matters of substance," to quote Edward Bernays. It was this vast 
apparatus that turned the majority of Americans, who had never 
even heard of Saddam Hussein and vaguely knew that Iraq was a 
country somewhere in the Middle East, into a people howling for 
his blood and the extermination of Irag as a nation. 


Yankelovich utilized to the full all knowledge gained during 
the Second World War. As a second-generation warrior, 
Yankelovich has no equal, which is why ABC polls conducted by his 
company are always in the forefront of "public opinion." The 
population of the United States was targeted in the same manner 


185 


of German worker housing by attacking the sense of reality. This 
technique is, of course, standard training for certain intelligence 
groups, which includes the CIA. 


Yankelovich's task was to destroy traditional American 
values and replace them with New Age-Age of Aquarius values. As 
the Committee of 300's most senior public opinion maker, no one 
can doubt that Yankelovich has done a superb job. 


Probably the best way to explain what methods are used 
and what results are expected to be achieved is to quote John 
Naisbitt's work as explained in his "Trend Report." Naisbitt has 
acted as advisor to Lyndon Johnson, Eastman Kodak, IBM, 
America Express, the Center for Policy Study, Chase Manhattan, 
General Motors, Louis Harris Polls, the White House, Institute of 
Life Insurance, the American Red Cross, Mobil Oil, B.P. and a host 
of Committee of 300 companies and institutions. His methodology, 
derived from MI6 Tavistock procedures, is of course not unique: 


"I will briefly outline our methodology. In developing Trend 
Report for our clients we rely mostly on a system of monitoring 
local events and behavior. We are overwhelmingly impressed with 
the extent to which this is a bottom-up society, so we monitor 
what is going on locally, rather than what is going on in 
Washington or New York. Things start in Los Angeles, in Tampa, in 
Hartford, in Wichita, Portland, San Diego and Denver. It is a very 
much 'from the bottom-up' society. 


"The tracking concept employed in determining these 
trends has its roots in WW II. During the war, intelligence experts 
sought to find a method for obtaining information on enemy 
nations that public opinion polls would normally have provided. 
Under the leadership of Paul Lazarsfeld and Harold Laswell, a 
method was developed for monitoring what was going on in these 
societies that involved doing a content analysis of the daily press. 


"Although this method of monitoring public thinking 
continues to be the choice of the intelligence community the 
nation annually spends millions of dollars doing newspaper content 
analyses in all parts of the world.... The reason this system of 
monitoring changes in society works so well is that 'news holes’ in 


186 


newspapers is a closed system. For economic reasons the amount 
of space devoted to news in a newspaper doesn't change over 
time. 


"So when something new is introduced into that news hole, 
something or a combination of things has to go out or be omitted. 
The principle involved here is classified as a forced choice within a 
closed system. In this forced situation societies add new 
preoccupations and forget old ones. We keep track of the ones 
that are added and the ones that are given up. 


"Evidently, societies are like human beings. I do not know 
what the number is, but a person can only keep so many problems 
and concerns in his head at any one time. If new problems or 
concerns are added, some existing ones must be given up. We 
keep track of what Americans have given up and have taken up. 


"The United States is rapidly shifting from a mass industrial 
society to an information society and the final impact will be more 
profound than the 19th century shift from an agricultural to an 
industrial society. Starting in 1979, the number one occupation in 
the U.S. became clerking, replacing laborer and farmer. In this 
latter statement is a brief history of the United States." 


It is not by chance that Naisbitt is a member of the Club of 
Rome and, as such, a "senior staffer" of the Committee of 300. He 
is also one of the senior vice presidents of Yankelovich, Skelly and 
White. What Naisbitt is doing is not forecasting trends but MAKING 
them. We have seen how the industrial base of the United States 
has been destroyed, starting with the steel industry. In 1982 I 
wrote a work I called "Death of the Steel Industry," in which I 
stated that by the mid-1990's, steel production in the U.S. will 
have declined to a point of no return, and that the auto and 
housing industries would go the same way. 


All this has come to pass, and what we are witnessing 
today is not an economic recession due not only to unsound 
economic policies, but the deliberately planned destruction of our 
industrial base—and along with it the destruction of America's 
unique middle class—the backbone of the country—which depends 


187 


on a progressive industrial expansion for growth and for steady 
employment. 


This is one of the reasons why the recession, which started 
in earnest in January of 1991, has turned into a depression from 
which the United States as we knew it in the 1960's-1970's will 
most probably never reappear. The economy will not come out of 
the depression of 1991 until at least 19951996, at which time the 
United States will have become an entirely different society from 
the one it when the recession began. 


Opinion makers have played no small part in this war on 
the United States; we need to examine the role of the Committee 
of 300 in bringing about these far-reaching changes and how the 
social engineers have used central systems analyses to keep public 
opinion from expressing anything other than the policies of the 
invisible government. How and where did it all begin? 


From documents covering the First World War that I was 
able to gather and examine in the War Office in Whitehall, London, 
it appears that the Royal Institute for International Affairs was 
commissioned by the Committee of 300 to do a study of 
manipulating war information. This task was given to Lord 
Northcliffe and Lord Rothmere and Arnold Toynbee, who was 
MI6's agent at the RIIA. Lord Rothmere's family owned a 
newspaper which was used to support various government 
positions, so it was thought that the paper could change public 
perceptions, especially among the ranks of growing opposition to 
the war. 


The project was housed in Wellington House, named after 
the Duke of Wellesly. American specialists drafted to help Lords 
Rothmere and Northcliffe included Edward Bernays and Walter 
Lippman. The group held "brain storming" sessions to work out 
techniques for mobilizing mass support for the war, especially 
among the working class people whose sons were expected to go 
to the slaughter fields of Flanders in record numbers. 


Using Lord Rothmere's newspaper, new manipulative 
techniques were tried out and, after a period of about 6 months, it 
was apparent that they were a success. What the researchers 


188 


discovered was that only a very small group of people understood 
the process of reasoning and the ability to observe the problem as 
opposed to passing an opinion on it. This, said Lord Rothmere, 
was the way in which 87% of the British public approached the 
war, and that the same principle applied not only to the war, but 
to every conceivable problem in society in general. 


In this manner, irrationality was elevated to a high level of 
public consciousness. The manipulators then played upon this to 
undermine and distract the grasp of reality governing any given 
situation and, the more complex the problems of a modern 
industrial society became, the easier it became to bring greater 
and greater distractions to bear so that what we ended up with 
was that the absolutely inconsequential opinions of masses of 
people, created by skilled manipulators, assumed the position of 
scientific fact. 


Having literally stumbled upon so profound a conclusion, 
the manipulators put it to one test after another during the war, so 
that in spite of hundreds of thousands of the youth of Britain being 
slaughtered on the battlefields of France, there was virtually no 
opposition to the bloody war. Records of the time show that by 
1917, just before the United States entered the war, 94% of the 
British working class bearing the brunt of the war did not have the 
faintest idea what they were fighting for, other than the image 
created by the media manipulators that the Germans were a 
horrible race, bent upon destroying their monarch and their 
country, and who had to be wiped off the face of the earth. 


Certainly nothing has changed because, in 1991, we had 
the exact same situation created by the news media which allowed 
President Bush to flagrantly violate the Constitution in waging a 
war of genocide against the nation of Iraq with the full consent of 
87% of the American people. Woodrow Wilson can be credited—if 
that is the proper expression to use—of jumping on the public 
opinion manipulators' band wagon and using it to further the 
causes whispered in his ear by his controller, Colonel House. 


On instructions from President Wilson, or rather Colonel 
House, the Creel Commission was created and, as far as can bb 
ascertained, the Creel Commission was the first organization in the 


189 


United States to use the RITA techniques and methodology for 
polling and mass propaganda. The psychological warfare 
experiments perfected at Wellington House were used in the 
Second World War with equal success, and have been in 
continuous use in the massive psychological war against the 
United States which began in 1946. The methods did not change, 
only the target. Now it was not German worker housing but the 
middle class of the United States that became the focus of the 
attack. 


As so often happens, the conspirators could not contain 
their glee. After WW II, in 1922 to be precise, Lippmann detailed 
the work done by the RIIA in a book he called "PUBLIC OPINION": 


"Public opinion deals with indirect, unseen and puzzling 
facts, and there is nothing obvious about them. The situations to 
which public opinion refers are known only as opinions, pictures 
inside heads of human beings, pictures of themselves, of others, 
of their needs, purposes and relationships, are their public 
opinions. These pictures which are acted upon by groups of people, 
or by individuals acting in the name of groups are PUBLIC 
OPINION with capital letters. The picture inside the head often 
misleads men in their dealings with the world outside of their 
heads." 


No wonder Lippmann was chosen to make the people of 
the United States "like" the Beatles when they arrived on our 
shores and were thrust upon an unsuspecting country. Combined 
with the propaganda sent forth night and day from radio and 
television it was only a comparatively short time before The 
Beatles became "popular." The technique of radio stations 
allegedly receiving hundreds of requests from imaging listeners for 
Beatlemusic, led to charts and ratings for first, the "top ten" and 
gradually escalated until, by 1992, it has expanded to "the top 40 
on the charts." 


In 1928, Lippmann's compatriot Edward Bernays wrote a 
book called "CRYSTALLIZING PUBLIC OPINION" and in 1928 a 
second book of his was published entitled simply "PROPAGANDA." 
In it Bernays described his experiences at Wellington House. 
Bernays was a close friend of Master Manipulator H.G. Wells, 


190 


whose many quasi-novels were used by Bernays to help formulate 
mass mind control techniques. 


Wells was not shy about his role as a leader in changing 
lower class society, mainly because he was a close friend of 
members of the British royal family, and spent a great deal of time 
with some of the most highly placed politicians of the day, men 
like Sir Edward Grey, Lord Haldane, Robert Cecil of the Jewish 
Cecil family that had controlled the British monarchy since a Cecil 
became the private secretary and lover of Queen Elizabeth I, Leo 
Amery, Halford Mackinder of MI6 and later head of the London 
School of Economics, whose pupil Bruce Lockhart would become 
MI6 controller of Lenin and Trotsky during the Bolshevik 
Revolution, and even the great man himself, Lord Alfred Milner. 


One of Well's favorite watering holes was the prestigious St. 
Ermins Hotel, meeting place of the Coefficient Club, a club to 
which certified gentlemen only were admitted and where they met 
once a month. All of the men mentioned above were members and 
also members of the Souls Club. Wells claimed that any nation 
could be defeated, not by direct confrontation but by 
understanding the human mind—what he called, "the mental 
hinterlands hidden behind the persona." 


With such a powerful backer, Bernays felt confident enough 
to launch his "PROPAGANDA": 


"As civilization becomes more complex, AND AS THE NEED 
FOR INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN INCREASINGLY 
DEMONSTRATED (emphasis added-JC), the technical means have 
been invented and developed BY WHICH PUBLIC OPINION MAY 
BE REGIMENTED (emphasis added-JC). With printing press and 
newspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and airplanes, ideas 
can be spread rapidly, and even instantaneously, across the whole 
of America." Bernays had not yet seen how much better television, 
which was to follow, would do the job. 


"The conscious and intelligent manipulation of organized 
habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in a 
democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism 
of society constitute an INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT WHICH IS THE 


191 


TRUE RULING POWER IN OUR COUNTRY." To back up his position, 
Bernays quoted H. G. Wells' article published in the New York 
Times in which Wells enthusiastically backed the idea of modern 
means of communication "opening up a new world of political 
processes which will allow the common design to be documented 
and sustained against perversion and betrayal" (of the invisible 
government). 


To continue with the revelations contained in 
"PROPAGANDA": 


"We are governed, our minds are moulded, our tastes 
formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard 
of. What ever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, it 
remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, whether 
in the sphere of politics or business, our social conduct or our 
ethical thinking, we are dominated by a relatively small number of 
persons, a trifling fraction of our hundred and twenty million, who 
understand the mental processes and social patterns of the 
masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind, 
and who harness old social forces and contrive new ways TO BIND 
AND GUIDE THE WORLD" (emphasis added-JC). 


Bernays was not bold enough to tell the world who the 
"THEY" are who "pull the wires which control the public mind...," 
but in this book we shall make up for his intentional oversight by 
disclosing the existence of that "relatively small number of 
persons," the Committee of 300. Bernays was roundly applauded 
for his work by the CFR whose members voted to place him in 
charge of CBS. William Paley became his "undergraduate" and 
eventually replaced Bernays, having acquired thorough knowledge 
of the new-science science of public opinion making, which made 
CBS the leader of the field, a role which CBS television and radio 
has never relinquished. Political and financial control by the 
"relatively small number," as Bernays called them, is exercised 
through a number of secret societies, most notably the Scottish 
Rite of Freemasonry, and perhaps even more importantly, through 
the Venerable Order of the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, an 
ancient order consisting of the British monarch's hand-picked 
executives chosen for their expertise in areas vital to the continued 
control of the Committee. 


192 


In my work "The Order of St. John of Jerusalem" published 
in 1986, I described The Order in the following manner: 


",..1t is therefore not a secret society, except where its 
purposes have been perverted in the inner councils like the Order 
of the Garter, which is a prostituted oligarchical creation of the 
British royal family, which makes a mockery of what the Sovereign 
Order of St. John of Jerusalem stands for. 


"As an example, we find the atheist Lord Peter Carrington, 
who pretends to be an Anglican Christian but who is a member of 
the Order of Osiris and other demonic sects, including 
Freemasonry, installed as a Knight of the Garter at St. George's 
Chapel, Windsor Castle, by Her Majesty, Queen Elizabeth IT of 
England, of the Black Nobility Guelphs, also head of the Anglican 
Church, which she thoroughly despises." 


Carrington was selected by the Committee of 300 to bring 
down the government of Rhodesia, sign over the mineral wealth of 
Angola and South West Africa to City of London control, wreck the 
Argentine and turn NATO into a leftwing political organization 
beholden to the Committee of 300. 


Another strange face we see attaching itself to the Holy 
Christian Order of St. John of Jerusalem, and I use the word 
stranger as it is used in the original Hebrew of the Old Testament 
to denote the lineage of an individual, is that of Major Louis 
Mortimer Bloomfield, the man who helped plan the murder of John 
F. Kennedy. We see photos of this "strange" man wearing with 
pride the Cross of Malta, the same cross worn on the sleeve of the 
Knights of the Order of the Garter. 


We have been so brainwashed that we believe the British 
royal family is just a nice, harmless and colorful institution, and fail 
to realize just how corrupt and therefore highly dangerous is this 
institution called the British Monarchy. The Knights of the Order of 
the Garter are the INNERMOST circle of the most corrupt public 
servants who have utterly betrayed the trust placed in them by 
their nation, their people. 


193 


The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the leaders of 
the Committee of 300, Queen Elizabeth II's most trusted "privy 
council." When I did my research on the Order of St. John of 
Jerusalem some years ago, I went to Oxford to talk with one of 
the Masters who is a specialist on ancient and modern British 
traditions. He told me that the Knights of the Garter are the inner 
sanctum, the elite of the elite of Her Majesty's Most Venerable 
Order of St. John of Jerusalem. Let me say this is not the original 
order founded by the true Christian warrior, Peter Gerard, but is 
typical of many fine institutions that are taken over and destroyed 
from the inside, while yet appearing to the uninitiated to be the 
original. 


From Oxford I went to the Victoria and Albert Museum and 
gained access to the papers of Lord Palmerston, one of the 
founders of the Opium Dynasty in China. Palmerston, like so many 
of his kind, was not only a Freemason, but a dedicated servant of 
Gnosticism.... Like the present 'royal family,’ Palmerston made a 
pretense of being a Christian but was in fact a servant of Satan. 
Many satanists became leaders of British aristocracy and made 
immense fortunes out of the China opium trade. 


I learned from the papers in the museum named after 
Victoria that she changed the name of the Order of St. John of 
Jerusalem in 1885 in order to break away from the Catholic 
connection of the Order's founder, Peter Gerard, and renamed it 
the "Protestant Most Venerable Order of Jerusalem." Membership 
was open to every oligarchical family that had made its fortune in 
the China opium trade and every thoroughly decadent family 
received place in the 'new order.' 


Many of these venerable gentlemen were responsible for 
overseeing the prohibition era in the United States from Canada, 
where several of its members supplied the whisky ferried to the 
United States. Notable among this group was Committee of 300 
member Earl Haig, who gave his whisky franchise to old Joe 
Kennedy. Both prohibition and the distilleries who met the demand 
for alcohol were creations of the British Crown acting through the 
Committeemen of 300. It was an experiment which became the 
forerunner of today's drug trade, and the lessons learned from the 


194 


prohibition era are being applied to the soon to be legalized drug 
trade. 


Canada is the route most used by Far East heroin suppliers. 
The British Monarchy sees to it that this information never 
becomes public. Using her powers, Queen Elizabeth rules over 
Canada through the Governor-General (one wonders how modern 
Canadians can accept such an archaic arrangement?), who is the 
Queen's PERSONAL representative, and on down the line to the 
Privy Council (yet another archaic hang-over from colonialist days) 
and the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, who control Canadian 
commerce in all of its facets. 


Opposition to British rule is suppressed. Canada has some 
of the most restrictive laws in the world, including so-called "hate 
crime" laws imposed upon the country by Jewish menbers of the 
House of Lords in England. At present there are four major trials in 
various stages in Canada involving persons charged with "hate 
crimes." These are the Finta, Keegstra, Zundel and Ross cases. 
Anyone who dares to try and show proof of Jewish control of 
Canada (which the Bronfmans exercise), is immediately arrested 
and charged with so-called "hate crimes." This will give us some 
idea of the vastness of the reach of the Committee of 300 which 
quite literally sits on top of everything n this world. 


Testifying to the truth of this statement is the fact that the 
Committee of 300 set up the International Institute for Strategic 
Studies (IISS) under the auspices of the Round Table. This 
institute is the vehicle for M16-Tavistock black propaganda and 
wet jobs (an intelligence cover name denoting an operation where 
bloodshed is required), nuclear and terrorist, which goes to the 
world's press for dissemination, as well as to government and 
military establishments. 


Membership of IISS includes representatives of 87 major 
wire services and press associations as well as 138 senior editors 
and columnists drawn from international newspapers and 
magazines. Now you know where your favorite columnist gets all 
of his information and opinions from. Remember Jack Anderson, 
Tom Wicker, Sam Donaldson, John Chancellor, Mary McGrory, 
Seymour Hersh, Flora Lewis and Anthony Lewis, et al? The 


195 


information provided by IISS, especially scenarios like those 
prepared to blacken President Hussein and to justify the coming 
attack on Libya and condemn the PLO are all specially tailormade 
for the occasion. The Mai Lai massacre story published by 
Seymour Hersh came straight out of IISS, just in case we wrongly 
suppose that men like Hersh do their own research work. 


The International Institute for Strategic Studies is nothing 
more than a higher echelon opinion-maker as defined by 
Lippmann and Bernays. Instead of writing books, newspapers 
report opinions presented by chosen columnists, and IISS was 
formed to be a coordinating center for not only creating opinions, 
but to get those opinions and scenarios out much faster and to a 
greater audience than could be reached by a book, for example. 
IISS is a good example of the gridding and interfacing of 
Committee of 300 institutions. 


The idea of bringing IISS into being arose at the 1957 
Bilderberger meeting. It will be recalled that the Bilderberger 
Conference is a creation of M16 under the direction of the Royal 
Institute of International Affairs. The idea came from Alastair 
Buchan, son of Lord Tweedsmuir. Buchan was chairman at the 
time, and a board member of the RIIA and a member of the 
Round Table reportedly very close to the British royal family This 
was the same conference that welcomed Labour Party leader 
Dennis Healey to its ranks. Others in attendance were Francois 
Duchene, whose mentor, Jean Monet Duchenes, ran the Trilateral 
Commission under the tutelage of H. V. Dicks from Tavistock's 
Columbus Center. 


Among the governing council of this gigantic propaganda 
opinion-making apparat is included the following: 


Frank Kitson, a one time controller of The IRA 
PROVISIONALS, the man who started the Mau-Mau insurgency in 
Kenya. 

Lazard Freres, represented by Robert Ellsworth. 

N. M. Rothschild, represented by John Loudon. 

Paul Nitze, representative of Schroeder Bank. Nitze has 
played a very prominent and substantial role in matters of Arms 


196 


Control agreements, which have ALWAYS been under the direction 
of the RITA. 

C. L. Sulzberger of the New York Times. 

Stansfield Turner, a former director of the CIA. 

Peter Calvocoressi, representing Penguin Books. 

Royal Institute for International Affairs, represented by 
Andrew Schoenberg. 

Columnists and Reporters, represented by Flora Lewis, 
Drew Middleton, Anthony Lewis, Max Frankel. 

Daniel Ellsberg. 

Henry Kissinger. 

Robert Bowie, a former director of the CIA's National 
Intelligence Estimates. 


Flowing from the 1957 Bilderberger meeting, Kissinger was 
instructed to open a Round Table office in Manhattan, the nucleus 
of which consisted of Haig, Ellsberg, Halperin, Schlessinger, 
McNamara and the McBundy brothers. Kissinger was directed to fill 
all executive positions in the Nixon administration with Round 
Tablers, loyal to the RIIA and therefore to the Queen of England. 
It was no accident that Kissinger chose President Nixon's old 
hangout, the Hotel Pierre, as his center of operations. 


The significance of the Round Table-Kissinger operation 
was thus: On orders of the RIIA chairman Andrew Schoeberg, a 
block was placed on all agencies involved in intelligence, 
preventing them from giving information to President Nixon. This 
meant Kissinger and his staff were getting ALL INTELLIGENCE, 
FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC, LAW ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION, 
INCLUDING FBI DIVISION 5, before any of it was released to the 
President. This made certain that all M16-controlled terrorist 
operations in the U.S. would have no chance of being leaked. This 
was Halperin's bailiwick. 


By working this methodology, Kissinger at once established 
hegemony over the Nixon presidency, and after Nixon was 
disgraced by the Kissinger group and hounded from office, 
Kissinger emerged with unprecedented powers such as have not 
been equaled before or since Watergate. Some of these seldom 
enumerated powers included the following: 


197 


Kissinger ordered National Security Decision Memorandum 
No. I to be drafted by Halperin, who got the actual wording 
directly from the RIIA through Round Table circles. The 
memorandum appointed Kissinger as the supreme U.S. authority, 
chairman of the Verification Panel. All SALT negotiations were 
directed from here, using Paul Nitze, Paul Warnke and a nest of 
traitors inside the Arms Control mission at Geneva. 


In addition, Kissinger was appointed to The Vietnam 
Special Studies Group, which oversaw and made evaluations of all 
reports, civilian and military, including intelligence reports coming 
out of Vietnam. Kissinger also demanded and got oversight of the 
"40 Committee," a super-secret agency that has the task of 
deciding when and where to initiate covert activities and then 
monitors the progress of operations it sets in motion. 


Meantime Kissinger ordered a blizzard of wire-taps by the 
FBI, even on his closest assistants, so as to give the impression 
that he was on top of everything. Most of his circle were told that 
wiretaps on them were in force. This nearly backfired was an M16 
operative by the name of Henry Brandon was ordered wiretapped, 
but was not informed by Kissinger. Brandon was doubling as a 
reporter for the London Times and Kissinger very nearly got 
thrown out because nobody does this to the London Times. 


The full story of the Ellsberg break-in and the subsequent 
Watergating of Nixon is too long to be included here. Suffice to 
say, Kissinger had control of Ellsberg from the day that Ellsberg 
was recruited while at Cambridge. Ellsberg had always been a 
hardliner in favor of the Vietnam War, but was gradually 
"converted" to a radical leftist activist. His "conversion" was only a 
shade less miraculous than St. Paul's Damascus Road experience. 


The entire spectrum of the new left in the United States 
was the work of British intelligence M16 acting through Round 
Table assets and the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS). Just as it 
did with all countries with a republican base, whose policies had to 
be changed, LPS played a leading role, even as it does today in 
South Africa and South Korea. Much of IPS's activities are 
explained in my work "IPS Revisited" published in 1990. 


198 


IPS had one main function, that being to sow discord and 
spread disinformation resulting in chaos. One such program, 
aimed at America's youth, centered on drugs. Through a series of 
IPS fronts, acts like the stoning of Nixon's motorcade and a large 
number of bombings, a climate of deception was effectively 
created which led a majority of Americans to believe that the 
United States was under threat from the KGB, the GRU and Cuban 
DGI. The word went out that a lot of these imaginary agents had 
close ties to the Democrats through George McGovern. It was in 
fact, a model disinformation campaign for which M16 is justly 
famous. 


Haldeman, Ehrlichman and Nixon's closest aides had no 
clue as to what was happening, hence a flurry of statements 
emanating from the White House that East Germany, The Soviet 
Union, North Korea and Cuba were training terrorists and funding 
their operations in the United States. I doubt whether Nixon knew 
very much about IPS, let alone suspected what it was doing to his 
presidency. We suffered the same kind of disinformation during 
the Gulf War when the word went out that terrorists of all stripes 
were about to invade the United States and blow up everything in 
sight. 


President Nixon was literally left in the dark. He didn't even 
know that David Young, a Kissinger pupil, was working in the 
basement of the White House, supervising "leaks." Young was a 
graduate of Oxford and a long-time Kissinger associate through 
Round Table assets such as the law firm of Milbank Tweed. 
President Nixon was no match for the forces arrayed against him 
under the direction of M16 on behalf of the Royal Institute for 
International Affairs and hence the British royal family. 


About the only thing that Nixon was guilty of, in so far as 
Watergate is concerned, was his ignorance of what was going on 
all around him. When James McCord "confessed" to Judge John 
Sirica, Nixon should have been on to it like a flash that McCord 
was playing a double game. He ought to have challenged Kissinger 
about his relationship with McCord there and then. That would 
have thrown a spanner in the works and derailed the whole M16- 
Watergate operation. 


199 


Nixon did not abuse his presidential powers. His crime was 
not defending the Constitution of the United States of America and 
not charging Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham and Ben Bradley with 
conspiracy to commit insurrection. Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham's 
pedigree is of the most doubtful kind, as "Jessica Fletcher" of 
"Murder She Wrote" would soon have discovered. But even 
knowing that, Mrs. Graham's controllers in the Round Table would 
have fought hard to keep the lid on things. The role of the 
Washington Post was to keep the pot boiling by one "revelation" 
after another, thereby engendering a climate of public distrust of 
President Nixon, even when there was not one shred of evidence 
to support wrong doing by him. 


Yet it shows the immense power of the press, as Lippman 
and Bernays had quite properly anticipated, in that Mrs. Graham, 
long suspected of the murder of her husband, Philip L. Graham— 
Officially classed as "suicide"—should have retained any credibility 
at all. Other traitors who should have been indicted for 
insurrection and treason were Kissinger, Haig, Halperin, Ellsberg, 
Young, McCord, Joseph Califano and Chomsky of IPS and those 
CIA operatives who went to McCord's house and burned all of his 
papers. Again, it is worth repeating that Watergate, like many 
other operations we do not have the space to include here, 
demonstrated the COMPLETE CONTROL exercised over the United 
States by the Committee of 300. 


While Nixon kept company with people like Earl Warren and 
some Mafia dons who had built Warren's house, that does not 
mean that he should have been disgraced over the Watergate 
Affair. My dislike of Nixon stems from his willingness to sign the 
infamous ABM Treaty in 1972 and his all-too-cozy relationship with 
Leonid Brezhnev. One of the sorriest slip-ups of the Minority 
Council was its abject failure to expose the dirty role played by 
INTERTEL, the Corning Group's ugly private intelligence agency 
whom we have already met, who "leaked" a lot of Watergate 
material to Edward Kennedy. Private intelligence agencies like 
INTERTEL have no right to exist in the United States. They are a 
MENACE to our right to privacy and an insult to all free men 
everywhere. 


200 


Blame must also fall on those who were supposed to 
protect President Nixon from the kind of steelmesh net that was 
thrown around him to isolate him. The intelligence personnel 
around Nixon were a poor lot who had no knowledge of just how 
thorough British intelligence operations are; indeed, they had no 
inkling that Watergate was a British intelligence operation in its 
entirety. The Watergate plot was a coup-d'etat against the United 
States of America, as was the murder of John F. Kennedy. 
Although this fact is not recognized as such today, I am confident 
that when all the secret papers are finally opened, history will 
record that two coup-d'etats, one against Kennedy and one 
against Nixon, did indeed take place, and which in their wake 
brought the most violent rape and assault on the institutions upon 
which the Republic of the United States stands. 


The individual who most deserves the title of traitor and 
who is most guilty of sedition is General Alexander Haig. This 
desk-man office-colonel whose paper-shuffling career did not 
include commanding any troops in battle, was suddenly thrust 
upon the scene by the invisible upper-level parallel government 
President Nixon once described him as a man who had to ask 
Kissinger's permission to go to the bathroom. 


Haig was a product of the Round Table. He was noticed by 
Round Tabler Joseph Califano, one of Her Majesty's most trusted 
Round Tablers in the United States. Joseph Califano, legal council 
of the Democratic National Convention, had actually interviewed 
Alfred Baldwin, one of the plumbers A MONTH BEFORE THE 
BURGLARY TOOK PLACE. Califano was stupid enough to write a 
memorandum on his interview with Baldwin, in which he gave 
details of information on McCord's background and why McCord 
had selected Baldwin to be on the "team." 


Even more damaging, Califano's memorandum contained 
full details of transcripts of wiretaps of conversations between 
Nixon and the reelection committee, all this BEFORE the break-in 
occurred. Califano should have been indicted on a score of federal 
offenses; instead he got away cleanly with his criminal activity. 
Sanctimonious Sam Ervin refused to allow Fred Thompson, 
Minority Council, to introduce this highly damaging evidence at the 


201 


Watergate hearings—on the spurious grounds that it was "too 
speculative." 


On Round Table orders, Kissinger had Haig promoted from 
colonel to four-star general in the most meteoric rise ever 
recorded in the annals of United States military history, in the 
course of which Haig was leap-frogged over 280 senior U.S. Army 
generals and high-ranking officers. 


During Haig's "promotion," and as a result of it, 25 senior 
generals were forced to resign. As a reward for his treachery 
toward President Nixon, AND THE UNITED STATES, Haig was 
subsequently given the plum job of Commanding General of the 
North Atlantic Treaty Organization forces (NATO), although he was 
THE LEAST QUALIFIED COMMANDER EVER TO HOLD THAT 
POSITION. Here again he was leap-frogged over 400 senior 
generals from NATO countries and the United States. 


When the news of his appointment reached the Soviet 
Armed Forces High Command, Marshall Orgakov recalled his three 
top Warsaw Pact generals from Poland and East Germany, and 
there was much merrymaking, clinking of glasses and quaffing of 
champagne until well into the night. All through Haig's tenure as 
commander of NATO forces the professional elite cadre of the 
Soviet Armed Forces, men who have never been anything else but 
professional soldiers, held Haig in the utmost contempt and openly 
referred to him as the "office manager of NATO." They knew that 
Haig owed his appointment to the RIJA and not to the United 
States military. 


But before his military promotion took him out of 
Washington, let it be known that Alexander Haig, in conjunction 
with Kissinger, all but destroyed the office of the President of the 
United States and its government. The chaos left by Kissinger and 
Haig in the wake of Watergate has never been chronicled to the 
best of my knowledge. On the insistence of the RITA, Haig virtually 
took over the management of the Government of the United 
States after the April 1973 coup d'etat. Bringing 100 Round Table 
agents chosen from the Brookings Institution, Institute Policy 
Studies and the Council on Foreign Relations, Haig filled the top 
one hundred posts in Washington with men who, like himself, 


202 


were beholden to a foreign power. In the ensuing debacle, the 
Nixon Administration was torn asunder and the United States 
along with it. 


Thrusting aside the pious platitudes and posturings of 
defending the Constitution, Senator Sam Ervin did more to change 
the United States than anything President Nixon was alleged to 
have done, and the United States has not yet recovered from the 
near-mortal wound of Watergate, a Committee of 300 sponsored 
operation conducted by the Royal Institute for International Affairs, 
the Round Table and "hands on" M16 officers based in the United 
States. 


The way President Nixon was first isolated, surrounded by 
traitors and then confused, followed to the letter the Tavistock 
method of gaining full control of a person according to the 
methodology laid down by Tavistock's chief theoretician, Dr. Kurt 
Lewin. I have already given details of Lewin's methodology 
elsewhere in this book, but in view of the text-book case of 
President Richard M.Nixon, I think it is worth repeating: 


"One of the main techniques for breaking morale through a 
strategy of terror consists in exactly this tactic—keep the person 
hazy as to where he stands and just what he may expect. In 
addition, if frequent vacillations between severe disciplinary 
measures and promises of good treatment together with the 
spreading of contradictory news, make the cognitive structure of 
this situation utterly unclear, then the individual may cease even 
to know a particular plan would lead toward or away from his goal. 
Under these conditions even those individuals who have definite 
goals and are ready to take risks are paralyzed by severe inner 
conflict in regard to what to do." 


Kissinger and Haig followed Tavistock training manuals to 
the letter. The result was a distraught, confused, frightened and 
demoralized President Nixon, whose only course of action—he was 
told by Haig—was to resign. In 1983 I wrote two works, "The 
Tavistock Institute: Sinister and Deadly" and "The Tavistock 
Institute: Britain's Control of U.S. Policy," based upon Tavistock 
secret manuals which had fallen into my hands. Tavistock 
Institute's methods and actions are spelled out in these two works. 


203 


So successfully were Tavistock methods applied to unseat 
President Nixon that the people of this nation fully believed the 
calumny of lies, distortions and set-piece contrived situations 
mounted by the conspirator as truth, when in fact Watergate was 
a diabolical lie from end to end. It is important to stress this 
because we have certainly not seen the last of Watergate-type 
operations. 


What were the alleged impeachable offenses committed by 
President Nixon, and the so-called "smoking gun" evidence which 
was supposed to back up the charges? First, the "smoking gun." 
This piece of FICTION was created by Kissinger and Haig around 
the June 23rd tape, which Haig coerced Nixon into surrendering to 
Leon Jaworski. 


Haig spent hours convincing President Nixon that this tape 
would sink him, because it proved "beyond any doubt" that Nixon 
was guilty of serious wrong doing and a co-conspirator in the 
Watergate break-in. President Nixon's first response was to tell 
Haig, "It's utter nonsense to make such a big deal of this," but 
Haig chipped away until Nixon became convinced that he could not 
make a successful defense before the Senate, based solely on this 
particular June 23rd tape! 


How had Haig accomplished his mission? Acting out a 
scenario prepared for him by his Round Table controllers, Haig had 
an unedited transcript of the "smoking gun" tape typed by his staff. 
In reality there was nothing in the tape that President Nixon could 
not have explained. Sensing this, Haig then circulated his 
unauthorized unedited transcript of the tape among Nixon's 
staunchest supporters in the House and Senate and the 
Republican Party high command. Peppered with "smoking gun" 
and "devastating," and coming from Nixon's trusted aide, the 
transcript had the effect of a falcon hitting a flock of pigeons; 
Nixon's supporters panicked and ran for cover. 


Following up his sedition and insurrection, Haig summoned 
to his office Congressman Charles Wiggins, a staunch Nixon 
supporter who had agreed to lead the fight in the House to head 
off impeachment proceedings. In a bare-faced blatant lie, Wiggins 


204 


was informed by Haig, "The fight is lost." After that Wiggins lost all 
interest in defending Nixon, believing that Nixon himself had 
agreed to give up. Haig then dealt with Senator Griffin, a leading 
supporter of the president in the Senate in the same way. AS A 
RESULT OF HAIG'S SEDITIOUS, TREASONOUS ACTIVITIES, 
SENATOR GRIFFIN IMMEDIATELY WROTE A LETTER TO 
PRESIDENT NIXON CALLING UPON HIM TO RESIGN. 


THREE MONTHS EARLIER, Round Table controlled Institute 
for Policy Studies, child of James Warburg, founder and a fellow, 
Marcus Raskin, delivered EXACTLY the same ultimatum that 
President Nixon resign, using the British intelligence propaganda 
journal, The New York Times of May 25th to deliver the ultimatum. 
The Watergate tragedy was a step in the irreversible transition to 
barbarism which is enveloping the United States, and which is 
leading us into the One World Government New World Order. The 
United States is now at the same place that Italy found itself when 
Aldo Moro tried to rescue it from created instability. 


With what wrongdoing was Nixon charged? John Doar, 
whose brutish character was well-suited to his task of bringing so- 
called articles of impeachment against the president, was the 
author and finisher of one of the most far-reaching ILLEGAL 
domestic surveillance counterintelligence operations ever run in 
the United States. 


Heading the Interdepartmental Intelligence Unit (IDIU), 

Doar garnered information from every conceivable agency of the 
federal government, including the Internal Revenue Service. The 
program was linked to the Institute for Policy Studies. One of the 
highlights of John Doar's career was to provide the Cl[A—which is 
forbidden by law to engage in domestic surveillance, with 10,000- 
12,000 names of citizens he suspected as political dissidents, for 
further investigation. 


On July 18th, 1974, this great upholder of the law, with 
measured pomposity, delivered the "charges" against President 
Nixon, which episode was nationally televised. THERE WAS NOT A 
SINGLE PIECE OF EVIDENCE THAT NIXON HAD DONE ANYTHING 
IMPEACHABLE; indeed, Doar's pathetic litany of Nixon's alleged 
"crimes" were so trivial that it is a wonder the proceedings went 


205 


beyond this point. Income tax fiddling, unauthorized bombing of 
Cambodia and a vague "abuse of power" charge that would never 
have stuck in a court of law was the best that Doar could do. The 
United States was as unstable as it would ever be when President 
Nixon resigned on August 8th, 1974. 


Nowhere more so than in our economic and fiscal policies. 
In 1983 the international bankers met in Williamsburg, Virginia to 
work out a strategy to prepare the United States for a total 
disintegration of its banking system. This planned event was to 
stampede the U.S. Senate into accepting control of our monetary 
and fiscal policies by the International Monetary Fund (IMF). 
Dennis Weatherstone of Morgan Guarantee on Wall Street stated 
that he was convinced this was the only way for the United States 
to save itself. 


The proposal was endorsed by the Ditchley Group which 
had its beginning in May of 1982 at Ditchley Park in London. On 
January lOth-11th, 1983, this alien group met in Washington D.C., 
in violation of the Sherman Anti-Trust Act and the Clayton Act, and 
conspired to overthrow the sovereignty of the United States of 
America in its monetary and financial freedom. The United States 
Attorney General knew of the meeting and its purpose. Instead of 
charging members of the group with conspiracy to commit a 
federal crime, he simply looked the other way. 


Under the abovementioned acts, proof of a conspiracy is all 
that is needed for a felony conviction, and there was ample 
evidence that a conspiracy did indeed take place. But as the 
Ditchley Foundation had met at the request of the Royal Institute 
for International Affairs and was hosted by the Round Table, no 
one in the Justice Department had the courage to take action as 
required by those who had sworn to uphold the laws of the United 
States. 


The Ditchley Plan to usurp control of the fiscal and 
monetary policies of the United States was the brainchild of Sir 
Harold Lever, a strong backer of Zionism and a close confidant of 
members of the British royal family and a member of the 
Committee of 300. Sir Harold Lever was a director of the giant 
UMILEVER conglomerate, an important Committee of 300 


206 


company. Lever's plan called for the IMF's influence to be 
broadened so that it could influence central banks of all nations, 
including the U.S. and guide them into the hands of a One World 
Government bank. 


This was considered a vital step in bringing about a 
situation where the IMF would become the supreme arbiter of 
world banking. The ultra-secret January meeting was preceded by 
an earlier meeting in October 1982, and was attended by 
representatives of 36 of the world's top banks who met at the New 
York Vista Hotel. Security for the October 26th-27th seminar was 
as tight as anything ever seen in the Big Apple. This earlier 
Ditchley Group meeting also violated United States law. 


Addressing the meeting, Sir Harold Lever said it was 
essential that national sovereignty as an archaic hang-over must 
be ended before the year 2000. "The United States will soon have 
to realize that it will be no better than any Third World country 
when the IMF takes control," said Sir Harold. It was later reported 
to the delegates that plans to appoint the IMF as the controller of 
United States fiscal policies were being readied to bring before the 
United States Senate by the year 2000. 


Rimmer de Vries, speaking for Morgan Guarantee, said it 
was high time that the United States became a member of the 
Bank of International Settlements. "There must be a 
reconsideration of U.S. hesitancy over the past 50 years," De Vries 
declared. Some British and German bankers, fearing possible 
violations of U.S. law, said that the Ditchley Group is nothing but a 
committee to iron out exchange rate problems. Felix Rohatyn also 
spoke of the great need to change U.S. banking laws so that the 
IMF could play a greater role in this country. Rohatyn headed 
Lazard Freres, a Club of Rome bank and part of the Eagle Star 
Group which we have already met. 


Round Tablers William Ogden and Werner Stang spoke 
enthusiastically in support of surrendering U.S. fiscal sovereignty 
to the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International 
Settlements. Delegates representing the Alpha ranking Group, a P2 
Freemasonry bank, said the United States must be forced to 


207 


surrender to "the higher authority of a world bank," before any 
progress toward the New World Order could be made. 


On January 8th, 1983, before their big meeting on January 
lOth-11th, Hans Vogel, a leading Club of Rome member, was 
received at the White House. President Ronald Reagan had invited 
George Schultz, Caspar Weinberger, George Kennan and Lane 
Kirkland to be present at his meeting with Vogel, who explained to 
President Reagan what the aims and objectives of the Ditchley 
Group were. From that day, President Reagan did an about face 
and worked with the Committee of 300's various agencies to 
advance the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of 
International Settlements as the authority on U.S domestic and 
foreign monetary policies. 


The invisible government of the Committee of 300 has put 
tremendous pressure on America to change its ways—for the 
worse. America is the last bastion of freedom and unless our 
freedoms are taken away from us, progress toward a One World 
Government will be considerably slowed. Such an undertaking as a 
One World Government is a massive one, requiring a great deal of 
skill, organizing abilities, control of governments and their policies. 
The only organization that could possibly have undertaken this 
mammoth task with any hope of success is the Committee of 300, 
and we have seen just how far it has come toward total success. 


Above all, the battle is a spiritual one. Unfortunately, the 
Christian churches have become little more than social clubs run 
by the infinitely evil World Council of Churches (WCC), whose 
beginnings lie not in Moscow but in the City of London, as we see 
from the chart at the end of the book which gives the structure of 
the One World Government Church. This body was set up in the 
1920's to serve as a vehicle for One World Government policies, 
and stands as a monument to the long-range planning capabilities 
of the Committee of 300. 


Another corrupt body similar in structure and design to the 
WCC is the Union of Concerned Scientists, set up by the Trilateral 
Commission, and funded by the Carnegie Endowment Fund, the 
Ford Foundation and Aspen Institute. This is the group that has 
led the fight to prevent the United States from mounting an 


208 


effective deterrent against Soviet Cosmospheres, space-based 
laser beam weapons which can destroy selected targets in the 
United States or elsewhere from outer space. 


The United States SDI program was designed to counter 
the threat posed by Soviet Cosmospheres, a threat which still 
exists in spite of the assurances that "communism is dead." Soviet 
spokesman Georgi Arbatov told a meeting of the Union of 
Concerned Scientists that it is important for them to oppose the 
SDI program, because if the SDI program became operational, "it 
will be a military catastrophe." Year after year the Union of 
Concerned Scientists has opposed every budget which included 
funding for the vital SDI program, until by the end of 1991, there 
is not even enough money to fund further research still required 
let alone place the system in orbit. The Union of Concerned 
Scientists is run by the Royal Institute for International Affairs and 
is heavily infiltrated with M16 British intelligence agents. 


There is not one single aspect of life in America that is not 
watched over, steered in the "right" direction, manipulated, and 
controlled by the invisible government of the Committee of 300. 
There is not one elected official or political leader that is not 
subject to its rule. No one thus far has got away with defying our 
secret rulers, who do not hesitate to make "a horrible example" of 
anyone, including the President of the United States of America. 


From 1776 when Jeremy Bentham and William Petty, the 
Earl of Shelburne, fresh from the triumph of the French Revolution 
which they planned and ran, were drafted by the British Crown to 
bring their combined experience to bear against the colonists, to 
1812 when the British sacked and burned Washington, destroying 
secret documents that would have exposed the treason being 
worked against the young United States of America to the 
Watergating of President Nixon and assassination of President 
Kennedy, the hand of the Committee of 300 is clearly visible. This 
book is an attempt to open the eyes of the American people to this 
terrible truth: We are not an independent nation, nor can we ever 
be, as long as we are ruled by an invisible government, the 
Committee of 300. 


209 


PAST AND PRESENT INSTITUTIONS / ORGANIZATIONS AND 
THOSE DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF THE COMMITTEE OF 
300 


Academy for Contemporary Problems. 
Africa Fund. 

Agency of International Development. 
Albert Previn Foundation. 

Alliance Israelite Universalle. 

American Civil Liberties Union 

American Council of Race Relations. 
American Defense Society. 

American Press Institute. 

American Protective League. 
Anti-Defamation League. 

Arab Bureau. 

Arab Higher Committee. 

ARCA Foundation. 

Armour Research Foundation. 

Arms Control and Foreign Policy Caucus. 
Arthur D. Little, Inc. 

Asian Research Institute. 

Aspen Institute. 

Association for Humanistic Psychology. 
Augmentation Research Center. 

Baron De Hirsh Fund. 

Battelle Memorial Institute. 

Berger National Foundation. 

Berlin Center for Future Research. 
Bilderbergers. 

Black Order. 

Boycott Japanese Goods Conference. 
British Newfoundland Corporation. 

British Royal Society. 

Brotherhood of Cooperative Commonwealth. 
Bureau of International Revolutionary Propaganda. 
Canadian Jewish Congress. 

Cathedral of St. John the Divine, New York. 
Center for Advanced Studies in the Behavioral Sciences. 
Center for Constitutional Rights. 

Center for Cuban Studies. 


Center for Democratic Institutions. 
Center for International Policy. 

Center for the Study of Responsive Law. 
Christian Socialist League. 

Cini Foundation. 

Club of Rome. 

Cominform. 

Committee for the Next Thirty Years. 
Committee of Fourteen. 

Committee on National Morale. 
Committee to Frame A World Constitution. 
Communist League. 

Congress of Industrial Organizations. 
Council on Foreign Relations. 

David Sassoon Company. 

De Beers Consolidated Mines. 
Democratic League of Brussels. 

East India Committee of 300. 

Economic and Social Control (ECOSOC). 
Environmental Fund. 

Environmetrics Inc. 

Esalen Institute. 

Fabian Society. 

Federation of American Zionists. 
Fellowship for a Christian Social Order. 
Fellowship of Reconciliation. 

Ford Foundation. 

Fordham University Institution Educational Research. 
Foundation for National Progress. 
Garland Fund. 

German Marshall Fund. 


Governing Body of the Israelite Religious Community. 


Gulf South Research Institute. 
Haganah. 

Harvard University. 

Hells Fire Club. 

Horace Mann League. 

Hudson Guild. 

Hudson Institute. 

Hudson Bay Company. 

Imperial College University of London. 


210 


211 


Industrial Christian Fellowship. 

Institute for Brain Research. 

Institute for Pacific Relations. 

Institute for Policy Studies. 

Institute for Social Research. 

Institute for the Future. 

Institute for World Order. 

Institute on Drugs, Crime and Justice. 
Inter-Alpha. 

Inter-American Social Development Institute. 
International Institute for Strategic Studies. 
Interreligious Peace Colloquium. 

Irgun. 

Knights of Malta. 

League of Nations. 

Logistics Management Institute. 

London Board of Deputies of British Jews. 
London School of Economics. 

Mary Carter Paint Company. 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Mellon Institute. 

Metaphysical Society. 

Milner Group. 

Mocatto Metals. 

Mont Pelerin Society. 

NAACP. 

National Action Research on Military/Industrial Complex. 
National Center for Productivity Institute. 
National Council of Churches. 

National Opinion Research Center. 
National Training Laboratories. 

New Democratic Coalition. 

New World Foundation. 

New York Rand Institute. 

NORML. 

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). 
Odd Fellows. 

Order of St. John of Jerusalem. 

Order of The Golden Dawn. 

OXFAM. 

Oxford Univac. 


212 


Pacific Studies Center. 

Palisades Foundation. 

Peninsula and Orient Navigation Company. 
PERMINDEX. 

Princeton University. 

Rand Corporation. 

Rand School of Social Sciences. 

Research Triangle Institution. 

Rhodes Scholarship Committee. 

Rio Tinto Zinc Company. 

Riverside Church Disarmament Program. 
Round Table. 

Royal Institute for International Affairs. 
Russell Sage Foundation. 

San Francisco Foundation. 

Sharps Pixley Ward. 

Social Science Research Council. 

Socialist International. 

Socialist Party of the United States. 
Society for Promotion of Study of Religions. 
Society of Heaven (TRIADS). 

Soviet State Committee for Science and Technology. 
Stanford Research Institute. 

Stockholm International Peace Research Institute. 
Sun Yat Sen Society. 

Systems Development Corporation. 
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. 
Tempo Corporation. 

The High Twelve International. 

The Public Agenda Foundation. 

The Quality of Life Institute. 

Theosophist Society. 

Thule Society. 

Transatlantic Council. 

Trilateral Commission. 

U.S. Association of the Club of Rome. 

U.S. Institute for Peace. 

Union of Concerned Scientists. 

UNITAR. 

University of Pennsylvania Wharton School. 
Warburg, James P. and Family. 


213 


Western Training Laboratories. 

Wilton Park. 

Women's Christian Temperance Union. 
Wong Hong Hon Company. 

Work in America Institute. 

World Council of Churches. 


SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST GROUPS 


Arab Bureau. 

Aristotelian Society. 

Asian Research Institute. 

Bertrand Russell Peace Foundation. 
British American Canadian Corporation. 
Brotherhood of Eternal Love. 
Cambridge Apostles. 

Canadian Histadrut Campaign. 
Canadian Pacific Ltd. 
Caribbean-Central American Action Group. 
China Everbright Holdings Ltd. 


Chinese People's Institute of Foreign Affairs. 


Council of South America. 
Endangered Peoples’ Society. 
English Property Corporation Ltd. 
Hospice Inc. 

International Brotherhood of Teamsters. 
International Red Cross. 

Jerusalem Foundation, Canada. 
Kissinger Associates. 

Kowloon Chamber of Commerce. 
Organization of American States. 
Overseas Chinese Affairs Committee. 
Radio Corporation of America (RCA). 
Royal Police of Hong Kong. 

YMCA. 


214 


banks. 


BANKS 


American Express. 

Banca de la Svizzera d'Italia. 
Banca Andioino. 

Banca d'America d'Italia. 
Banca Nazionale del Lavoro. 
Banca Privata. 

Banco Ambrosiano. 

Banco Caribe. 

Banco Commercial Mexicana. 
Banco Consolidato. 

Banco d'Espana. 

Banco de Colombia. 

Banco de Commercio. 

Banco de Iberio-America. 
Banco de la Nacion. 

Banco del Estada. 

Banco Internacional. 

Banco Latino. 

Banco Mercantile de Mexico. 
Banco Nacional de Cuba. 


Banco Nacional de Panama and 54 smaller Panamanian 


Bangkok Commercial d'Italian. 
Bangkok Metropolitan Bank. 

Bank al Meshreq. 

Bank America. 

Bank for International Settlements. 
Bank Hapoalim. 

Bank Leu. 

Bank Leumi. 

Bank of Bangkok. 

Bank of Boston. 

Bank of Canada. 

Bank of Credit and Commerce International. 
Bank of East Asia. 

Bank of England. 

Bank of Escambia. 

Bank of Geneva. 

Bank of Ireland. 


215 


Bank of London and Mexico. 

Bank of Montreal. 

Bank of Norfolk. 

Bank of Nova Scotia. 

Bank Ohio. 

Banque Bruxelles-Lambert. 

Banque Commerciale Arabes. 

Banque du Credit International. 
Banque e Paris et Pays-Bas. 

Banque Francais et Italienn por l'Amerique du Sud. 
Banque Louis Dreyfus e Paris. 

Banque Privee. 

Banques Sud Ameris. 

Barclays Bank. 

Baring Brothers Bank. 

Barnett Banks. 

Baseler Handeslbank. 

Basel Committee on Bank Supervision. 
BCCI.* 

Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce. 
Centrust Bank. 

Chartered Bank. 

Charterhouse Japhet Bank. 

Chase Manhattan Bank. 

Chemical Bank. 

Citibank. 

Citizens and Southern Bank of Atlanta. 
City National Bank of Miami. 

Claridon Bank. 

Cleveland National City Bank. 
Corporate Bank and Trust Company. 
Credit and Commerce American Holdings. 


Credit and Commerce Holdings, Netherlands Antilles. 


Credit Suisse. 

Crocker National Bank. 

de'Neuflize, Schlumberger, Mallet Bank. 
Dresdener Bank. 

Dusseldorf Global Bank. 

First American Bank of Georgia. 

First American Bank of New York. 

First American Bank of Pensacola. 


216 


Zh7 


First American Bank of Virginia. 
First American Banking Corp. 
First Empire Bank. 

First Fidelity Bank. 

First National Bank of Boston. 
First National City Bank. 
Florida National Bank. 
Foreign Trade Bank. 

Franklin National Bank. 
Hambros Bank. 

Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking 
Independence Bank of Encino. 
Israeli Discount Bank. 

Litex Bank. 

Ljubljanska Bank. 

Lloyds Bank. 

Marine Midland Bank. 
Midland Bank. 

Morgan Bank. 

Morgan Et Cie. 

Morgan Grenfell Bank. 
Narodny Bank. 

National Bank of Cleveland. 
National Bank of Florida. 
National Westminister Bank. 
Orion Bank. 

Paravicini Bank Ltd. 

Republic National Bank. 
Royal Bank of Canada. 
Schroeder Bank. 

Seligman Bank. 

Shanghai Commercial Bank. 
Soong Bank. 

Standard and Chartered Bank. 
Standard Bank. 

Swiss Bank Corporation. 
Swiss Israel Trade bank. 
Trade Development Bank. 
Unibank. 

Union Bank of Israel. 

Union Bank of Switzerland. 


218 


Vanying Bank. 

White Weld Bank. 

World Bank. 

World Commerce Bank of Nassau. 
World Trade Bank. 

Wozchod Handelsbank. 


Note: With the exception of the Basel Committee on Banking 
each of the above mentioned banks have been, and may still be 
involved in the drug, diamond, gold and weapons trade. 


* BCCI. This bank has been indicted on several charges of 
being heavily involved in drug money laundering throughout the 
world. Its structure girds every operation of the Committee of 300. 
Of interest is its corporate structure. Middle East Interests, 35% of 
stock held by: 


Ruling Family of Bahrain. 

Ruling Family of Sharjah. 

Ruling Family of Dhubai. 

Ruling Family of Saudi Arabia. 
Ruling Family of Iran. 

Group of Middle East Businessmen. 
BCCI Cayman Islands 41%. 

Bank of America 24%. 


BCCI Cayman Islands and BCCI Luxembourg established 
Agency offices in Miami, Boca Raton, Tampa, New York, San 
Francisco and Los Angeles. 


LEGAL ASSOCIATIONS AND LAWYERS 


American Bar Association. 
Clifford and Warnke. 
Coudert Brothers. 

Cravaith, Swain and Moore. 
Wilkie, Farr and Gallagher. 


219 


ACCOUNTANTS/AUDITORS 


Price, Waterhouse. 


220 


221 


TAVISTOCK INSTITUTIONS IN THE UNITED STATES 
FLOW LABORATORIES 
Gets contracts from the National Institute of Health. 
MERLE THOMAS CORPORATION 


Gets contracts from the U.S. Navy, analyzes data from 
satellites. 


WALDEN RESEARCH 
Does work in the field of pollution control. 


PLANNING RESEARCH CORPORATION, ARTHUR D. LITTLE, 
G.E. "TEMPO," OPERATIONS RESEARCH INC. 


Part of approximately 350 firms who conduct research and 
conduct surveys, make recommendations to government. 


They are part of what President Eisenhower called "a 
possible danger to public policy that could itself become captive of 
a scientific-technological elite." 


BROOKINGS INSTITUTION 


Dedicates its work to what it calls a "national agenda." 
Wrote President Hoover's program, President Roosevelt's "New 
Deal," the Kennedy Administration's "New Frontiers" program 
(deviation from it cost John F. Kennedy his life), and President 
Johnson's "Great Society." Brookings has been telling the United 
States Government how to conduct its affairs for the past 70 years 
and is still doing so on behalf of the Committee of 300. 


HUDSON INSTITUTE 


Under the direction of Herman Khan, this institution has 
done more to shape the way Americans react to political and social 
events, think, vote and generally conduct themselves than perhaps 
any except the BIG FIVE. Hudson specializes in defense policy 


222 


research and relations with the USSR. Most of its military work is 
classified as SECRET. (One idea during the Vietnam War was to 
build a moat around Saigon.) Some of its earlier papers were 
entitled "Stability and Tranquility Among Older Nations," and 
"Analytical Summary of U.S. National Security Policy Issues." 


Hudson prides itself on its diversity; it helped NASA with its 
space programs and helped to promote new youth fashions and 
ideas, youth rebellion and alienation for the Committee of 300, 
ostensibly funded by Coca Cola. Hudson may be quite properly 
classified as one of the Committee of 300's BRAIN-WASHING 
establishments. Some of its nuclear war scenarios make for very 
interesting reading and, if they can be obtained, I would 
recommend "The 6 Basic Thermonuclear Threats" and "Possible 
Outcomes of Thermonuclear War" and one of its more frightening 
papers entitled "Israeli-Arab Nuclear War." 


Hudson also does corporate advising for Committee of 300 
companies, Rank, Xerox, General Electric, IBM and General Motors, 
to name but a few of them, but its really big client remains the U. 
S. Department of Defense which includes matters of civil defense, 
national security, military policy and arms control. To date it has 
not got into "wet NASA," that is to say, the National 
Oceanographic Agency. 


NATIONAL TRAINING LABORATORIES 


NTL is also known as the International Institute for Applied 
Behavioral Sciences. This institute is definitely a brainwashing 
center based on Kurt Lewin principles which include so-called T- 
Groups (training groups), artificial stress training whereby 
participants suddenly find themselves immersed in defending 
themselves against vicious accusations. NTL takes in the National 
Education Association, the largest teacher-group in the United 
States. 


While officially decrying "racism," it is interesting to note 
that NTL, working with NEA, produced a paper proposing 
education vouchers which would separate the hard-to-teach 
children from the brighter ones, and funding would be allocated 
according to the number of difficult children who would be 


223 


separated from those who progressed at a normal rate. The 
proposal was not taken up. 


UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, WHARTON SCHOOL OF 
FINANCE & COMMERCE 


Founded by Eric Trist, one of the "brain trusts" of Tavistock, 
Wharton has become one of the more important Tavistock 
institutions in the U.S. in so far as "Behavioral Research" is 
concerned. Wharton attracts clients such as the U.S. Department 
of Labor—which it teaches how to produce "cooked" statistics at 
the Wharton Econometric Forecasting Associates Incorporated. 
This method is very much in demand as we come to the close of 
1991 with millions more out of work than is reflected in USDL 
Statistics. 


Wharton's ECONOMETRIC MODELING is used by every 
major Committee of 300 company in the United States, Western 
Europe and by the International Monetary Fund, the United 
Nations and the World Bank. Wharton has produced such 
noteworthy persons as George Schultz and Alan Greenspan. 


INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH 


This is the institute set up by "brain trusters" from 
Tavistock Rensis Likert, Dorwin Cartwright and Ronald Lippert. 
Among its studies are "The Human Meaning of Social Change," 
"Youth in Transition" and "How Americans View Their Mental 
Health." Among the institute's clients are The Ford Foundation, U.S. 
Department of Defense, U.S. Postal Service and the U.S. 
Department of Justice. 


INSTITUTE FOR THE FUTURE 


This is not a typical Tavistock institution in that it is funded 
by the Ford Foundation, yet it draws its long-range forecasting 
methodology from the mother of all think tanks. Institute for the 
Future projects what it believes to be changes that will be taking 
place in time frames of fifty years. The institute is supposed to be 


224 


able to forecast socioeconomic trends and to blow the whistle on 
any departures from what it has laid down as normal. 


Institute for the Future believes it is possible and normal to 
intervene now and give decisions for the future. So-called "Delphi 
Panels" decide what is normal and what is not, and prepare 
position papers to "steer" government in the right direction to 
head off such groups as "people creating civil disorder." (This 
could be patriotic groups demanding abolition of graduated taxes, 
or demanding that their right to bear arms is not infringed. ) 


The institute recommends actions such as liberalizing 
abortion laws, drug usage and that cars entering an urban area 
pay tolls, teaching birth control in public schools, requiring 
registration of firearms, making the use of drugs a non-criminal 
offense, legalizing homosexuality, paying students for scholastic 
achievements, making zoning controls a preserve of the state, 
offering bonuses for family planning and last, but by no means 
least, a Pol Pot Cambodia-style proposal that new communities be 
established in rural areas. As will be observed, many of the 
Institute for the Future's goals have already been more than fully 
realized. 


INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES (IPS) 


One of the "Big Three," IPS has shaped and reshaped 
United States policies, foreign and domestic, since it was founded 
by James P. Warburg and the Rothschild entities in the United 
States, bolstered by Bertrand Russell and the British Socialists 
through its networks in America which include the League for 
Industrial democracy in which Leonard Woodcock played a leading, 
if behind-the-scenes role. Local lead players in the League for 
Industrial Democracy included "conservative" Jeane Kirkpatrick, 
Irwin Suall (of the ADL), Eugene Rostow (Arms Control negotiator), 
Lane Kirkland (Labor leader), and Albert Shanker. 


For record purposes only, IPS was incorporated in 1963 by 
Marcus Raskin and Richard Barnett, both highly-trained Tavistock 
Institute graduates. Most of the funding came from Rothschild 
associates in America like the James Warburg Family, the Stern 
Family Foundation and the Samuel Rubin Foundation. Samuel 


225 


Rubin was a registered member of the Communist Party who stole 
the Faberge name (Faberge was "Jeweler of the Imperial Russian 
Court") and made a fortune out of the Faberge name. 


The objectives of IPS came from an agenda laid down for it 
by the British Round Table, which agenda in turn came from 
Travistock Institute, one of the most notable being to create the 
"New Left" as a grass roots movement in the U.S. IPS was to 
engender strife and unrest and spread chaos like a wildfire out of 
control, proliferate the "ideals" of left wing nihilistic socialism, 
support unrestricted use of drugs of all types, and be the "big 
stick" with which to beat the United States political establishment. 


Barnett and Raskin controlled such diverse elements as the 
Black Panthers, Daniel Ellsberg, National Security Council staff 
member Halperin, The Weathermen Underground, the 
Venceramos and the campaign staff of candidate George 
McGovern. No scheme was too big for IPS and its controllers to 
take on and manage. 


Take the plot to "kidnap" Kissinger, which was in the hands 
of Eqbal Ahmed, a British M16 intelligence agent of Pakistani origin, 
laundered through "TROTS" (Trotskyite terrorists based in London). 
The "plot" was "discovered" by the FBI so that it could not go too 
far. Anmed went on to become the director of one of IPS's most 
influential agencies, The Transnational Institute which, chameleon- 
like, changed from its former name, Institute of Race Relations, 
when intelligence agents of BOSS (Bureau of State Security) in 
South Africa unmasked the fact that it was tied directly to Rhodes 
Scholarship-Harry Oppenheimer and Anglo-American-British mining 
interests in South Africa. BOSS also discredited the South Africa 
Foundation at the same time. 


Through its many powerful lobbying groups on Capitol Hill, 
IPS relentlessly used its "big stick" to beat Congress. IPS has a 
network of lobbyists, all supposedly operating independently but in 
actual fact acting cohesively, so that Congressmen are pummeled 
from all sides by seemingly different and varied lobbyists. In this 
way, IPS was, and is still, able to successfully sway individual 
Representatives and Senators to vote for "the trend, the way 
things are going." By using key point men on Capitol Hill, IPS was 


226 


able to break into the very infrastructure of our legislative system 
and the way it works. 


To give only a single concrete example of what I am talking 
about: in 1975, an IPS point man persuaded representative John 
Conyers (D-Michigan) and forty-seven members of the House to 
request IPS to prepare a budget study that would oppose the 
budget being prepared by President Gerald Ford. Although not 
adopted, the request was reinstated in 1976, 1977, and 1978 
gathering sponsors as it went. 


Then in 1978, fifty-six Congressmen signed their names to 
sponsor an IPS budget study. This was prepared by Marcus Raskin. 
Raskin's budget called for a fifty percent cut in the Defense Budget, 
a socialist housing program "that would compete with and steadily 
replace private housing and mortgage markets," a national health 
service, "radical changes in the educational system that would 
disrupt capitalist control over the distribution of knowledge," and 
several other radical ideas. 


The influence of IPS on Arms Control negotiations was a 
major factor in getting Nixon to sign the treasonous ABM Treaty in 
1972, which left the United States virtually defenseless against 
ICBM attack for almost 10 years. IPS became, and remains to this 
day one of the most prestigious "think tanks" controlling foreign 
policy decisions, which we, the people, foolishly believe are those 
of our law makers. 


By sponsoring militant activism at home and with links to 
revolutionaries abroad, by engineering such victories as "The 
Pentagon Papers," besieging the corporate structure, bridging the 
credibility gap between underground movements and acceptable 
political activism, by penetrating religious organizations and using 
them to sow discord in America, such as radical racial politics 
under the guise of religion, using the establishment media to 
spread IPS ideas, and then supporting them, IPS has lived up to 
the role which it was founded to play. 


STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE 


221 


Jesse Hobson, the first president of Stanford Research 
Institute, in a 1952 speech made it clear what lines the institute 
was to follow. Stanford can be described as one of the "jewels" in 
Tavistock's Crown in its rule over the United States. Founded in 
1946 immediately after the close of WW II, it was presided over 
by Charles A. Anderson, with emphasis on mind control research 
and "future sciences." Included under the Stanford umbrella was 
Charles F. Kettering Foundation which developed the "Changing 
Images of Man" upon which the Aquarian Conspiracy rests. 


Some of Stanford's major clients and contracts were at first 
centered around the defense establishment but, as Stanford grew, 
so did the diversity of its services: 


Applications of Behavioral Sciences to Research 
Management. 

Office of Science and Technology. 

SRI Business Intelligence Program. 

U.S. Department of Defense Directorate of Defense 
Research and Engineering. 

U.S. Department of Defense Office of Aerospace Research. 

Among corporations seeking Stanford's services were Wells 
Fargo Bank, Bechtel Corporation, Hewlett Packard, Bank of 
America, McDonnell-Douglas Corporation, Blyth, Eastman Dillon 
and TRW Company. One of Stanford's more secret projects was 
extensive work on chemical and bacteriological warfare (CAB) 
weapons. 


Stanford Research is plugged into at least 200 smaller 
"think tanks" doing research into every facet of life in America. 
This is known as ARPA networking and represents the emergence 
of probably the most far-reaching effort to control the environment 
of every individual in the country. At present Stanford's computers 
are linked with 2500 "sister" research consoles which include the 
Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), Bell Telephone Laboratories, 
U.S. Army Intelligence, the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI), 
RANI), MIT, Harvard and UCLA. Stanford plays a key role in that it 
is the "library," cataloging all ARPA documentation. 


"Other agencies"—and one can use one's imagination here, 
are allowed to search through SRI's "library" for key words, 


228 


phrases, look through sources and update their own master files 
with those of Stanford Research Center. The Pentagon, for 
instance, uses SRI's "master files" extensively, and there is little 
doubt that other U.S. Government agencies do the same. 
Pentagon "command and control" problems are worked out by 
Stanford. 


While ostensibly these apply only to weapons and soldiers, 
there is absolutely no guarantee that the same research could not, 
and will not, be turned to civilian applications. Stanford is known 
to be willing to do anything for anyone, and it is my belief that if 
ever SRI were to be fully exposed, the hostility which would arise 
from revelations as to what it actually does would most probably 
force SRI to close. 


MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, ALFRED P. 
SLOAN SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT 


This major institute is not generally recognized as being a 
part of Tavistock U.S.A. Most people look upon it as a purely 
American institution, but that is far from being the case. MIT- 
Alfred Sloan can be roughly divided into the following groups: 


Contemporary Technology. 

Industrial Relations. 

Lewin Group Psychology. 

NASA-ERC Computer Research Laboratories. 

Office of Naval Research Group, Psychology. 

Systems Dynamics. Forrestor and Meadows wrote The 
Club of Rome's "Limits of Growth" zero growth study. 


Some of MIT's clients include the following: 
American Management Association. 
American Red Cross. 

Committee for Economic Development. 
GTE. 

Institute for Defense Analysis (IDA). 
NASA. 

National Academy of Sciences. 

National Council of Churches. 

Sylvania. 


229 


TRW. 

U.S. Army. 

U.S. Department of State. 
U.S. Navy. 

U.S. Treasury. 
Volkswagen Company. 


So vast is the reach of IDA that it would take hundreds of 
pages to describe the activities in which it is engaged, and IDA is 
fully described in my book on the role played by Institutions and 
Foundations in committing treason against the United States of 
America, which will be published early in 1992. 


RAND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 


Without a doubt, RAND is THE think tank most beholden to 
Tavistock Institute and certainly the RIIA's most prestigious 
vehicle for control of United States policies at every level. Specific 
RAND policies that became operative include our ICBM program, 
prime analyses for U.S. foreign policy making, instigator of space 
programs, U.S. nuclear policies, corporate analyses, hundreds of 
projects for the military, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in 
relation to the use of mind altering drugs like peyote, LSD (the 
covert MK-Ultra operation which lasted for 20 years). 


Some of RAND's clients include the following: 
American Telephone and Telegraph Company (AT&T). 
Chase Manhattan Bank. 

International Business Machines (IBM). 

National Science Foundation. 

Republican Party. 

TRW. 

U.S. Air Force. 

U.S. Department of Energy. 

U.S. Department of Health. 


There are literally THOUSANDS of highly important 
companies, government institutions and organizations that make 
use of RAND's services, and to list them all would be an impossible 
task. Among RAND's "specialities" is a study group that predicts 
the timing and the direction of a thermonuclear war, plus working 


230 


out the many scenarios based upon its findings. RAND was once 
accused of being commissioned by the USSR to work out terms of 
surrender of the United States Government, an accusation that 
went all the way to the United States Senate, where it was taken 
up by Senator Symington and subsequently fell victim to articles of 
scorn poured out by the establishment press. BRAIN WASHING 
remains the primary function of RAND. 


To summarize, the major Tavistock institutions in the 
United States engaged in brainwashing at all levels, including 
government, the military, business, religious organizations and 
education are the following: 


Brookings Institution. 

Hudson Institute. 

Institute for Policy Studies. 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
National Training Laboratories. 

Rand Research and Development Corporation. 
Stanford Research Institute. 

Wharton School at University of Pennsylvania. 


It is estimated by sources of mine that the total number of 
people employed by these institutions is in the region of 50,000 
with funding close to $l0O billion dollars. 


Some major world-wide Committee of 300 institutions and 
organizations are as follows: 


Americans for a Safe Israel. 

Biblical Archaeology Review. 
Bilderbergers. 

British Petroleum. 

Canadian Institute of Foreign Relations. 
Christian Fundamentalism. 

Council on Foreign Relations, New York. 
Egyptian Exploration Society. 

Imperial Chemical Industries. 
International Institute for Strategic Studies. 
Order of Skull and Bones. 

Palestine Exploration Fund. 


231 


Poor Knights of the Templars 

Royal Dutch Shell Company. 

Socialist International. 

South Africa Foundation. 

Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. 
Temple Mount Foundation. 

The Atheist Club. 

The Fourth State of Consciousness Club. 
The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn. 
The Milner Group. 

The Nasi Princes. 

The Order of Magna Mater. 

The Order of the Divine Disorder. 

The RITA. 

The Round Table. 

Trilateral Commission. 

Universal Freemasonry. 

Universal Zionism. 

Vickers Armament Company. 

Warren Commission. 

Watergate Committee. 

Wilton Park. 

World Council of Churches. 


PAST AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE OF 300 


Abergavemy, Marquis of. 
Acheson, Dean. 

Adeane, Lord Michael. 
Agnelli, Giovanni. 

Alba, Duke of. 
Aldington, Lord. 
Aleman, Miguel. 
Allihone, Professor T. E. 
Alsop Family Designate. 
Amory, Houghton. 
Anderson, Charles A. 
Anderson, Robert 0. 
Andreas, Dwayne. 
Asquith, Lord. 

Astor, John Jacob and successor, Waldorf. 


Aurangzeb, Descendants of. 
Austin, Paul. 

Baco, Sir Ranulph 

BalFour, Arthur. 

Balogh, Lord. 

Bancroft, Baron Stormont. 
Baring. 

Barnato, B. 

Barran, Sir John. 

Baxendell, Sir Peter. 
Beatrice of Savoy, Princess. 
Beaverbrook, Lord. 

Beck, Robert. 

Beeley, Sir Harold. 

Beit, Alfred. 

Benn, Anthony Wedgewood. 
Bennet, John W. 


Benneton, Gilberto or alternate Carlo. 


Bertie, Andrew. 
Besant, Sir Walter. 
Bethal, Lord Nicholas. 
Bialkin, David. 

Biao, Keng. 

Bingham, William. 
Binny, J. F. 

Blunt, Wilfred. 
Bonacassi, Franco Orsini. 
Bottcher, Fritz. 
Bradshaw, Thornton. 
Brandt, Willy. 
Brewster, Kingman. 
Buchan, Alastair. 
Buffet, Warren. 

Bullitt, William C. 
Bulwer-Lytton, Edward. 
Bundy, McGeorge. 
Bundy, William. 

Bush, George. 


Cabot, John. Family Designate. 


Caccia, Baron Harold Anthony. 
Cadman, Sir John. 


232 


233 


Califano, Joseph. 

Carrington, Lord. 

Carter, Edward. 

Catlin, Donat. 

Catto, Lord. 

Cavendish, Victor C. W. Duke of Devonshire. 
Chamberlain, Houston Stewart. 
Chang, V. F. 

Chechirin, Georgi or Family Designate. 
Churchill, Winston. 

Cicireni, V. or Family Designate. 
Cini, Count Vittorio. 

Clark, Howard. 

Cleveland, Amory. 

Cleveland, Harland. 

Clifford, Clark. 

Cobold, Lord. 

Coffin, the Rev William Sloane. 
Constanti, House of Orange. 
Cooper, John. Family Designate. 
Coudenhove-Kalergi, Count. 
Cowdray, Lord. 

Cox, Sir Percy. 

Cromer, Lord Evelyn Baring. 
Crowther, Sir Eric. 

Cumming, Sir Mansfield. 

Curtis, Lionel. 

d'Arcy, William K. 

D'Avignon, Count Etienne. 
Danner, Jean Duroc. 

Davis, John W. 

de Benneditti, Carlo. 

De Bruyne, Dirk. 

De Gunzberg, Baron Alain. 

De Lamater, Major General Walter. 
De Menil, Jean. 

De Vries, Rimmer. 

de Zulueta, Sir Philip. 
de'Aremberg, Marquis Charles Louis. 
Delano. Family Designate. 

Dent, R. 


Deterding, Sir Henri. 

di Spadaforas, Count Guitierez, (House 
Douglas-Home, Sir Alec. 
Drake, Sir Eric. 

Duchene, Francois. 
DuPont. 

Edward, Duke of Kent. 
Eisenberg, Shaul. 

Elliott, Nicholas. 

Elliott, William Yandel. 
Elsworthy, Lord. 

Farmer, Victor. 

Forbes, John M. 

Foscaro, Pierre. 

France, Sir Arnold. 

Fraser, Sir Hugh. 

Frederik IX, King of Denmark Family Designate. 
Freres, Lazard. 
Frescobaldi, Lamberto. 
Fribourg, Michael. 

Gabor, Dennis. 

Gallatin, Albert. Family Designate. 
Gardner, Richard. 

Geddes, Sir Auckland. 
Geddes, Sir Reay. 

George, Lloyd. 

Giffen, James. 

Gilmer, John D. 
Giustiniani, Justin. 
Gladstone, Lord. 
Gloucestor, The Duke of. 
Gordon, Walter Lockhart. 
Grace, Peter J. 

Greenhill, Lord Dennis Arthur. 
Greenhill, Sir Dennis. 
Grey, Sir Edward. 
Gyllenhammar, Pierres. 
Haakon, King of Norway. 
Haig, Sir Douglas. 
Hailsham, Lord. 

Haldane, Richard Burdone. 


234 


Halifax, Lord. 

Hall, Sir Peter Vickers. 

Hambro, Sir Jocelyn. 

Hamilton, Cyril. 

Harriman, Averill. 

Hart, Sir Robert. 

Hartman, Arthur H. 

Healey, Dennis. 

Helsby, Lord. 

Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II. 
Her Majesty Queen Juliana. 

Her Royal Highness Princess Beatrix. 
Her Royal Highness Queen Margreta. 
Heseltine, Sir William. 

Hesse, Grand Duke descendants, Family Designate. 
Hoffman, Paul G. 

Holland, William. 

House of Braganza. 

House of Hohenzollern. 

House, Colonel Mandel. 

Howe, Sir Geoffrey. 

Hughes, Thomas H. 

Hugo, Thieman. 

Hutchins, Robert M. 

Huxley, Aldous. 

Inchcape, Lord. 

Jamieson, Ken. 

Japhet, Ernst Israel. 

Jay, John. Family Designate. 
Keynes, John Maynard. 

Jodry, J. J. 

Joseph, Sir Keith. 

Katz, Milton. 

Kaufman, Asher. 

Keith, Sir Kenneth. 

Keswick, Sir William Johnston, or Keswick, H.N.L. 
Keswick, William Johnston. 
Kimberly, Lord. 

King, Dr. Alexander. 

Kirk, Grayson L. 

Kissinger, Henry. 


236 


Kitchener, Lord Horatio. 
Kohnstamm, Max. 
Korsch, Karl. 

Lambert, Baron Pierre. 
Lawrence, G. 

Lazar. 

Lehrman, Lewis. 

Lever, Sir Harold. 

Lewin, Dr. Kurt. 
Lippmann, Walter. 
Livingstone, Robert R. Family Designate. 
Lockhart, Bruce. 
Lockhart, Gordon. 
Linowitz, S. 

Loudon, Sir John. 
Luzzatto, Pieipaolo. 
Mackay, Lord, of Clasfern. 
Mackay-Tallack, Sir Hugh. 
Mackinder, Halford. 
MacMillan, Harold. 
Matheson, Jardine. 
Mazzini, Gueseppi. 
McClaughlin, W. E. 
McCloy, John J. 
McFadyean, Sir Andrew. 
McGhee, George. 
McMillan, Harold. 

Mellon, Andrew. 

Mellon, William Larimer or Family Designate. 
Meyer, Frank. 

Michener, Roland. 
Mikovan, Anastas. 

Milner, Lord Alfred. 
Mitterand, Francois. 
Monett, Jean. 

Montague, Samuel. 
Montefiore, Lord Sebag or Bishop Hugh. 
Morgan, John P. 

Mott, Stewart. 

Mountain, Sir Brian Edward. 
Mountain, Sir Dennis. 


Mountbatten, Lord Louis. 
Munthe, A., or family designate. 
Naisbitt, John. 

Neeman, Yuval. 

Newbigging, David. 

Nicols, Lord Nicholas of Bethal. 
Norman, Montague. 

O'Brien of Lotherby, Lord. 
Ogilvie, Angus. 

Okita, Saburo. 

Oldfield, Sir Morris. 


Oppenheimer, Sir Earnest, and successor, Harry. 


Ormsby Gore, David (Lord Harlech). 
Orsini, Franco Bonacassi. 
Ortolani. Umberto. 

Ostiguy, J.P.W. 

Paley, William S. 

Pallavacini. 

Palme, Olaf. 

Palmerston. 

Palmstierna, Jacob. 

Pao, Y.K. 

Pease, Richard T. 

Peccei, Aurellio. 

Peek, Sir Edmund. 
Pellegreno, Michael, Cardinal. 
Perkins, Nelson. 

Pestel, Eduard. 

Peterson, Rudolph. 
Petterson, Peter G. 

Petty, John R. 

Philip, Prince, Duke of Edinburgh. 
Piercy, George. 

Pinchott, Gifford. 

Pratt, Charles. 

Price Waterhouse, Designate. 
Radziwall. 

Ranier, Prince. 

Raskob, John Jacob. 
Recanati. 

Rees, John Rawlings. 


237 


238 


Rees, John. 

Rennie, Sir John. 

Rettinger, Joseph. 

Rhodes, Cecil John. 

Rockefeller, David. 

Role, Lord Eric of Ipsden. 

Rosenthal, Morton. 

Rostow, Eugene. 

Rothmere, Lord. 

Rothschild Elie de or Edmon de and/or Baron Rothschild 

Runcie, Dr.Robert. 

Russell, Lord John. 

Russell, Sir Bertrand. 

Saint Gouers, Jean. 

Salisbury, Marquisse de Robert Gascoiugne Cecil. Shelburne, 
The Salisbury, Lord. 

Samuel, Sir Marcus. 

Sandberg, M. G. 

Sarnoff, Robert. 

Schmidheiny, Stephan or alternate brothers Thomas, 
Alexander. 

Schoenberg, Andrew. 

Schroeder. 

Schultz, George. 

Schwartzenburg, E. 

Shawcross, Sir Hartley. 

Sheridan, Walter. 

Shiloach, Rubin. 

Silitoe, Sir Percy. 

Simon, William. 

Sloan, Alfred P. 

Smuts, Jan. 

Spelman. 

Sproull, Robert. 

Stals, Dr. C. 

Stamp, Lord Family designate. 

Steel, David. 

Stiger, George. 

Strathmore, Lord. 

Strong, Sir Kenneth. 

Strong, Maurice. 


239 


Sutherland. 

Swathling, Lord. 

Swire, J. K. 

Tasse, G. Or Family Designate. 
Temple, Sir R. 

Thompson, William Boyce. 
Thompson, Lord. 
Thyssen-Bornamisza, Baron Hans Henrich. 
Trevelyn, Lord Humphrey. 

Turner, Sir Mark. 

Turner, Ted. 

Tyron, Lord. 

Urquidi, Victor. 

Van Den Broek, H. 

Vanderbilt. 

Vance, Cyrus. 

Verity, William C. 

Vesty, Lord Amuel. 

Vickers, Sir Geoffrey. 

Villiers, Gerald Hyde family alternate. 
Volpi, Count. 

von Finck, Baron August. 

von Hapsburg, Archduke Otto, House of Hapsburg-Lorraine. 
Von Thurn and Taxis, Max. 
Wallenberg, Peter or Family Designate. 
Wang, Kwan Cheng, Dr. 

Warburg, S. C. 

Ward Jackson, Lady Barbara. 
Warner, Rawleigh. 

Warnke, Paul. 

Warren, Earl. 

Watson, Thomas. 

Webb, Sydney. 

Weill, David. 

Weill, Dr. Andrew. 

Weinberger, Sir Caspar. 

Weizman, Chaim. 

Wells, H. G. 

Wheetman, Pearson (Lord Cowdray). 
White, Sir Dick Goldsmith. 

Whitney, Straight. 


240 


Wiseman, Sir William. 
Wittelsbach. 
Wolfson, Sir Isaac. 
Wood, Charles. 
Young, Owen. 


241 


CONSPIRATORS' HIERARCHY: THE COMMITTEE OF 300 
BIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES 





1980'S PROJECT, Vance, Cyrus and Yankelovich, Daniel. 
1984, Orwell, George. 


AFTER TWENTY YEARS: THE DECLINE OF NATO AND THE 
SEARCH FOR A NEW POLICY IN EUROPE, Raskin, Marcus and 
Barnett, Richard. 


AIR WAR AND STRESS, Janus, Irving. 


AN AMERICAN COMPANY; THE TRAGEDY OF UNITED FRUIT, 
Scammel, Henry and McCann, Thomas. 


AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PRINCIPLES AND MORALS OF 
LEGISLATION, Bentham, Jeremy. In this 1780 work Bentham 
claimed that "nature has placed mankind under the governance of 
two sovereign masters, pain and pleasure... They govern us in all 
we do." Bentham went on to justify the horrors of the Jacobin 
terrorists in the French Revolution. 


ANNUAL REPORT OF BANK LEUMI, 1977. 


AT THAT POINT IN TIME: THE INSIDE STORY OF THE 
SENATE WATERGATE COMMITTEE, Thompson, Fred. I was told 
where to find Thompson, who was the Minority Counsel on the 
Ervin Committee, by Bernard Barker, one of the Watergate 
Burglars. My meeting with Barker took place outside an A&P 
supermarket quite close to the Coral Gables Country Club in Coral 
Gables, Florida. Barker said Thompson was with his law partner 
who was on a short visit to his mother in Coral Gables, which was 
only about five minutes away from the A&P Supermarket. I went 
there and met Thompson who expressed his disappointment over 
the way Ervin had imposed such severe restrictions on evidence he, 
Thompson, could admit. 


BAKU AN EVENTFUL HISTORY, Henry, J. D. 


242 


BEASTS OF THE APOCALYPSE, O'Grady, Olivia Maria. This 
remarkable book gives details about a large number of historical 
figures, including William C. Bullitt, who conspired with Lloyd 
George to pull the rug out from under White Russian Generals 
Denekin and Rangle at a time when they had the Bolshevik Red 
Army on the very brink of defeat. It also gives a great deal of 
information about the utterly corrupt Petroleum Industry. Of 
particular interest is the information it provides on Sir Moses 
Montefiore, of the ancient Venetian Black Nobility Montefiores. 


BRAVE NEW WORLD, Aldous Huxley. 

BRITISH OPIUM POLICY IN CHINA, Owen, David Edward. 
BRITISH OPIUM POLICY, F. S. Turner. 

CECIL RHODES, Flint, John. 


CECIL RHODES, THE ANATOMY OF AN EMPIRE, Marlow, 
John. 


CONFERENCE ON TRANSATLANTIC IMBALANCE AN 
COLLABORATION, Rappaport, Dr. Anatol. 


CONVERSATIONS WITH DZERZHINSKY, Reilly, Sydney. In 
British Intelligence documents not published. 


CREATING A PARTICULAR BEHAVIORAL STRUCTURE, 
Cartwright, Dorwin. 


CRYSTALIZING PUBLIC OPINION, Bernays, Edward. 
DEMOCRATIC IDEALS AND REALITY, Mackinder, Halford. 


ERVIN, SENATOR SAM. Apart from obstructing the 
introduction of vital evidence in the Watergate hearings, Ervin, in 
my opinion, while holding himself out as a Constitutional authority, 
consistently betrayed this nation by opposing aid to church schools, 
citing the judicial opinions in the Everson case. Ervin, a Scottish 
Rite Freemason—which in my opinion is why he was given the 
Watergate Committee chair, was eventually honored receiving the 


243 


prestigious Scottish Rite "Individual Right's Support" award. In 
1973, Ervin held a luncheon in the Senate Dining Room in honor of 
Sovereign Grand Commander Clausen. 


EVERSON VS. BOARD OF EDUCATION, 330 U.S. I, 1947. 


FRANKFURTER PAPERS, Box 99 and Box 125, "HUGO BLACK 
CORRESPONDENCE." 


GNOSTICISM, MAMCHEANISM, CATHARISM, The New 
Columbia Encyclopedia. 


GOALS OF MANLL, Lazlo, Ernin. 


GOD'S BANKER, Cornwell, Rupert. This book gave some 
insight into P2 and the murder of Roberto Calvi—P2 Masonry. 


HUMAN QUALITY, Peccei, A. 
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS. 


INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY OF MUSIC, Adorno, 
Theo. Adorno was kicked out of Germany by Hitler because of his 
Cult of Dionysus music experiments. He was moved to England by 
the Oppenheimers where the British royal family gave him facilities 
at Gordonstoun School and their support. It was here that Adorno 
perfected "Beatlemusic Rock," "Punk Rock" "Heavy Metal Rock" 
and all of the decadent clamor that passes for music today. It is 
worthy of note that the name "The Beatles" was chosen to show a 
connection between modern rock, the Isis cult and the Scarab 
Beatle, a religious symbol of ancient Egypt. 


INVASION FROM MARS, Cantril. In this work Cantril analyzes 
the behavior patterns of people who fled in panic following the 
Orson Wells experiment in mass hysteria, using H.G Wells' "WAR 
OF THE WORLDS." 


INVESTIGATION OF THE KENNEDY ASSASSINATION, THE 
UNCOMMISSIONED REPORT ON JIM GARRISON FINDINGS. Paris, 
Flammonde. 


244 


IPS REVISITED, Coleman, Dr. John. 


ISIS UNVEILED, A MASTER KEY TO THE ANCIENT AND 
MODERN SCIENCE AND THEOLOGY, Blavatsky, Madame Helena. 


JOHN JACOB ASTOR, BUSINESSMAN, Porter, Kenneth 
Wiggins. 


JUSTICE BLACK'S PAPERS, Box 25, General Correspondence, 
Davies. 


KING MAKERS, KING BREAKERS, THE STORY OF THE CECIL 
FAMILY, Coleman, Dr. John. 


LIBERATION THEOLOGY. Information was drawn from work 
by Juan Luis Segundo, who in turn drew heavily upon the writings 
of Karl Marx. Segundo savagely attacked the Catholic Church 
instruction against Liberation Theology as found in "Instruction on 
Certain Aspects of the "Theology of Liberation" published August 
6th, 1984. 


LIES CLEARER THAN TRUTH, Barnett, Richard (Founder 
member of IPS). 


McCalls Magazine, January 1983. 


McGRAW HILL GROUP, ASSOCIATED PRESS. Portions of 
reports from 28 magazines owned by McGraw Hill, and AP stories. 


MEMOIRS OF A BRITISH AGENT, Lockhart, Bruce. In this 
book we are told how the Bolshevik Revolution was controlled out 
of London. Lockhart was Lord Milner's representative who went to 
Russia to watch over Milner's investment in Lenin and Trotsky. 
Lockhart had access to Lenin and Trotsky at short notice even 
though Lenin frequently had a waiting room full of high-ranking 
officials and foreign delegates, some having been waiting to see 
him for as long as five days. Yet Lockhart never had to wait more 
than a few hours to see either man. Lockhart carried a letter 
signed by Trotsky informing all Bolshevik officials that Lockhart 
had special status and should be given the utmost cooperation at 
all times. 


245 


MIND GAMES, Murphy, Michael. 


MISCELLANEOUS OLD RECORDS, India House Documents, 
London. 


MK ULTRA LSD EXPERIMENT, CIA Files 1953-1957. 

MR. WILLIAM CECIL AND QUEEN ELIZABETH, Read, Conyers. 

MURDER, Anslinger, Henry. Anslinger was at one time the 
Number 1 agent in the Drug Enforcement Agency and his book is 
highly critical of the so-called war on drugs allegedly being waged 
by the U.S. Government. 

MY FATHER, A REMEMBRANCE, Black, Hugo L., Jr. 


NATIONAL COUNCIL OF CHURCHES, Josephson, Emmanuel 
in his book "ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST." 


OIL IMPERIALISM, THE INTERNATIONAL STRUGGLE FOR 
PETROLEUM, Fischer, Louis. 


PAPERS OF SIR GEORGE BIRDWOOD, India House 
Documents, London. 


PATTERNS IN EASDEA TITLE I READING ACHIEVEMENT 
TESTS, Stanford Research Institute. 


POPULATION BOMB, Erlich, Paul. 


PROFESSOR FREDERICK WELLS WILLIAMSON, India House 
Documents, London. 


PUBLIC AGENDA FOUNDATION. Founded in 1975 by Cyrus 
Vance and Daniel Yankelovich. 


PUBLIC OPINION, Lippmann, Walter. 


REVOLUTION THROUGH TECHNOLOGY, Coudenhove Kalergi, 
Count. 


246 


ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST. Josephson details how 
the Rockefellers used their wealth to penetrate the Christian 
Church in America and how they later used their Number 1 agent, 
John Foster Dulles—who was related to them—to maintain their 
grip on every aspect of church life in this country. 


ROOM 3603, Hyde, Montgomery. The book gives some detail 
about M16 British Intelligence operations run by Sir William 
Stephenson out of the RCA Building in New York; but, as is usual 
with "cover stories," the REAL events have been omitted. 


SPECIAL RELATIONSHIPS: AMERICA IN PEACE AND WAR, 
Wheeler-Bennet, Sir John. 


STEPS TO THE ECOLOGY OF THE MIND, Bateson, Gregory. 
Bateson was one of the Tavistock new-science scientists in the top 
five at Tavistock and later did much to formulate and manage the 
46-year war on America conducted by Tavistock. 


STERLING DRUG. William C. Bullitt was once on its board of 
directors and was also on the board of I.G. Farben. 


TECHNOTRONIC ERA, Brzezinski, Z. 


TERRORISM IN THE UNITED STATES INCLUDING ATTACKS 
ON U.S. INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES: FBI Files # 100-447935, 
#100-447735, and #100-446784. 


THE CAIRO DOCUMENTS, Haikal, Mohammed. Haikal was 
the grand old man of Egyptian journalism, and he was present at 
the interview given to Chou En-lai by Nasser in which the Chinese 
leader vowed to "get even" with Britain and the U.S over their 
opium trade in China. 


THE CHASM AHEAD, Peccei, A. 
THE DIARIES OF SIR BRUCE LOCKHART, Lockhart, Bruce. 


THE ENGINEERING OF CONSENT, Bernays. In this 1955 
book, Bernays lays out the modus operandi of how to persuade 


247 


targeted groups to change their minds on important issues that 
can and do alter the national direction of a country. The book also 
deals with the unleashing of psychiatric shock troops such as we 
see in lesbian and homosexual organizations, environmental 
groups, abortion rights groups and the like. "Psychiatric shock 
troops" was a concept developed by John Rawlings Reese, the 
founder of the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. 


THE FEDERAL BUDGET AND SOCIAL RECONSTRUCTION, IPS 
Fellows Raskin and Barnett. A list of members of Congress who 
asked IPS to produce the alternative budget study and/or 
supported it is too long to include here but contained such 
prominent names as Tom Harkness, Henry Ruess, Patricia 
Schroeder, Les Aspin, Ted Weiss, Don Edwards, Barbara Mikulski, 
Mary Rose Oakar, Ronald Dellums and Peter Rodino. 


THE HUXLEYS, Clark. 

THE IMPERIAL DRUG TRADE, Rowntree. 

THE JESUITS, Martin, Malachi. 

THE LATER CECILS, Rose, Kenneth. 

THE LEGACY OF MALTHUS, Chase, Allan. 

THE MANAGEMENT OF SUSTAINABLE GROWTH, Cleveland, 
Harlan. Cleveland was commissioned by NATO to report on just 
how far the Club of Rome's Post Industrial 

Society-Zero Growth blueprint to wreck the industrial base of 
the United States had succeeded. This shocking document should 
be read by every patriotic American who feels an urgent need for 
an explanation as to why the U.S. is in a deep economic 
depression at the end of 1991. 

THE MEN WHO RULED INDIA, Woodruff, Philip. 

THE OPEN CONSPIRACY, Wells, H. G. In this work, Wells 


describes how in the New World Order (which he calls the New 
Republic) "useless eaters," excess population, will be gotten rid of: 


248 


"The men of the New Republic will not be squeamish either in 
facing or inflicting death.... They will have an ideal that will make 
killing worthwhile; like Abraham, they will have the faith to kill, 
and they will have no superstitions about death.... They will hold, I 
anticipate, that a certain portion of the population exists only on 
sufferance out of pity and patience, and, on the understanding 
that they do not propagate, and I do not foresee any reason to 
oppose that they will not hesitate to kill when that sufferance is 
abused.... All such killings will be done with an opiate.... If 
deterrent punishments are used at all in the code of the future, 
the deterrent shall be neither death, nor mutilation of the 
body...but good scientifically caused pain." The United States has 
a very large contingent of Wells converts who would not hesitate 
to follow the dictates of Wells, once the New World Order 
becomes a reality. Walter Lippmann was one of Wells' most ardent 
disciples. 


THE POLITICS OF EXPERIENCE, Laing, R.D. Laing was the 
Staff Psychologist at Tavistock and, under Andrew Schofield, a 
member of the Governing Council. 


THE POLITICS OF HEROIN IN SOUTH EAST ASIA, McCoy, 
Alfred W., Read, C.B and Adams, Leonard P. 


THE PROBLEM OF CHINA, Russell, Bertrand. 


THE PUGWASH CONFEREES, Bertrand Russell. In the early 
1950's Russell led a movement urging a nuclear attack on Russia. 
When it was discovered, Stalin warned that he would not hesitate 
to retaliate in kind. This led to a quick "rethink" on he part of 
Russell, who almost overnight became a pacifist thus was born the 
"Ban the Bomb" Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament (CND) out of 
which arose the Pugwash antinuclear scientists. In 1957 the first 
group met at the home of Cyrus Eaton in Nova Scotia, a long-time 
American Communist. The Pugwash Conferees dedicated 
themselves to anti-nuclear and environmental issues and were a 
thorn in the side of U.S. efforts to develop nuclear weapons. 


THE ROUND TABLE MOVEMENT AND IMPERIAL UNION, 
Kendle, John. 


249 


THE STRUCTURE OF THE POPULAR MUSIC INDUSTRY; THE 
FILTERING PROCESS WHEREBY RECORDS ARE SELECTED FOR 
PUBLIC CONSUMPTION, Institute for Social Research. This work 
explains how "Hit Parades," "The Top Ten"—now expanded to the 
"Top Forty"—and other charades are constructed to deceive 
listeners and convince them what they hear is what "THEY" like! 


THE WORKS OF JEREMY BENTHAM, Bowering, John. 
Bentham was the liberal of his day and the agent for Lord 
Shelburne, British Prime Minister at the end of the American War 
of Independence. Bentham believed that man was no more than a 
common animal, and Bentham's theories were later written up by 
his protege, David Hume. Writing about instinct in animals Hume 
said, "...which we are so apt to admire as extraordinary and 
inexplicable. But our wonder will perhaps cease or diminish when 
we consider that the experimental reasoning itself which we 
possess in common with beasts, and upon which the whole 
conduct of life depends, is nothing but a species of instinct, or 
mechanical power that acts in us unknown to ourselves.... Though 
the instincts be different, yet still it is an instinct." 


TIME PERSPECTIVE AND MORALE, Levin B. 
TOWARD A HUMANISTIC PSYCHOLOGY, Cantril. 
TREND REPORT, Naisbitt, John. 


U.S. CONGRESS, HOUSE COMMITTEE ON INTERNAL 
SECURITY, REPORTING ON THE INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES 
(IPS) AND THE PENTAGON PAPERS. In the spring of 1970, FBI 
operative William McDermott went to see Richard Best, who at 
that time was Rand's top security officer, to warn him of the 
possibility that Ellsberg had removed Vietnam study papers done 
by Rand and had copied them outside of Rand premises. Best took 
McDermott to see Dr. Harry Rowan who headed Rand and who 
was also one of Ellsberg's closest friends. Rowan told the FBI that 
a Defense Department inquiry was going on and on his assurance, 
the FBI apparently dropped its investigation of Ellsberg. In fact, no 
inquiry was in progress, nor did the DoD ever conduct one. 
Ellsberg retained his security clearance at Rand and blatantly went 
on removing and copying Vietnam War documents right up to the 


250 


time of his exposure during the Pentagon Papers affair which 
rocked the Nixon Administration to its foundations. 


UNDERSTANDING MAN'S SOCIAL BEHAVIOR, Cantril. Cantril 
was primarily responsible for establishing the Association for 
Humanistic Psychology based in San Francisco that taught 
Tavistock methods. It is in institutions of this type that we find the 
lines between pure science and social engineering become totally 
obliterated. The term "social engineering" covers every aspect of 
methods used by Tavistock to bring about massive charges in 
group orientation toward social, economic, religious and political 
events and brainwashing of target groups who then believe that 
opinions expressed and viewpoints taken are their own. Selected 
individuals underwent the same Tavistockian treatment, resulting 
in major shifts in personality and behavior. The effect of this on 
the national scene was, and still is, devastating and is one of the 
principal factors in bringing the United States into the twilight, 
decline and fall state-of-being in which the country finds itself at 
the close of 1991. I did a report on this national condition under 
the title: "Twilight, Decline and Fall of the United States of 
America" which was published in 1987. The Association for Human 
Psychology was founded by Abraham Maselov in 1957 as a Club of 
Rome project. Another Tavistock-Club of Rome Commissioned 
opinion-making research center was established by Risis Likhert 
and Ronald Lippert who called it The Center for Research in the 
Utilization of Scientific Knowledge. The facility was under the 
directorship of Club of Rome's Donald Michael. The center drew 
heavily on the Office of Public Opinion Research established at 
Princeton University in 1940. It was from here that Cantril taught 
many of the techniques used by today's pollsters-opinion makers. 


UNPUBLISHED LETTERS, Kipling, Rudyard. Kipling was a 
Wells disciple and, like Wells, believed in Fascism, as a means of 
world control. Kipling adopted the Running Cross as his personal 
emblem. The Running Cross was later adopted by Hitler and with 
slight modifications became known as the swastika. 


UNPUBLISHED LETTERS, Wells, H. G. Gives interesting 
details of how Wells sold the rights to "WAR OF THE WORLDS" to 
RCA. 


WHO OWNS MONTREAL, Aubin, Henry. 


WHO'S WHO IN CANADA, several editions. 


251